Risk Based Inspection RBI 581

Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581
© 2020 General Electric Company

Contents
Chapter 1: Overview 1
Overview of the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Module 2
Overview of the RBI 581 Methodology 2
About RBI Methodologies 2
Access the Risk Based Inspection Overview Page 3
Access the Unit Summary Workspace 4
Access the Asset Summary Workspace 6
Chapter 2: Workflows 9
Define Component 10
Perform an RBI Analysis 12
RBI Recommendation Management 15
RBI Recommendation Implementation 18
Chapter 3: Corrosion Loops 21

About Corrosion Loops 22
Access an RBI Corrosion Loop 23
Create an RBI Corrosion Loop 24
Link RBI Corrosion Loops to a Process Unit 25
Unlink an RBI Corrosion Loop from a Unit 26
Link Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) to an RBI Corrosion Loop 26
Unlink a Potential Degradation Mechanism (PDM) 28
Delete an RBI Corrosion Loop 29
Chapter 4: RBI Components 30

About RBI Components 31
About Integration with Thickness Monitoring (TM) 33
About Using TM Analysis Values at the Thickness Monitoring Location (TML) Group Level 33
About Using TM Analysis Values at the Asset Level 33
Access an RBI Component 33
ii Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581

Create an RBI Component 35
Access the Inventory Group of a Component 36
Link RBI Components to an RBI Corrosion Loop 38
Unlink an RBI Component from an RBI Corrosion Loop 39
Link Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) to an RBI Component 40
Unlink a Potential Degradation Mechanism (PDM) from an RBI Component 41
Link an RBI Component to a TML Group 42
Apply an RBI Component 43
Delete an RBI Component 44
Chapter 5: RBI Analyses 46

About RBI Analysis 47
About Active Analysis 47
About What-If Analysis 48
About Inspection Planning 48
About the RBI 581 Asset Risk Report 50
Access an RBI 581 Risk Analysis 54
Create an RBI Analysis 55
Add a What-If Analysis 56
Override Flow Stress 57
Calculate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis 58
Calculate all RBI 581 Risk Analyses Associated with a Process Unit 60
Calculate all RBI 581 Risk Analyses Associated with a Single Asset or Corrosion Loop 61
Calculate all RBI 581 Risk Analyses Associated with Multiple Assets 63
Generate a Report for an Asset 66
Duplicate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis 66
Apply an RBI 581 Risk Analysis 67
Finalize Risk of an RBI 581 Risk Analysis 70
Finalize Risk of Multiple RBI 581 Risk Analyses 71
Delete an RBI 581 Risk Analysis 72
Chapter 6: RBI Bulk Evergreening 581 74

About RBI Bulk Evergreening 75
Access Analyses that are Pending Evergreening 75
Duplicate Analysis for Evergreening 78
iii
Delete Analyses Created for Evergreening 79
Calculate Evergreened Analyses 80
Finalize Risk for Evergreened Analyses 81
Access Active Analyses 83
Generate Recommendations for Active Evergreened Analyses 83
Chapter 7: RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot 86

About the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot 87
Access the Inventory Groups in a Process Unit 88
Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Page of a Functional Location 89
Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Page of an Asset 93
Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Page of a Corrosion Loop 94
Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Page of a Component 95
Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Page of an Analysis 96
Chapter 8: Degradation Mechanisms 97

About Degradation Mechanisms (DMs) 98
About Degradation Mechanism Evaluations (DMEs) 99
About Inspection Integration 100
About Related DMEs 101
About Assigning Inspections to a Degradation Mechanism Evaluation (DME) 102
About Associating Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) 103
About Inspection History 104
Add Degradation Mechanisms (DMs) 104
Evaluate a Degradation Mechanism (DM) 106
Assess the Unmitigated Risk of a Degradation Mechanism (DM) 107
Access the Inspection History of a Degradation Mechanism (DM) 109
Assign Inspections to a Degradation Mechanism Evaluation (DME) 111
Link an Inspection Consequence Evaluation to an RBI Degradation Mechanism Evaluation
(DME) 112
Delete Degradation Mechanisms (DMs) 113
Chapter 9: RBI Recommendations 115

About RBI Recommendations 116
Access the Recommended Actions Pane 120
iv Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581

View RBI Recommendations Linked to an Inspection Plan 120
About Auto-Consolidating RBI Recommendations 121
Create an RBI Recommendation Manually 130
Generate Recommendations for a Single RBI Criticality Analysis 131
Generate RBI Recommendations for Multiple RBI 581 Risk Analyses 132
Generate Recommendations for all Analyses in an Asset Hierarchy Level 132
Chapter 10: Inspection Plans 136

RBI Inspection Plans 137
Managing Recommended Actions in Inspection Plan 142
Implement Recommended Actions to Inspection Tasks 143
Inspection Plan Revision History 146
Chapter 11: ASM Integration 148

About Asset Strategy Management (ASM) Integration 149
Asset Strategy Management (ASM) Integration Workflow 152
About Unmitigated Risk 152
About Mitigated Risk 153
Access Asset Strategy Manager (ASM) from an Inspection Plan 153
Approving the Inspection Plan of an Asset 153
Chapter 12: Admin 155

Access the Global Preferences Workspace 156
About Global Preferences 157
About Evaluation of All Risk Targets in RBI 581 158
About RBI 581 Admin Options 159
About RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Preferences 163
About Inspection Auto-Selection 164
RBI 581 Inspection Auto-Selection Workflow 166
RBI 581 Inventory Grouping Workflow 167
Access the RBI 581 Admin Options Workspace 167
Access the RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Preferences Workspace 169
Access the Inspection Auto-Selection Workspace 171
Access the RBI 581 Inventory Groups Workspace 173
v
Create an Inventory Group Configuration Record 175
Delete an Inventory Group Configuration Record 177
Link Components to an Inventory Group 178
Unlink Components from an Inventory Group 180
Use the Upgrade APM Version 3 Active Analyses Utility 182
Chapter 13: Data Loaders 184

About RBI Data Loaders 185
RBI 581 185
Corrosion Loop 316
RBI Components to TML Groups Relationship Data Loader 322
Chapter 14: Deployment 327

Deploy RBI 581 for the First Time 328
Upgrade RBI 581 329
Add the RBI-581 Tab to Criticality RBI Component Datasheets 331
Add Completion Comments Field to RBI Recommendation Datasheet 336
Chapter 15: Reference 337

General Reference 338
Data Models 372
Family Field Descriptions 372
Calculations 535
ASM Integration 539
Inspection Strategies 543
RBI Policies 544
Catalog Items 546
Chapter 16: Release Notes 554

Fourth Quarter of 2019 555
Third Quarter of 2019 556
Second Quarter of 2019 564
First Quarter of 2019 565
Third Quarter of 2018 572
vi Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581

Copyright GE Digital
© 2020 General Electric Company.
GE, the GE Monogram, and Predix are either registered trademarks or trademarks of All other trademarks
are the property of their respective owners.
This document may contain Confidential/Proprietary information of and/or its suppliers or vendors.
Distribution or reproduction is prohibited without permission.
THIS DOCUMENT AND ITS CONTENTS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS," WITH NO REPRESENTATION OR
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALL OTHER
LIABILITY ARISING FROM RELIANCE UPON ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS EXPRESSLY
DISCLAIMED.
Access to and use of the software described in this document is conditioned on acceptance of the End
User License Agreement and compliance with its terms.
© 2020 General Electric Company vii

Chapter
1
Overview
Topics:
• Overview of the Risk Based

Inspection (RBI) Module
• Overview of the RBI 581
Methodology
• About RBI Methodologies
• Access the Risk Based
Inspection Overview Page
• Access the Unit Summary
Workspace
• Access the Asset Summary
Workspace
© 2020 General Electric Company 1

Overview of the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Module
Risk Based Inspection (RBI) allows you to analyze the risk of the components of a piece of equipment
failing due to specific degradation mechanisms through defining both the consequence and probability of
failure and then to define an Inspection Strategy for each mechanism.
Using RBI, you can set up corrosion loops to organize the components that you want to analyze. For each
component in a corrosion loop, you can create one of the following types of analyses:
• RBI Criticality Analysis: To create an RBI Criticality Analysis, you must use the RBI 580 methodology.
You can also create an RBI PRD Criticality Analysis or an RBI Pipeline Analysis.
• RBI 581 Risk Analysis: To create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, you must use the RBI 581 methodology.
Overview of the RBI 581 Methodology

You can create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis using the RBI 581 methodology. If it is possible to mitigate risk at
the component, RBI 581 recommends inspection tasks that will, for a specified period, keep the projected
risk below the thresholds. If risk cannot be mitigated (i.e., inspections would not bring risk below the Risk
Target values), the Risk Summary of the analysis provides a synopsis which will help determine the next
course of action.
Based on the analysis results, if risk is mitigated, you can generate recommendations to capture
recommended actions. You can also create non-recurring inspection tasks that must be completed to
mitigate risk over the plan period.
About RBI Methodologies

Risk Based Inspection supports the following methodologies.
• RBI 580: This methodology is included in the Risk Based Inspection module.
• RBI 581: This methodology is implemented with the RBI 581 module.
The RBI 581 Methodology

After you conduct a RBI 581 Risk Analysis, if it is possible to mitigate risk at the component, RBI 581 will
recommend inspection tasks that will, for a specified period, keep the projected risk below the thresholds.
These thresholds are called Risk Targets. They are determined by your organization. If risk cannot be
mitigated (i.e., inspections would not bring risk below the Risk Target values), the Risk Summary of the
analysis provides a synopsis which will help determine the next course of action.
Based on the analysis results, if risk is mitigated, you can generate recommendations. This is to capture
recommended actions and create non-recurring inspection tasks that must be completed in order to
mitigate risk over the plan period.
The RBI 580 Methodology

After you conduct an RBI Criticality Analysis, if the risk values are unacceptable, you can analyze
hypothetical scenarios using What If Analyses and Future Risk Analyses to see how additional actions or
factors might affect the risk. For example, you might create a What If Analysis to see what the risk level
would be if you changed the operating pressure. Or, you might create a Future Risk Analysis to see what
the risk level might be in five years.
2 © 2020 General Electric Company

Based on the analysis results, you can create RBI Recommendations to capture recommended actions
that might mitigate the risk associated with a component. You can then create Tasks or SAP Notifications
from the RBI Recommendations to track the progress and ensure that the recommended actions are
implemented.
After the recommended actions are implemented, you can conduct another RBI Criticality Analysis to
determine if the new operating procedures or environment have actually reduced the risk.
Access the Risk Based Inspection Overview Page

Procedure
In the module navigation menu, select Integrity > Risk Based Inspection.
Note: You can also access the Risk Based Inspection Overview page for a process unit (i.e., functional
location marked as a unit). To do so:
a. In the main navigation bar, select .

The Asset Hierarchy appears.
b. In the pane, navigate to and select the functional location for which you want to access the Risk
Based Inspection Overview page, and then, in the workspace, select Integrity.
The Integrity section appears, displaying a list of analyses performed on the selected functional
location.
c. In the row containing Risk Based Inspection, select the link.
The Risk Based Inspection Overview page appears, displaying the following information:
• The Assets section: Contains a list of assets in the selected process unit.
• The Process Units section: Contains a list of process units under the selected functional location, a
description for each process unit, the number of assets in each process unit, and the number of
Corrosion Loops in each process unit.
• The Pending Reassessment section: Contains a list of assets that are ready to be duplicated for
evergreening.
• The No Recommendations section: Contains a list of assets in the process unit that have at least one
component with a Risk Completed analysis with no recommendations.
• The Inspection/TM Updates section: Contains two sections, the Inspection Updates and TM
Updates sections. The Inspection Updates section contains a list of recent Inspections performed on
assets which have an active analysis in the process unit. This list contains Inspections that have a
Completion Date after the analysis Calculation Date. The TM Updates section contains a list of
Corrosion Analyses performed on assets which have an active analysis in the process unit if the
Corrosion Analyses have been calculated after the RBI Analysis.
• The Current Risk Overview graph: Plots the number of assets in the process unit by their current risk
values in a pie chart.
• The Current Risk section: Contains a list of assets plotted in the Current Risk Overview pie chart.
• The The RBI Risk Matrix graph: Plots the total number of RBI Components based on their
consequence of failure and probability of failure values. Only if a component is linked to an active RBI
Criticality Analysis, RBI PRD Criticality Analysis, or RBI Pipeline Analysis, it is considered while plotting
the graph. This graph appears only if the Risk Based Inspection license is active.
• The Past Risk Overview graph: Plots the number of assets in the process unit by their past risk values
in a pie chart.
• The Past Risk section: Contains a list of assets plotted in the Past Risk Overview pie chart.

Tip: To return to the Risk Based Inspection Overview page after selecting a tab, select the tab again.
Access the Unit Summary Workspace

Before You begin
To mark a Functional Location as a Process Unit, access the Functional Location via Record Manager, and
then select the Is a Unit? check box.
Procedure
1. Access the Risk Based Inspection Overview page.
2. In the workspace, select the Process Units tab.
The Process Units section appears, displaying a list process units.

3. In the row containing the process unit that you want to access, select the link.
The Unit Summary workspace appears, displaying the following information:
• The left pane: Contains a list of Corrosion Loops in the process unit.
• The Unit Overview section: Contains the following graphs and a list of Corrosion Loops in the
process unit:
◦ The first graph plots the risk category of each Corrosion Loop associated with an RBI Criticality
Analysis, RBI PRD Analysis, or an RBI Pipeline Analysis. If you pause over a bar on the graph, the
Corrosion Loop ID and the respective lowest Inspection Priority value appear. This graph
appears only if the value in the RBI Overview Graph Preference box in the Global
Preferences workspace on the RBI Admin Preferences page is either RBI 580 or 580 and 581.
◦ The second graph plots the SHE risk value of each Corrosion Loop that is associated with an RBI
581 Risk Analysis. If you pause over a bar on the graph, the Corrosion Loop ID and the respective
maximum SHE risk value appear. This graph appears only if the value in the RBI Overview
Graph Preference box in the Global Preferences workspace on the RBI Admin Preferences
page is either RBI 581 or 580 and 581.
If you select a bar on either of the graphs, the Corrosion Loop Overview section for the Corrosion
Loop appears.
• The Unit Details section: Contains the datasheet of the Functional Location that represents the
process unit.

Access the Asset Summary Workspace
Procedure
2. In the workspace, select the Assets tab.
The Assets section appears, displaying a list of assets.

3. In the row containing the asset that you want to access, in the Asset ID column, select the link.
The Asset Summary workspace appears, displaying the following information:
• The left pane: Contains a list of RBI Components in the asset. If you select a component, the
Component Overview section appears in the workspace.
• The Asset Overview section: Contains the following graphs and a list of RBI Components in the
asset:
◦ The first graph plots the risk category of each RBI Component that is linked to an RBI Criticality
Component ID and the respective Inspection Priority value appear. This graph appears only if
the value in the RBI Overview Graph Preference box in the Global Preferences workspace
on the RBI Admin Preferences page is either RBI 580 or 580 and 581.
◦ The second graph plots the SHE risk value of each RBI Component that is linked to an RBI 581
Risk Analysis. If you pause over a bar on the graph, the Component ID and the respective SHE
risk value appear. This graph appears only if the value in the RBI Overview Graph Preference
box in the Global Preferences workspace on the RBI Admin Preferences page is either RBI
581 or 580 and 581.
If you select a bar on either of the graphs, the Component Overview section for the component
appears.
• The Asset Details section: Contains the datasheet of the Equipment that represents the asset.

Chapter
2
Workflows
Topics:
• Define Component
• Perform an RBI Analysis
• RBI Recommendation
Management
• RBI Recommendation
Implementation

Define Component
RBI: Define Components
This workflow describes the process of identifying and creating records for the following elements of a
process unit:
• Corrosion loops
• Components
• Potential degradation mechanisms for each component
In the following workflow diagram, the blue text in a shape indicates that a corresponding description has
been provided in the sections that follow the diagram.
1. Define Process Unit on page 10

2. Corrosion Loop Needed? on page 11
3. Define Corrosion Loop on page 11
4. Identify Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) on page 11
5. Identify RBI Component on page 11
6. Define Static Data for RBI Component on page 11
7. Link RBI Component to Corrosion Loop on page 11
8. Validate PDMs Inherited from Corrosion Loop on page 12
9. Identify Additional PDMs Specific to RBI Component on page 12
10. Perform RBI Analysis on page 18
11. Associate RBI Component with Inspection Profile on page 12
12. Identify PDMs with RBI Component on page 12
13. Define Static Data for RBI Component on page 11
14. Identify RBI Component on page 11
Define Process Unit

Persona: Analyst

Define the Process Unit record that corresponds to the unit on which you want to perform an RBI analysis.
A Functional Location record for which the Is Unit check box is selected is the Process Unit record.
Corrosion Loop Needed?

Persona: Analyst
Identify whether the process unit can be divided into corrosion loops in the process unit. Although this is
not always required, defining corrosion loops allows components in the loop to inherit Potential
Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) from the loop. Defining a corrosion loop is not applicable in the case of a
storage tank.
Define Corrosion Loop

Persona: Analyst
Create a Corrosion Loop record for each corrosion loop that you have identified in the process unit.
Groups of assets or components that are subject to similar degradation mechanisms can be part of a
single corrosion loop.
Identify Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs)

Persona: Analyst
PDMs are processes that induce deleterious micro and macro material changes over time that are harmful
to material condition or mechanical properties. Damage mechanisms are usually incremental, cumulative,
and, in some instances, unrecoverable. Common damage mechanisms include corrosion, chemical attack,
creep, erosion, fatigue, fracture, and thermal aging.
GE Digital APM provides a library of PDMs that you can link to a corrosion loop. The available PDMs differ
between RBI 580 and RBI 581. They store the details of the damage mechanisms to which the assets or
components in the corrosion loop are vulnerable. PDMs also provide details on how the damage
mechanisms will be evaluated while performing an RBI analysis.
Identify RBI Component

Persona: Analyst
Identify RBI Components, each of which is a part of an asset that is modeled for the purpose of performing
an RBI Risk Assessment. Create a Criticality Calculator RBI Component record for each component that
you have identified.
These RBI Components may be comprised of one or more subcomponents. For example, a Column top RBI
Component might consist of the head, nozzle, and shell asset subcomponents.
Define Static Data for RBI Component

Persona: Analyst
Provide process and design data of the component such as operating pressure, operating temperature,
and so on in the Criticality Calculator RBI Component record that you have created. This information is
used to calculate an RBI analysis. If you want to perform an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, then you should also
provide details in the RBI 581 section of the RBI Component datasheet.
Link RBI Component to Corrosion Loop

Persona: Analyst

Link the RBI Components that have been created to the corresponding Corrosion Loop. PDMs created in a
corrosion loop are inherited by the RBI Components in that loop. These PDMs serve as a starting point
when you perform an RBI analysis on the component.
Validate PDMs Inherited from Corrosion Loop

Persona: Analyst
For each RBI Component, validate the PDMs that have been inherited from the corrosion loop. This will
help you decide whether additional PDMs need to be linked to the RBI Component, or if existing PDMs can
be removed.
Identify Additional PDMs Specific to RBI Component

Persona: Analyst
Identify additional PDMs that may need to be added to the RBI Component based on its specific
conditions, design, or process. Link the RBI Component to the appropriate PDM by selecting from the
library of PDMs available. The available PDMs differ between RBI 580 and RBI 581.
Associate RBI Component with Inspection Profile

Persona: Analyst
To utilize data from the Inspection History and Corrosion History records of an RBI Component, associate
the related RBI Component with the Inspection Profile. This information can be used to perform an
RBI analysis on the component.
Perform RBI Analysis

Persona: Analyst
Go to the Perform RBI Analysis workflow.
Identify PDMs with RBI Component

Persona: Analyst
If you have not defined a corrosion loop in the process unit, PDMs will not be inherited by the RBI
Components. Therefore, you have to link the RBI Component to applicable PDMs. The PDMs used in RBI
580 differ from those used in RBI 581.
Perform an RBI Analysis

RBI: Perform RBI Analysis
This workflow describes the process of performing an RBI Criticality Analysis or an RBI 581 Risk Analysis
on the components that you have created. Specifically, this workflow describes how to evaluate
consequences and probability of failure and assess the unmitigated risk rank for each damage mechanism
in an analysis.

Define Components
Persona: Analyst
Go to the Define Components workflow.
Create RBI Analysis

Persona: Analyst
For each RBI Component that you have defined:
• If you want to perform an RBI 580 analysis, create an RBI Criticality Analysis record.
• If you want to perform an RBI 581 analysis, create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis record.
Note: For an RBI Component, you can create multiple RBI analyses. However, only one analysis is active
per component.
When you create an RBI Analysis, information related to the operating conditions and design data of the
component is inherited by the analysis. You can, however, modify these values. The RBI Analysis also
stores details of the risk assessments, probability of failure, and other details.
Review Operational and Work History

Persona: Analyst
Review and understand the relevant history of the RBI Component from the following records:
• Operational History: This will provide details on the extent of degradation that may have already taken
place with regard to each PDM. This information is available in the Asset Health Manager module.
• Work History: This will provide details of the repair, replacement, or refurbishment activities that may
have been performed on the component. This information is available in the APM Foundation module.
Review Corrosion Data

Persona: Analyst
Review and understand the corrosion data of the component. This information is available in the TM
Corrosion Analysis performed on the asset in the Thickness Monitoring module.

After you integrate the RBI and Thickness Monitoring modules, the controlling corrosion data defined in
the TM Corrosion Analysis is used to populate the corresponding field in the component.
Review Inspection History

Persona: Analyst
Review the most recent evaluation of the condition of the component.
You can access a list of Inspections performed on a specific Degradation Mechanism by accessing the
Inspection History of the Degradation Mechanism. After an Inspection is assigned to a Degradation
Mechanism, the inspection is accounted for mitigating risk during inspection planning.
Evaluate Consequences and Probability of Failure

Persona: Analyst
If you are performing an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, then assess the outcome of a failure event or situation for
the component by evaluating the Safety, Health, and Environmental (SHE) Consequences, and Financial
Consequences.
If you are performing an RBI Criticality Analysis, then assess the outcome of a failure event or situation for
that particular component by evaluating Flammable, Toxic, Product loss, Environmental, and Production
loss consequence categories in addition to evaluating the damage mechanism.
Evaluate the probability of failure for each DM.
Calculate Analysis
Persona: Analyst
Calculate the analysis to view the final damage factor, driving risk, and risk summary. The risk summary
indicates whether risk is mitigated by plan date with help of inspection planning.
Review Risk
Persona: Analyst
If you have performed an RBI 580 analysis, assess the unmitigated risk for each damage mechanism (that
is, the Probability of Failure determined for the individual DMs combined with the Consequence). This
unmitigated risk is represented on a RBI 5x5 risk matrix and forms the basis for prioritizing Inspection
Activities.
If you have performed an RBI 581 analysis, assess the mitigated and unmitigated risk for each damage
mechanism (i.e., the Probability of Failure determined for the individual DMs combined with the
Consequence). The unmitigated and mitigated risks are represented on a RBI 581 ISO risk graph.
Finalize Risk
Persona: Analyst
After the RBI analysis is calculated, the analyst needs to review the risk and approve the calculations.
When the risk is finalized, an inspection plan is created or updated for that asset.
If you have performed an RBI 580 analysis, finalize the unmitigated risk assessment by:
• Reviewing the cumulative risk rank for RBI 580 analysis.
• Changing the state of the analysis to Risk Completed.
If you have performed an RBI 581 analysis, finalize the mitigated and unmitigated risk assessments by:

• Reviewing the Safety, Health, and Environmental (SHE) Risk and the Probability of Failure (POF) values
for an RBI 581 analysis.
• Changing the state of the analysis to Risk Completed.
Generate Recommendations
Persona: Analyst
After you finalize the unmitigated risk assessment, you can have GE Digital APM generate
Recommendations for the analysis.
Recommendations are generated based on the unmitigated risk that you have assessed and the
acceptable risk threshold values. These recommendations, when implemented, can mitigate the risk
associated with the individual damage mechanisms. Inspection Strategies outline the recommended
inspection scope, method, and interval or target completion date to be applied based on the result of the
RBI Analysis. After the recommendations are generated, they can be reviewed and approved within the
Inspection Plan.
If you have performed an RBI 580 analysis:
• Each damage mechanism in the analysis is designated an Inspection priority value based on the
unmitigated risk. This value is used to generate recommendations. Implementing these
recommendations will mitigate the risk. As a general rule, an increased scope, a more effective
inspection method, and more frequent inspections will be recommended for higher risk assets.
• Inspection Strategies provide recommendations for inspection activities to mitigate risks assessed for
the individual damage mechanisms. After you complete the analysis, each damage mechanism is
assigned an Inspection Priority value based on the unmitigated risk. This value, along with a few
others, is used to generate Recommendations.
• Recommendations are generated only for quantitative damage mechanisms.
• The recommendations are recurring.
If you have performed an RBI 581 analysis:
• Recommendations are generated for all the damage mechanisms that contain a value in the
Recommended Inspection Effectiveness field.
• The recommendations are non-recurring.
Recommendation Management
Persona: Analyst
Go to the Recommendation Management workflow.
RBI Recommendation Management

RBI: Recommendation Management
This workflow describes the process of reviewing the recommendations that are generated by GE Digital
APM. You can also create recommendations manually, supersede recommendations, or consolidate
recommendations. After the Inspection Plan is approved, you can implement the RBI Recommendation as
an Inspection Task in the Inspection Plan page or implement the resulting Action as a task in Asset
Strategy Management (ASM).

Review Generated Recommended Actions
Persona: Analyst
Review the generated Recommended Actions for applicability, effectiveness, and practicality. If you
disagree with the Recommended Actions, you must update them in the associated damage mechanism to
mitigate the risk.
Update Recommendation to Mitigate Risk

Persona: Analyst
If you think that implementing the generated recommendation will not mitigate the risk, update the
recommendation with details on how to improvise it so that the risk is mitigated to below the risk
threshold values.
Does Unmitigated DM Exist?

Persona: Analyst
Verify if there is a damage mechanism for which the risk is not mitigated to below the risk threshold
values. This can happen when the damage mechanism does not have an agreed-upon inspection strategy
defined. In such cases, the damage mechanism is identified as unmitigated.
Assess Mitigated Risk

Persona: Analyst
Assess the mitigated risk of the damage mechanisms for which the risk is not mitigated to below the risk
threshold values.
Create Recommended Actions Manually

Persona: Analyst

For DMs whose recommendations are not created by the Inspection Strategies, if further risk mitigation is
needed, then manually create appropriate Recommended Actions. The risk mitigation can be based on
several factors that include (but are not limited to):
• Collective experience of the team
• Statutory compliance
• Industry standards
Review Inspection Plan

Persona: Analyst
The Recommendations created from an RBI analysis will be available for review within the Inspection Plan
for the asset. You can review all the Recommendations for each damage mechanism.
Supersede Recommended Action?

Persona: Analyst
If a recommendation becomes invalid or redundant because of implementing another recommendation,
you must supersede it. For example, if a recommendation suggests that you perform an annual external
inspection of a piece of equipment, and if another recommendation suggests that you perform a quarterly
external inspection of the same piece of equipment, then you can choose to supersede the former.
Mark Not Required

Persona: Analyst
If a recommendation becomes invalid or redundant due to the implementation of another
recommendation, you can mark it as Not Required. For example, if there is a time based and risk based
recommendation for the same damage mechanism with the same task type, you can choose to mark
either of the recommendation as Not Required.
Approve Inspection Plan

Persona: Analyst
As a result of the reconciliation process, recommendations that are superseded, consolidated, and not
required remain in the system for auditing purposes. After the Inspection Plan is approved, the
recommendations that are in the Approved state can be implemented as Inspection Tasks in the Asset
Strategy Management page or in the Inspection Plan page.
Asset Strategy Management

Persona: Analyst
Go to the Asset Strategy Management Workflow.
Risks and Actions

Persona: Analyst
After you approve an Inspection Plan, the recommendations linked to the asset are converted into
actions. The damage mechanisms are converted into risks.
Recommendation Implementation
Persona: Analyst

Go to the Recommendation Implementation workflow.
Perform RBI Analysis

Persona: Analyst
Go to the Perform RBI Analysis workflow.
RBI Recommendation Implementation

RBI: Recommendation Implementation
This workflow describes the process of:
• Reviewing the recommendations linked to an asset.
• Deciding if you want to implement the approved RBI Recommended Actions through Inspection Plan
or Asset Strategy Management.
• Reviewing the inspection tasks linked to an asset.
• Modifying or creating tasks.

Recommendation Management
Persona: Analyst
Go to the Recommendation Management workflow.
Implement the action in ASM?

Persona: Analyst
After you approve an Inspection Plan, you can choose to implement the RBI Recommended Actions
through Inspection Plan or Asset Strategy Management. This decision needs to be made by the owner
operator depending on the corporate philosophy of implementing RBI Recommendations.
Review Asset Strategy

Persona: Analyst
After you approve an Inspection Plan, an Asset Strategy is created or updated for the asset. The RBI
recommendations linked to the asset are converted into actions and the damage mechanisms are
converted into risks.
You can review the risks and Actions created in Asset Strategy Management to verify that implementing
the suggested actions will mitigate the risk (to values below the risk threshold). You cannot modify the
unmitigated risk assessment for the risk and the mitigated risk assessment for the Action inherited from
an RBI Analysis. You can, however, add an ad hoc Action to mitigate the risk.
If the suggested Actions does not mitigate the risk (to values below the risk threshold), create an ad hoc
Action in the Asset Strategy that was created after approving the Inspection Plan for the asset.
Approve Asset Strategy

Persona: Analyst
After you review the risk and its associated Actions, when the Actions are ready for implementation, you
must approve the Asset Strategy so that its state changes to Active.
Review Approved Recommended Actions through Inspection Plan

Persona: Analyst
Review the approved RBI Recommended Actions through Inspection Plan, if you want to implement the
Actions through Inspection Plan and not Asset Strategy Management.
Review Approved Recommended Actions through Asset Strategy

Management
Persona: Analyst
Review the approved RBI Recommended Actions through Asset Strategy Management to evaluate the
implementation options, if you want to implement the Actions through Asset Strategy Management.
Link Recommended Action to Existing Task

Persona: Analyst

If an existing Inspection Task provides the same instructions as a Recommended Action, link the
Recommended Action to the task. You can modify the task if needed. You can link only one Inspection
Task to a Recommended Action. If you have performed an RBI 580 analysis, these tasks must be recurring.
If you have performed an RBI 581 analysis, these tasks must not be recurring. Similarly, you can link an RBI
sourced Action to an existing task if you choose to implement from Asset Strategy Management.
Create Task and Link to Recommended Action

Persona: Analyst
If an appropriate Task does not exist, create a task to implement a Recommended Action. Link the Task to
the Recommended Action. The new Task is populated with appropriate information from the
Recommended Action. If you have performed an RBI 580 analysis, then these tasks must be recurring. If
you have performed an RBI 581 analysis, then these tasks must not be recurring. Similarly, you can create
a new Task from Asset Strategy Management to implement the RBI sourced action, and the new Task will
be populated with appropriate information from the RBI sourced action.
Inspection Tasks
Persona: Analyst
The asset strategy may be implemented as Tasks that have been defined directly from Recommended
Actions through Inspection Plan or Asset Strategy Management. These Tasks can be managed from the
Inspection Management or Thickness Monitoring module.
Inspection Planning
Persona: Analyst
Go to the Inspection Planning Workflow.

Chapter
3
Corrosion Loops
Topics:
• About Corrosion Loops

• Access an RBI Corrosion Loop
• Create an RBI Corrosion Loop
• Link RBI Corrosion Loops to a
Process Unit
• Unlink an RBI Corrosion Loop
from a Unit
• Link Potential Degradation
Mechanisms (PDMs) to an
RBI Corrosion Loop
• Unlink a Potential Degradation
Mechanism (PDM)
• Delete an RBI Corrosion Loop

About Corrosion Loops
A Corrosion Loop is a collection of components grouped together for the purpose of conducting an RBI
581 Risk Analysis.
In GE Digital APM, Corrosion Loops are used to store relevant identifying and grouping information of the
loop. Each Corrosion Loop is linked to other records to further define the Corrosion Loop. For example,
Corrosion Loops are linked to Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs), which define the ways in which
the components in the Corrosion Loop can fail.
Corrosion Loop
The following image illustrates the records and links that you might create if you want
to perform an RBI 581 Risk Analysis on the RBI Components that are involved in an
Overhead system.

Access an RBI Corrosion Loop
Procedure
1. Access the Unit Summary workspace of the process unit that is linked to the Corrosion Loop you
want to access.
2. In the left pane, select the Corrosion Loop that you want to access.
-or-
In the list of Corrosion Loops below the graphs, in the row containing the Corrosion Loop that you
want to access, select the link.
The Corrosion Loop: <name> workspace appears, displaying the following information:
• The left pane: Contains a list of RBI Components in the corrosion loop.
• The Corrosion Loop Overview section: Contains the following graphs and a list of RBI
Components in the corrosion loop:
◦ The first graph plots the risk category of each RBI Component that is linked to an RBI Criticality
Component ID and the respective lowest Inspection Priority value appear. This graph appears
only if the value in the RBI Overview Graph Preference box in the Global Preferences
workspace on the RBI Admin Preferences page is either RBI 580 or 580 and 581.
◦ The second graph plots the maximum SHE risk value of each RBI Component that is linked to an
RBI 581 Risk Analysis. If you pause over a bar on the graph, the Component ID and the
respective SHE risk value appear. This graph appears only if the value in the RBI Overview
Graph Preference box in the Global Preferences workspace on the RBI Admin Preferences
page is either RBI 581 or 580 and 581.
If you select a bar on either of the graphs, the Component Overview section for the component
appears.
• The Potential Degradation Mechanisms section: Contains a list of Potential Degradation
Mechanisms (PDMs) that are linked to the Corrosion Loop.
• The Corrosion Loop Details section: Contains the Corrosion Loop datasheet.

Create an RBI Corrosion Loop
About This Task
This topic describes how to create a Corrosion Loop and link it to a Process Unit. You can also link an
existing Corrosion Loop to a Process Unit.
Procedure
1. Access the Process Unit for which you want to create a Corrosion Loop.
2. In the left pane, select , and then select Create New Corrosion Loop.
The Corrosion Loops Details section appears, displaying a blank datasheet for the Corrosion Loop.
The value in the RBI Corrosion Loop ID field is populated automatically.

3. As needed, enter values in the available fields.
4. In the upper-right corner of the section, select .
The RBI Corrosion Loop is created, and linked to the selected Process Unit.
Next Steps
• Link Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) to an RBI Corrosion Loop
Link RBI Corrosion Loops to a Process Unit

About This Task
This topic describes how to link an existing Corrosion Loop to a Process Unit. You can also create a new
Corrosion Loop and link it to a Process Unit.
Procedure
1. Access the Process Unit to which you want to link Corrosion Loops.
2. In the left pane, select , and then select Link Existing Corrosion Loop.
The Select Corrosion Loops window appears, displaying a list of Corrosion Loops that are not yet
linked to a process unit.

3. In the row containing each Corrosion Loop that you want to link to the unit, select the check box, and
then select Done.
The selected Corrosion Loops are linked to the unit.
Next Steps
• Link Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) to an RBI Corrosion Loop.
Unlink an RBI Corrosion Loop from a Unit

Procedure
1. Access the Process Unit from which you want to unlink a Corrosion Loop.
2. In the left pane, select the Corrosion Loop that you want to unlink, and then select .
A message appears, asking you to confirm if you want to unlink the selected Corrosion Loop.
3. Select Yes.
The selected RBI Corrosion Loop is unlinked from the unit.
Link Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) to an

RBI Corrosion Loop
About This Task
When you link PDMs to an RBI Corrosion Loop, the PDMs are applied to all the RBI Components contained
in that RBI Corrosion Loop.

This topic describes how to link one or more PDMs to a Corrosion Loop. You cannot create PDMs; you can
only link them. Therefore, a PDM must already exist to be linked to a Corrosion Loop.
Procedure
1. Access the Corrosion Loop to which you want to link PDMs.
2. In the workspace, select the Potential Degradation Mechanisms tab.
The Potential Degradation Mechanisms section appears.
3. In the Potential Degradation Mechanisms section, select Add PDM.

A list of PDMs appears, displaying the methodology type of each PDM.

Tip: If you select the link that corresponds to a PDM, the PDM record appears in Record Explorer on a
new page.
4. In the row containing each PDM that you want to link to the Corrosion Loop, select the check box, and
then select OK.
The selected PDMs are linked to the Corrosion Loop.
Next Steps
• Create an RBI Component.
• Link RBI Components to an RBI Corrosion Loop.
Unlink a Potential Degradation Mechanism (PDM)

Procedure
1. Access the Corrosion Loop from which you want to unlink a PDM.
2. In the workspace, select the Potential Degradation Mechanisms tab.
The Potential Degradation Mechanisms section appears, displaying a list of associated PDMs.

3. In the Potential Degradation Mechanisms section, in the row that contains the PDM that you want
to unlink from the RBI Corrosion Loop, select .
A message appears, asking you to confirm that you want to unlink the selected PDM.
4. Select Yes.
The PDM is unlinked from the selected RBI Corrosion Loop.
Delete an RBI Corrosion Loop

Before You begin
If the Corrosion Loop that you want to delete is linked to a Potential Degradation Mechanisms record
(PDM), unlink the PDM before deleting the Corrosion Loop.
Procedure
1. Access the Process Unit that is linked to the Corrosion Loop that you want to delete.
2. In the Unit Overview section, below the graph, select the check box next to the Corrosion Loop that
you want to delete, and then select .
A message appears, asking you to confirm that you want to delete the selected Corrosion Loop.
3. Select Yes.
The Corrosion Loop is deleted.

Chapter
4
RBI Components
Topics:
• About RBI Components

• About Integration with
Thickness Monitoring (TM)
• About Using TM Analysis Values
at the Thickness Monitoring
Location (TML) Group Level
• About Using TM Analysis Values
at the Asset Level
• Access an RBI Component
• Create an RBI Component
• Access the Inventory Group of a
Component
• Link RBI Components to an
RBI Corrosion Loop
• Unlink an RBI Component from
an RBI Corrosion Loop
• Link Potential Degradation
Mechanisms (PDMs) to an RBI
Component
• Unlink a Potential Degradation
Mechanism (PDM) from an RBI
Component
• Link an RBI Component to a
TML Group
• Apply an RBI Component
• Delete an RBI Component

About RBI Components
In Risk Based Inspection, you can divide equipment into components whose risk you want to analyze
using an RBI 581 Risk Analysis. You can divide a piece of equipment into components based on shared
degradation mechanisms. Each sub-part of the asset that shares the same degradation mechanisms will
belong to the same RBI Component.
In GE Digital APM, the information related to an RBI component is stored in the following Criticality
Calculator RBI Component records:
• Criticality RBI Component - Cylindrical Shell
• Criticality RBI Component - Exchanger Bundle
• Criticality RBI Component - Exchanger Header
• Criticality RBI Component - Exchanger Tube
• Criticality RBI Component - Piping
• Criticality RBI Component - Pump Compressor Casing
• Criticality RBI Component - Tank Bottom
• Criticality RBI Pipeline Segment (only if the Pipeline Management license is active)
Heat Exchanger
Consider a Heat Exchanger, which is a piece of equipment that contains the following
components:
• A Cylindrical Shell that makes up the Heat Exchanger Shell section.
• A Cylindrical Shell that makes up the Heat Exchanger Channel section.
• Any number of small tubes that make up the Heat Exchanger Bundle section.
Each of the components can contain items such as Nozzles, Flanges, or Piping.
In RBI, to analyze the ways in which the exchanger can fail, you must divide the
components into logical groups that represent common failure characteristics. Each
group of components is a separate component and is represented by a single RBI
Component record. Keep in mind that some of these groups are involved in the
overhead system, and others are involved in the cooling water system.
For example, you might group the equipment's components as follows:

• Heat Exchanger Shell: Includes a cylindrical shell, an inlet nozzle, an outlet nozzle,
and a head, often referred to as a shell cover. The Shell is part of the Cooling Water
System (blue) because the purpose of the shell is to allow water to flow over the
tubes and cool the process fluid running through the channel and bundle section
of the exchanger.
• Heat Exchanger Channel: Includes a cylindrical shell, an inlet nozzle an outlet
nozzle and a flat head, often referred to as a dollar plate. The Channel is part of the
OVHD System (yellow) because the purpose of the Channel is to funnel the
process fluid in to the tubes and allow cooling of the process fluid running through
the channel and bundle section of the exchanger.
• Heat Exchanger Bundle: Includes tubes, baffles, and a tubesheet. The Bundle is
part of the OVHD System (yellow) because the purpose of the bundle is to provide
as much surface area as possible for the process fluid in to the tubes and allow
cooling of the process fluid running through the bundle section of the exchanger.
If you create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis using this example, your database contains the
following records:
• Unit / Area (Functional Location record)
• Overhead System (Corrosion Loop record)
• Cooling Water System (Corrosion Loop record)
• Heat Exchanger (Equipment record)
• Heat Exchanger Shell (Criticality Calculator RBI Components record)
• Heat Exchanger Channel (Criticality Calculator RBI Components record)
• Heat Exchanger Bundle (Criticality Calculator RBI Components record)
Note: If you have already created Functional Location records to represent the OVHD
System and Cooling Water System using the recommended asset hierarchy, you must
create additional Corrosion Loop records to represent these same systems. The
existing Functional Location records need not be linked to the Corrosion Loop records.

About Integration with Thickness Monitoring (TM)
This topic has been intentionally excluded from the GE Digital APM product documentation website. This
topic is available to you via the product documentation that is provided within the GE Digital APM system.
About Using TM Analysis Values at the Thickness Monitoring

Location (TML) Group Level
About Using TM Analysis Values at the Asset Level

Access an RBI Component

Procedure
1. Access the Asset Summary workspace for the asset that contains the RBI Component that you want
to access.
-or-
Access the Corrosion Loop that contains the RBI Component that you want to access.
2. Below the graph, select the link corresponding to the component that you want to access.
-or-
In the left pane, select the component that you want to access.
The workspace for the selected component appears, displaying the Component Overview section.

3. Select the Component Details tab.
The Component Details section appears, displaying the datasheet of the Component.
Note: If needed, modify values in the available fields, and then select to save your changes.

Create an RBI Component
About This Task
This topic describes how to create a new RBI Component and link it to an Asset or a Corrosion Loop. You
can also link an existing RBI Component to an Asset or a Corrosion Loop.
Procedure
1. Access the Asset Summary workspace of the asset in which you want to create an RBI Component.
-or-
Access the Corrosion Loop in which you want to create an RBI Component.
2. In the left pane, select , and then select Create New Component.
The Create New RBI Component window appears.
3. Enter values in the following fields:

• Asset: This field is automatically populated with the asset for which you are creating an RBI
Component.
• Component Family: Select the component family for the Component that you want to create.

• Component Type: Select the component type for the RBI Component that you want to create.
4. Select Create.
A new RBI Component is created, and is automatically linked to the selected Asset and the Corrosion
Loop. The Component Details section appears, displaying the component datasheet.
5. Enter values in the available fields.

6. In the RBI-581 section of the datasheet, enter values in the available fields.
7. In the upper-right corner of the datasheet, select .

The changes made to the RBI Component are saved.
Results
• The RBI Component inherits linked Potential Degradation Mechanisms from the RBI Corrosion Loop.
Next Steps
• Link Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) to an RBI Component.
Access the Inventory Group of a Component

About This Task
You can also access all the inventory groups in a process unit.
Procedure
1. Access the Component that is linked to the inventory group.

2. In the upper-right corner of the page, select , and then select Inventory Group.
The RBI 581 Inventory Groups workspace appears on a new page, displaying the following
information:
• If the component is linked to an inventory group, then the Inventory Group Configuration datasheet
for the inventory group associated with the component appears.
Tip: If you want to access a list of components linked to the inventory group, select the Linked
Components tab.
• If the component is not linked to an inventory group, then the Process Units with Inventory Groups
graphs appears. A list of process units appear in the left section in the workspace.

Tip: If you are a member of the RBI Admin Security Group, you can create an Inventory Group
Configuration record in the RBI 581 Inventory Groups workspace.
Link RBI Components to an RBI Corrosion Loop

About This Task
This topic describes how to link existing RBI Components to an Asset or Corrosion Loop. You can also
create a new RBI Component.
Procedure
1. Access the Corrosion Loop that you want to link to an RBI Component.
2. In the left pane, select , and then select Link Existing Component.
The Select RBI Components window appears, displaying a list of components in the same site that
are not linked to a Corrosion Loop.

3. Select the check boxes that correspond to the components that you want to link, and then select
Done.
The selected RBI Components are linked to the Corrosion Loop.
Results
• The PDMs that are linked to the Corrosion Loop are linked to the RBI Components, in addition to the
ones that are directly linked to the component.
Next Steps
• Link Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) to an RBI Component.
Unlink an RBI Component from an RBI Corrosion Loop

Procedure
1. Access the Corrosion Loop from which you want to unlink the RBI Component.

2. In the left pane, select the RBI Component that you want to unlink from the Corrosion Loop, and then
select .
-or-
Below the graph, next to the RBI Component that you want to unlink from the Corrosion Loop, select
the check box, and then select .
A message appears, asking you to confirm that you want to unlink the selected RBI Component.
3. Select Yes.
The RBI Component is unlinked from the selected Corrosion Loop.
Link Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) to an RBI

Component
About This Task
If the RBI Component is linked to a Corrosion Loop, then all the PDMs linked to the Corrosion Loop are
also linked to the Component. You can, however, link additional PDMs to the Component.
This topic describes how to link one or more PDMs to an RBI Component. You cannot create PDMs; you
can only link them. Therefore, a PDM must already exist to be linked to an RBI Component.
Procedure
1. Access the RBI Component to which you want to link PDMs.
2. Select the Potential Degradation Mechanisms tab.
The Potential Degradation Mechanisms section appears, displaying a list of PDMs linked to the RBI
Component.

3. Select Add PDM.
A list of PDMs appears, displaying the methodology type of each PDM.
Tip: If you select the link that corresponds to a PDM, the PDM record appears in Record Explorer on a
new page.
4. Next to each PDM that you want to link to the RBI Component, select the check box, and then select
OK.
Note: PDMs that can be used with an RBI 581 Risk Analysis contain a 581 prefix (e.g., 581-Amine
Cracking).
The selected PDMs are linked to the RBI Component.
Next Steps
• Create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
Unlink a Potential Degradation Mechanism (PDM) from an RBI

Component
Procedure
1. Access the RBI Component from which you want to unlink a PDM.
2. Select the Potential Degradation Mechanisms tab.
The Potential Degradation Mechanisms section appears, displaying a list of PDMs linked to the RBI
Component.
3. In the row that contains the PDM you want to unlink from the RBI Component, select .
A message appears, asking you to confirm that you want to unlink the selected PDM.

4. Select Yes.
The PDM is unlinked from the RBI Component.
Link an RBI Component to a TML Group

Before You begin
• The value in the Source of Calculated Corrosion Rates field in the RBI Component must be Component.
Procedure
1. Access the RBI Component to which you want to link a TML group.
2. In the upper-right corner of the workspace, select .
The Manage TML Groups window appears.
3. Next to the TML Groups that you want to link to the RBI Component, select the check boxes, and then
select OK.
The selected TML Groups are linked to the RBI Component.
Results
• An RBI Component linked to a TML Group inherits the TM corrosion rate values from the TML Group. If
the component contains an RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Damage Mechanism Evaluation, the resulting

damage factor value will be based on the corrosion rate determined by the value in the Selected
Corrosion Rate field.
Apply an RBI Component

About This Task
When you apply an RBI Component, you make a copy of the original record. The applied RBI Component is
not automatically linked to the original RBI Component's Corrosion Loop. Instead, the applied RBI
Component can be linked to the same or a different asset and then to a Corrosion Loop.
Procedure
1. Access the RBI Component that you want to apply.
2. In the upper-right corner of the page, select .
The Hierarchy Finder window appears.

3. Navigate through the Hierarchy Finder to select the asset to which you want to apply the RBI
Component.
4. Select OK.
The RBI Component is applied to the selected asset.
Next Steps
• Link RBI Components to an RBI Corrosion Loop
Delete an RBI Component

Before You begin
• Unlink all the Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs) linked to the RBI Component.
• Delete all the RBI Analyses linked to the RBI Component.

Procedure
1. Access the Asset Summary workspace of the asset that is linked to the RBI Component that you
want to delete.
-or-
Access the Corrosion Loop that is linked to the RBI Component that you want to delete.
2. Next to the Component what you want to delete, select the check box next, and then select .
A message appears, asking you to confirm that you want to delete the selected RBI Component.
3. Select Yes.
The RBI Component is deleted, and all links to existing related entities are removed.

Chapter
5
RBI Analyses
Topics:
• About RBI Analysis

• About Active Analysis
• About What-If Analysis
• About Inspection Planning
• About the RBI 581 Asset Risk
Report
• Access an RBI 581 Risk Analysis
• Create an RBI Analysis
• Add a What-If Analysis
• Override Flow Stress
• Calculate an RBI 581 Risk
Analysis
• Calculate all RBI 581 Risk
Analyses Associated with a
Process Unit
Analyses Associated with a
Single Asset or Corrosion Loop
Analyses Associated with
Multiple Assets
• Generate a Report for an Asset
• Duplicate an RBI 581 Risk
Analysis
• Apply an RBI 581 Risk Analysis
• Finalize Risk of an RBI 581 Risk
Analysis
• Finalize Risk of Multiple RBI 581
Risk Analyses
• Delete an RBI 581 Risk Analysis

About RBI Analysis
An RBI Analysis is a combination of linked RBI Analysis records and their successor records. These records
contain risk information about the RBI Component for which the analysis was created. There are two
kinds of RBI Analyses: RBI 581 and RBI 580.
• The details of an RBI 580 analysis are stored in an RBI Criticality Analysis record. It is based on the API
580 specification for Risk Based Inspection requirements and methodologies, and is the type of
analysis provided in baseline RBI.
• The details of an RBI 581 analysis are stored in an RBI 581 Risk Analysis. It is based on the API 581
specification, and is provided by the RBI 581 module.
Depending on the requirements of the organization, generally you will use one of the two types of
analyses, but not both.
Note: Unless otherwise specified, RBI Analysis procedures are the same for both RBI 581 and RBI 580
analyses. Generally, RBI 581 Risk Analysis and RBI Criticality Analysis records will be referred to
collectively as RBI Analyses.
Details
There are two types of RBI Analyses:
• Main RBI Analysis: An RBI Analysis that represents current information about the RBI Component and
the operating environment. You can use the information in a main RBI Analysis as the starting point for
a child What If Analysis.
• What-If Analysis: A child analysis of a main RBI Analysis. What If Analyses allow you to calculate the
risk associated with an RBI Component under hypothetical circumstances or at some future date. For
example, you might want to see what the risk would be if you changed the operating pressure or what
the risk could be in a few years.
Note: While the RBI Analysis is linked to child What-If Analyses (through the Has RBI Analysis family),
those child RBI Analysis records are not considered part of the main RBI Analysis. Instead, they are
considered part of their own RBI Analysis.
About Active Analysis

An RBI 581 Risk Analysis can be active or inactive. An active analysis is the one on which
recommendations and tasks for a particular RBI Analysis will be based. For an RBI Component, you can
have only one active analysis. There is no limit, however, to the number of inactive analyses that can exist
for an RBI Component.
When you create an analysis, it is in the Created state. If the analysis is active, you can then set the
analysis to one of the following states in that order:
• Risk Completed
• Accepted by ASM
If the analysis is inactive, however, the state of the analysis will automatically be set to Archived. If you
change the state of an analysis to Risk Completed, all the other analyses are marked inactive (i.e., their
state is set to Archived).

About What-If Analysis
A What-If Analysis is a child analysis of a main RBI Analysis (or another What-If Analysis in the Risk
Completed state) that allows you to calculate the risk associated with an RBI Component under
hypothetical circumstances. What-If Analyses allow you to analyze hypothetical situations to determine
how operational and procedural changes would impact the risk associated with a component's failure on
a certain date.
When you create a What-If Analysis:
• A record of the RBI 581 Risk Analysis is created. For the What-If Analysis, however, the value in the
Event Type field is populated with the value W.
Note: For a normal RBI Analysis, the value in the Event Type field is blank.
• The What-If Analysis is linked to the main analysis through the Has Child RBI Criticality Analysis
relationship.
• The Consequence Evaluation, Degradation Mechanisms (DMs), and Degradation Mechanism
Evaluations (DMEs) linked to the main analysis are copied and linked to the What-If Analysis.
• The Analysis ID of the What-If Analysis is in the following format: W <Analysis ID of the main analysis>
<Number> <Scenario ID>, where <Number> is the sequential number of the What-If Analysis.
• You can duplicate the What-If Analysis. You cannot, however, apply the What-If Analysis.
• You can change the state of the What-If Analysis. The state assignments and operations that are
applicable to an RBI Analysis are also applicable to a What-If Analysis.
• GE Digital APM copies the values from the fields in the main analysis to the What-If Analysis. However,
values in the output fields (i.e., fields that appear in the Risk Results and Risk Analysis sections of
the datasheet) are not copied.
About Inspection Planning

Inspection Planning is a methodology used by the RBI 581 module as outlined by API RP 581. The purpose
of this methodology is to mitigate the risk of a failure within a given period of time. This period is called
the plan period.
To mitigate risk based on inspection planning:
1. Calculate the analysis.
2. If the analysis results are acceptable, change the state of the analysis to Risk Completed.
3. Generate Recommendations.
GE Digital APM creates non-recurring recommendations based on the recommended inspections for
each Degradation Mechanisms record (DM).
4. Promote the asset to Asset Strategy Management (ASM).
Actions are created in ASM for each RBI Recommendation.
5. Create Inspection Tasks based on the proposed actions.
6. Implement the Inspection Tasks.
Risk is calculated for all applicable Degradation Mechanism Evaluations (DMEs) at RBI Date and plan Date.
Risk calculated on plan date without mitigation appears on the Without Plan section of the analysis
datasheet. Risk calculated on the plan date with mitigation appears on the With Plan section of the
datasheet.
Inspection Planning, however, is applied only to the following DMEs:

• RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation
• RBI 581 External Damage Evaluation
• RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation
Inspection Planning determines if mitigation will help, and if it does, GE Digital APM recommends an
Inspection for the DM with an A, B, or C level of Inspection Effectiveness.
Risk Targets
The following risk targets are defined in RBI 581:
• Target Damage Factor Max: This value represents maximum acceptable damage factor for calculating
probability of failure.
Target Damage Factor Max will still be considered even if your organization specifies that the SHE Risk
or Financial Risk should be the driving risk for RBI 581 Risk Analyses. This is because, even if the SHE
Risk or Financial Risk is less than the target, it can still lead to a failure if the damage factor is high. For
example, suppose there is a condensate piping with insulation. In this case, the consequence of a
condensate leakage is low. Therefore, the SHE Risk and Financial Risk are considerably low, which
results in a risk value lower than the target. Even if the condensate leaks frequently, the low risk value
does not help the analyst identify the high probability of failure due to ferritic corrosion under
insulation. Therefore, it is necessary to ensure that the damage factor is less than the target damage
factor as well.
• Target SHE Risk : This value represents maximum acceptable safety, health, and environmental risk.
• Target Financial Risk : This value represents maximum acceptable financial risk.
These targets appear in the Planning Targets section of the RBI 581 Risk Analysis datasheet.
Risk Summary
Each risk target represents a threshold value. Based on whether the total risk value is already below the
target risk, or will be mitigated after inspection planning, the appropriate Risk Summary is specified for
the analysis.
The following Risk Summaries are defined in the Inspection Planning Risk Summary family as an outcome
from Inspection Planning:
• Risk exceeded, Mitigation does not help : Indicates that the risk exceeds the target, and the highest
level of inspection cannot mitigate the risk to a value less than the target. In this case, the Risk
Summary Description field is populated with the value Residual Risk after applying highest level of
Inspection.
• Total DF Max Exceeded, Mitigation does not help : Indicates that the highest level of inspection cannot
mitigate the risk, which is greater than the driving target (Total DF Max). In this case, the Risk Summary
Description field is populated with the value Residual Damage Factor after applying highest level of
Inspection.
• Risk within Target, Mitigation not required : Indicates that the risk is below the target, no mitigation is
required. In this case, the Risk Summary Description field is populated with the value Risk is less than
target hence Inspection not required.
• Risk exceeded target, but mitigated by inspection : Indicates that the risk exceeds the target, but
inspection can mitigate the risk. In this case, the Risk Summary Description field is populated with the
value Risk Mitigated after applying required level of Inspection.
RBI Date, Plan Date, and Target Inspection Date

The values in the RBI Date, Plan Date, and Target Inspection Date fields are used to determine the Risk
Summary of an analysis.

• RBI Date : It is the date on which you have started conducting the RBI analysis. By default, it is set to
the date on which you create an RBI Analysis.
• Plan Date : It is the end date of the plan period. By default, this is set to ten years from the RBI date.
• Target Inspection Date : It is the date on which the risk will first exceed the Risk Targets.
◦ If risk exceeds the target on the RBI date, then the Target Inspection Date is set to the RBI Date.
◦ If risk does not exceed the target at Plan Date, then the Target Inspection Date is set to the Plan
Date.
About the RBI 581 Asset Risk Report

The RBI 581 Asset Risk report provides information about the risk assessments on all the components in
the asset, along with a risk matrix and supporting data.
The RBI 581 Asset Risk report contains the following sections:
• Equipment Data
• Component Summary
• Planning Targets
• Risk / Damage Mechanism Analysis
• RBI Component Risk Results
• RBI Recommendations
• Inspection History
• Corrosion Analysis
• Reference Documents
Equipment Data
This section provides the equipment details. The following table provides a list of items that are included
in the Equipment Data section of the report and their corresponding fields in RBI.
Report Item Corresponding Field in RBI (Family Name)
Equipment ID Equipment ID (Equipment)
Equipment Technical No Equipment Technical Number (Equipment)
Description Equipment Short Description (Equipment)
Functional Location Functional Location (Functional Location)
Component Summary
This section provides the design and operating details of all the components linked to the equipment,
including the components that have an active analysis (that is, analysis in Risk Completed or Accepted by
ASM state). The following table provides a list of items that are included in the Component Summary
section of the report and their corresponding fields in RBI.
Component RBI Component (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Component Type Component Type (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)

Date in Service Component Date in Service (Criticality Calculator RBI

Components)
Design Code Construction Code (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Material Spec Material Spec (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Material Grade Material Grade (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
PWHT PWHT (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Insulation Insulated? (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Insulation Type Insulation Type (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Process Fluid Process Fluid (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Design Pressure Design Pressure (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Design Temperature Design Temperature (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Operating Pressure Operating Pressure (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Operating Temperature Operating Temperature (Criticality Calculator RBI Components)
Design Pressure - Shell Design Pressure - Shell Side (Criticality RBI Component -
Exchanger Bundle)
Design Temperature - Shell Design Temperature - Shell Side (Criticality RBI Component -
Exchanger Bundle)
Operating Pressure - Shell Operating Pressure - Shell (Criticality RBI Component -

Exchanger Bundle)
Operating Temperature - Shell Operating Temperature - Shell (Criticality RBI Component -

Exchanger Bundle)
Planning Targets
This section provides the details of components that have an active analysis. The RBI Components with no
active analysis are not included in this section. The following table provides a list of items that are
included in the Planning Targets section of the report and their corresponding fields in RBI.
Driving Risk Target Driving Risk Target (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Damage Factor Max Target Damage Factor Max (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
SHE Risk Target SHE Risk (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Financial Risk Target Financial Risk (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Cracking Minimum Damage Factor Target Cracking Minimum Damage Factor (RBI 581 Risk
Analysis)

External Minimum Damage Factor Target Cracking Minimum Damage Factor (RBI 581 Risk
Analysis)
Thinning and Lining Minimum Damage Factor Target Thinning And Lining Minimum Damage Factor (RBI 581
Risk Analysis)
Risk / Damage Mechanism Analysis

This section provides details of degradation mechanisms linked to active RBI 581 Risk Analyses of RBI
Components in the Equipment. Risk details of RBI Components with no active analysis is not included in
this section. The following table provides a list of items that are included in the Risk / Damage
Mechanism Analysis section of the report and their corresponding fields in RBI.
Degradation Mechanism Degradation Mechanism (RBI Degradation Mechanisms)
Damage Factor (RBI Date) Total Damage Factor - RBI Date (RBI Degradation Mechanisms)
SHE Risk (RBI Date) Total SHE Risk - RBI Date (RBI Degradation Mechanisms)
Financial Risk (RBI Date) Total Financial Risk - RBI Date (RBI Degradation Mechanisms)
Damage Factor (Without Plan) Total Damage Factor Without Plan (RBI Degradation
Mechanisms)
SHE Risk (Without Plan) Total SHE Risk Without Plan (RBI Degradation Mechanisms)
Financial Risk (Without Plan) Total Financial Risk Without Plan (RBI Degradation Mechanisms)
Damage Factor (With Plan) Total Damage Factor With Plan (RBI Degradation Mechanisms)
SHE Risk (With Plan) Total SHE Risk With Plan (RBI Degradation Mechanisms)
Financial Risk (With Plan) Total Financial Risk With Plan (RBI Degradation Mechanisms)
Recommended Inspection Effectiveness Recommended Inspection Effectiveness (RBI Degradation

Mechanisms)
RBI Component Risk Results

This section provides the cumulative risk details of the Active RBI 581 Analyses of the components. These
details are captured from Risk Results and Risk Analysis sections of RBI 581 Risk Analysis datasheet.
The following table provides a list of items that are included in the RBI Component Risk Results section
of the report and their corresponding fields in RBI.
Total Damage Factor (RBI Date) Total Damage Factor - RBI Date (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
SHE Risk (RBI Date) Total SHE Risk - RBI Date (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Financial Risk (RBI Date) Total Financial Risk - RBI Date (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
SHE Risk Category (RBI Date) SHE Risk Category - RBI Date (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Financial Risk Category (RBI Date) Financial Risk Category - RBI Date (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Total Damage Factor (Without Plan) Total Damage Factor Without Plan (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)

SHE Risk (Without Plan) Total SHE Risk Without Plan (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Financial Risk (Without Plan) Total Financial Risk Without Plan (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
SHE Risk Category (Without Plan) SHE Risk Category - Without Plan (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Financial Risk Category (Without Plan) Financial Risk Category - Without Plan (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Total Damage Factor (With Plan) Total Damage Factor With Plan (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
SHE Risk (With Plan) Total SHE Risk With Plan (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Financial Risk (With Plan) Total Financial Risk With Plan (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
SHE Risk Category (With Plan) SHE Risk Category - With Plan (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Financial Risk Category (With Plan) Financial Risk Category - With Plan (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Target Inspection Date Target Inspection Date (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Risk Summary ID Risk Summary ID (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Risk Summary Description Risk Summary Description (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
Inspection will Mitigate Inspection Will Mitigate (RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
RBI Recommendations
This section provides the details of the RBI Recommendation that is linked to the equipment and are in
Proposed or Accepted by ASM state. The following table provides a list of items that are included in the
RBI Recommendations section of the report and their corresponding fields in RBI.
Component RBI Component (RBI Recommendation)
Task Type Task Type (RBI Recommendation)
Damage Mechanism Damage Mechanism (RBI Recommendation)
Recommended Inspection Scope Recommended Inspection Scope (RBI Recommendation)
Target Inspection Date Target Completion Date (RBI Recommendation)
State State (RBI Recommendation)
Inspection History
This section provides the details of the Inspection Confidence Evaluations linked to the damage
mechanisms of the Active Analysis of the components. If the component has an active analysis, but the
degradation mechanisms do not have Inspection Confidence Evaluations, such components are not
included in this section. The following table provides a list of items that are included in the Inspection
History section of the report and their corresponding fields in RBI.
Damage Mechanism Damage Mechanism (RBI 581 Damage Mechanism Evaluation)
Inspection Report Inspection Report (Inspection)

Completion Date Completion Date (Inspection Confidence Evaluation)
Inspection Effectiveness Inspection Confidence (Inspection Confidence Evaluation)
Inspection Family Inspection Family (Inspection)
Status Inspection Document Status (Inspection)
Corrosion Analysis
This section provides the corrosion rate details of an RBI Component if the component has an active
analysis and at least one RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation degradation mechanism linked. In the
component, if the Source of Calculated Corrosion Rate field value is Component, and has any TML Groups
linked, then the TML Groups are also included in the report. The following table provides a list of items
that are included in the Corrosion Analysis section of the report and their corresponding fields in RBI.
Damage Mechanism Damage Mechanism (RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation)
Selected Corrosion Rate Selected BM Corrosion Rate (RBI 581 Thinning and Lining
Evaluation)
Corrosion Rate Base Material Estimated Corrosion Rate, Base Material

Calculated Corrosion Rate, Long Term Avg Corr Rate, Short Term
Avg Corr Rate, Controlling Corrosion Rate (RBI 581 Thinning and
Lining Evaluation)
Source of Calculated Corrosion Rate Source of Calculated Corrosion Rates (Criticality Calculator RBI
Components)
TML Group Corrosion Group (TML Group)
Reference Documents
This section provides information on any reference documents attached to the RBI Component of the
equipment. The following table provides a list of items that are included in the Reference Documents
section of the report and their corresponding fields in RBI.
Document ID ID (Reference Document)
Document Description Description (Reference Document)
Access an RBI 581 Risk Analysis

About This Task

Procedure
1. Access the component that contains the RBI Analysis that you want to access.
2. Below the graph, select the RBI Analysis that you want to access.
The Analysis Details section appears, displaying the analysis datasheet.
Note: If needed, you can modify values in the available fields, review the required fields and valid
Representative Fluids , and then select to save your changes.
Create an RBI Analysis

About This Task
You can create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis for an RBI Component.
Procedure
1. Access the RBI Component for which you want to create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
2. Below the graph, select , and then select Quantitative (581).

A new analysis is created, and the Analysis Details section appears.
Note: When an analysis is created, the Consequence Evaluations and Degradation Mechanisms
corresponding to the Potential Degradation Mechanisms linked to the selected component are also
created.
3. Enter values in the available fields.
4. Review the required fields, and the valid Representative Fluids .

The RBI analysis is created.
Results
• For each Potential Degradation Mechanism (PDM) linked to the Component, a Degradation Mechanism
(DM) is added to the Analysis.
Next Steps
• Add Degradation Mechanisms (DMs).
Add a What-If Analysis

About This Task
When you create a What-If Analysis, a copy of the main RBI Analysis is created. In the What-If Analysis,
however, the value in the Event Type field is populated with the value W.
Procedure
1. Perform one of the following sets of steps:
a. Access the analysis to which you want to add a What-If Analysis.
b. In the upper-right corner of the workspace, select , and then select Create What If Analysis.
-or-
a. Access the component that is linked to the analysis to which you want to add a What-If Analysis.
Below the graph, a list of analyses linked to the component appears in a grid.
b. Select the check box that corresponds to the analysis to which you want to add a What-If Analysis.
c. In the upper-right corner of the grid, select .
The Create What If Analysis window appears.

2. In the Create What If Analysis window:
• In the Scenario ID box, enter an ID to identify the scenario.
• In the Plan Date box, select a date that is the same as or later than the RBI date (as specified in the
RBI Date field in the main analysis).
3. Select Done.
The What-If Analysis is created and linked to the main analysis. The Analysis workspace appears,
displaying the Analysis Details section.
Note: If needed, modify values in the available fields, and then select to save your changes.
Results
• The Analysis ID of the What-If Analysis is in the following format: W <Analysis ID of the main analysis>
<Number> <Scenario ID>, where <Number> is the sequential number of the What-If Analysis.
• All the fields (with a few exceptions) in the What-If Analysis are populated with values in the
main analysis fields.
• The Consequence Evaluation, Degradation Mechanisms (DMs), and Degradation Mechanism
Evaluations (DMEs) linked to the main analysis are copied and linked to the What-If Analysis.
Override Flow Stress

Procedure
1. Access the RBI 581 Risk Analysis for which you want to override Flow Stress.
2. Select the Design tab.
The Design section appears.

3. Select the Stress Override check box.
The Allowable Stress and Flow Stress fields are enabled.
4. Enter a new value in the Flow Stress field, and then, in the section heading, select .
The new Flow Stress value is saved.
Calculate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis

Before You begin
• Make sure that you have entered values in all the required fields. Otherwise, the calculation fails.
• Make sure that you have selected valid representative and toxic fluids.
• Make sure that a DM is linked to the RBI 581 Risk Analysis. Otherwise, the calculation fails.
About This Task

This topic describes how to calculate a single analysis. In addition to an individual analysis, you can also
calculate:
• All analyses associated with a Process Unit.
• All analyses associated with a single asset or Corrosion Loop.
• All analyses associated with multiple assets.
Tip: This procedure also applies to calculating a What-If Analysis.

Procedure
1. Access the RBI 581 Risk Analysis that you want to calculate.
2. In the upper-right corner of the workspace, select .
Note: The button is enabled only for RBI Analyses in the Created state.
The Analysis Calculation window appears, displaying the calculation progress and a log detailing any
errors. If the calculation fails, a list of the required fields appear in an error report at the bottom of the
Analysis Calculation window.
3. After the calculation is complete:

• To view log details, select View Complete Log.
• To close the window, select Close.
The RBI 581 Risk Analysis is calculated.

Calculate all RBI 581 Risk Analyses Associated with a Process
Unit
Before You begin
• Ensure that you have entered values in all the required fields. Otherwise, the calculation fails.
• Ensure that you have selected valid representative and toxic fluids.
About This Task

This topic describes how to calculate all RBI Analyses associated with a single Process Unit. You can also
calculate:
• A singe analysis.
Procedure
1. Access the Unit Summary workspace.
2. On the upper-right corner of the page, select .
errors. If a calculation fails, a list of the required fields appear in an error report at the bottom of the

• To view the log details for all calculated analyses, select View Complete Log.
• To view the log details for a single analysis, in the list, select that analysis.
The RBI 581 Risk Analyses for the selected Process Unit are calculated.
4. Optionally, if you want to view the status of all bulk analyze operations, on the upper-right corner of
the Risk Based Inspection Overview page, select .
The Schedule Logs page appears, displaying a list of all the operations in GE Digital APM that are in
progress, along with the percentage of completion. You can also access a list of operations that have
been successful or have failed.
Calculate all RBI 581 Risk Analyses Associated with a Single

Asset or Corrosion Loop
Before You begin

About This Task
This topic describes how to calculate all analyses associated with a single Asset or Corrosion Loop. You
can also calculate:
• A singe analysis.
• All analyses associated with a single Process Unit.
Procedure
1. Access the Asset Summary workspace of the Asset that is associated with the analyses you want to
calculate.
-or-
Access the Corrosion Loop that is associated with the analyses that you want to calculate.
errors. If the calculation fails, a list of the required fields appear in an error report at the bottom of the

Tip: For more information on Schedule Logs, refer to the Schedule Logs section of the documentation.
Calculate all RBI 581 Risk Analyses Associated with Multiple

Assets
Before You begin
About This Task

This topic describes how to calculate all the RBI Analyses associated with multiple assets. You can also
calculate:
• A single analysis.
• All analyses associated with a Process Unit.
Procedure
1. Access the Risk Based Inspection Overview page for the Functional Location that contains the
assets for which you want to calculate all analyses.
2. If you want to calculate analyses associated with all the assets in the functional location, then proceed
to step 5. You cannot, however, calculate all analyses if you have selected Home on the Asset
Hierarchy page.
-or-
If you want to calculate analyses associated with selected assets, then in the workspace heading,
select the Assets tab.
The Assets section appears.

3. Select the check boxes that correspond to the assets for which you want to calculate all analyses.
Note: If you have selected Home on the Asset Hierarchy page, and have not selected any assets,
then the button is disabled.
A message appears, specifying the number of assets that you have selected, and asking you if you
want to continue.
5. Select Yes.
The Analysis Calculation window appears, displaying a list of analyses that are sent for calculation,
the asset and the component that each analysis is associated with, and the status of each calculation.
If the calculation fails, a list of the required fields appear in an error report at the bottom of the
Calculate Analysis window.

The Schedule Logs page appears, displaying a list of all the operations in Meridium Enterprise APM
that are in progress, along with the percentage of completion. You can also access a list of operations
that have been successful or have failed.
Tip: For more information on Schedule Logs, refer to the Schedule Logs section of the documentation.

Generate a Report for an Asset
This topic describes how to generate the RBI 581 Asset Risk Report.
Procedure
1. Access the Asset Summary workspace for the asset for which you want to generate the report.
2. Select , and then select RBI 581 Asset Risk Report.
The RBI 581 Asset Risk Report appears.
Duplicate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis

About This Task
When you duplicate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, you make an exact copy of the original RBI Analysis. The
duplicated RBI 581 Risk Analysis is linked to the same RBI Component as the original RBI 581 Risk
Analysis. To copy an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, and link it to a different RBI Component, you can apply an RBI
Analysis.
Procedure
1. Access the component that contains the RBI 581 Risk Analysis that you want to duplicate.

2. Below the graph, select the check box next to the RBI 581 Risk Analysis that you want to duplicate, and
then select .
The Select Degradation Mechanisms window appears.
Only Degradation Mechanisms (DMs) that can be applied to the duplicated analysis appear in the
window. By default, the check boxes next to all the Degradation Mechanisms are selected.
3. If you do not want a particular DM to be applied, clear the check box that corresponds to the DM.
4. If you want the Recommendations to be copied, select the Copy Recommendations for
Degradation Mechanisms check box. You can select this check box only if the Enable
Recommendation To be Generated at Created State check box in the Global Preferences
workspace is selected.
5. Select Done.
The RBI 581 Risk Analysis is duplicated.
Note: Similarly, you can duplicate a What-If Analysis regardless of its state. The duplicated What-If
Analysis is a copy of the main RBI Analysis.
Results
• All the DMs that you have selected are copied and linked to the duplicated analysis.
• If you have selected the Copy Recommendations for Degradation Mechanisms check box, then
Recommendations are also copied.
Apply an RBI 581 Risk Analysis

About This Task
When you apply an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, you make a copy of the original RBI 581 Risk Analysis. The
applied RBI 581 Risk Analysis is not automatically linked to the original RBI Component. Instead, the

applied RBI 581 Risk Analysis can be linked to any RBI Component of the same type as the source
component. To copy an RBI 581 Risk Analysis and link it to the same RBI Component, you can duplicate an
RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
Procedure
1. Access the component that contains the RBI 581 Risk Analysis that you want to apply.
2. Below the graph, select the check box next to the RBI 581 Risk Analysis that you want to apply, and
then select .
The Select RBI Components to Apply Analysis window appears.
3. In the Hierarchy section, navigate to and select the asset that contains the RBI Component to which
you want to apply the analysis.
A list of available RBI Components in the selected asset appears in the Available RBI Components
section.

4. Select the RBI Components to which you want to apply the analysis.
The selected RBI Components appear in the Selected RBI Components column.
5. Select Next.
A list of Degradation Mechanisms (DMs) linked to the analysis appears.
6. In each row containing the DMs that you want to link to the new analysis, ensure that the check box is
selected.
7. Select Done.

The RBI 581 Risk Analysis is applied.
Note: The values in the Inventory Group and Inventory Group Mass fields are not copied after you
apply an analysis.
Finalize Risk of an RBI 581 Risk Analysis

Procedure
1. Access the analysis whose state you want to modify.
2. Select the button that indicates the current state of the analysis (that is, Created).
A menu appears, displaying a list of operations that you can perform on the analysis to modify its
state.
3. Select Finalize Risk, and then select Done.

Note: You can modify the state of an analysis to Risk Completed only if you have calculated the
analysis.
The state of the RBI 581 Risk Analysis is modified, and an Inspection Plan is created and linked to the
parent asset of the analysis.
Note:
• If you want to access the Inspection Plan, select the Inspection Plan link.
• When an RBI 581 Risk Analysis is not in the Created state, you cannot modify the analysis and the
related Consequence Evaluations, Degradation Mechanisms, and Degradation Mechanism
Evaluations through the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) module. You can, however, modify the fields
that are not disabled when the record is accessed through Record Manager.

Next Steps
• Create an RBI Recommendation Manually on page 130.
Finalize Risk of Multiple RBI 581 Risk Analyses

Before You begin
• Ensure that all the analyses to which you want to assign a new state are assigned to the same state.
About This Task

This topic describes how to finalize risk of the analyses that are linked to multiple assets or Corrosion
Loops. You can finalize risk of only the analyses that are calculated and are in the Created state. You
cannot finalize risk of multiple analyses that belong to the same component. In such cases, the status of
the analyses that belong to the same component are not modified, however, the status of the remaining
analyses are updated to Risk Completed.
Procedure
1. Access the Risk Based Inspection Overview page , and then select the Assets tab.
or
Access the Unit Summary workspace of the Process Unit that is linked to the Corrosion Loops.
2. In the Assets section, select the check boxes that correspond to the assets that contain the analyses
for which you want to finalize risk.
or
Select the check box for each Corrosion Loop containing analyses for which you want to finalize risk.

The button is enabled.
3. Select .
The Finalize Risk window appears, displaying only the analyses that are calculated and are in the
Created state.
4. Select the check box for each analysis for which you want to finalize risk.
The Finalize Risk button is enabled.
5. Select Finalize Risk.
The selected analyses are moved to the Risk Completed state.
Note: If an Inspection Plan does not exist for the parent asset of the analyses, an Inspection Plan is
created and linked to the asset.
6. Select Close.
Next Steps
• Generate RBI Recommendations for Multiple RBI 581 Risk Analyses on page 132.
Delete an RBI 581 Risk Analysis

Before You begin
You cannot delete an RBI 581 Risk Analysis if it is Active, has a child analysis, or has Recommendations.
• If an RBI 581 Risk Analysis has a child analysis, delete the child analysis.
• If an RBI 581 Risk Analysis has Recommendations, delete the recommendations.
Procedure
1. Access the component containing the RBI 581 Risk Analysis that you want to delete.

2. Below the graph, in the row containing the Analysis ID that you want to delete, select the check box,
and then select .
A message appears, asking you to confirm that you want to delete the RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
3. Select Yes.
The RBI 581 Risk Analysis is deleted.

Chapter
6
RBI Bulk Evergreening 581
Topics:
• About RBI Bulk Evergreening

• Access Analyses that are
Pending Evergreening
• Duplicate Analysis for
Evergreening
• Delete Analyses Created for
Evergreening
• Calculate Evergreened Analyses
• Finalize Risk for Evergreened
Analyses
• Access Active Analyses
• Generate Recommendations
for Active Evergreened
Analyses

About RBI Bulk Evergreening
RBI Bulk Evergreening is the process of duplicating active analyses in bulk based on the associated
process unit or functional location. The evergreened analyses use the latest Risk Completed data available
to create more up-to-date analyses for the process unit or functional location.
When to Evergreen
When an analysis is initially created, its record contains details that are observed at the time of the
assessment. Evergreening is useful when a functional location or process unit has undergone changes.
These changes can include the implementation of risk mitigation strategies or maintenance. Additionally,
evergreening is useful after a set amount of time has passed since the previous analysis.
Batches
During the duplication process, you select or create an Evergreening Batch ID to group your evergreened
analyses. You can filter analyses based on the batch in the RBI Bulk Evergreening workspace. The
Evergreen Batch ID that you select will be copied to the Scenario ID field in the duplicated analysis.
Access Analyses that are Pending Evergreening

About This Task
Analyses that are ready for evergreening or pending reassessment are analyses which are active on
components that are linked to assets related to the given functional location or process unit.
Note: The analyses that are ready for evergreening are either 580 or 581 analyses. You can choose which
analyses you want to evergreen in the Global Preferences page in Application Settings.
Procedure
• Access Analyses that are Pending Evergreening from Any Workspace:
1. Select .
The RBI Bulk Evergreening workspace appears, displaying a list of analyses that are ready for
evergreening.

• Access Analyses that are Pending Evergreening from the Risk Based Inspection Overview page:
1. Select the Pending Reassessment tab.
The Pending Reassessment section appears, displaying a list of analyses that are ready for
evergreening. The analyses listed have a Date Criticality Calculated that is five or more years prior
to the current date.
• Access Analyses that are Pending Evergreening from a Process Unit:

2. Select the Process Units tab.
The Process Units section appears.

3. Select the process unit that you want to evergreen.
4. Select .
The RBI Bulk Evergreening workspace appears, displaying a list of analyses that are ready for
evergreening. The analyses listed belong to the selected process unit.

Duplicate Analysis for Evergreening
Procedure
1. Access the RBI Bulk Evergreening workspace from a process unit or any workspace
2. In the Ready for Evergreening section, select the analyses that you want to duplicate.
3. Select .
The Duplicate Active Analyses window appears.
4. In the Evergreen Batch ID box:

• Select an existing Evergreen Batch ID.
-or-
• Select add caption and enter a new scenario.
Note: The Evergreen Batch ID you select is copied to the Scenario ID field. Also, the batch you select is
saved as a user preference in your browser.
5. In the RBI Date box, enter a date.
6. In the Plan Date box, enter a date.
7. Select Done.
Note: If you select an existing Evergreen Batch ID and then select Done, a window appears, stating the
batch already exists and asking if you want to continue.
The Created section appears, displaying a list of analyses that have been created. A progress indicator
for the duplication process appears in the Created section. If the analyses duplicated successfully, a
green check mark appears. If there were errors in the duplication process, a red warning icon appears.

8. Optionally, if you want to view the status of all bulk analyze operations, in the Risk Based Inspection
Overview page, select .
progress, along with the percentages of completion. You can also access a list of operations that have
Delete Analyses Created for Evergreening

Procedure
2. Select the Created tab.
The Created section appears.

3. Next to each analysis that you want to delete, select the check box.
Tip: For optimal performance, GE Digital APM recommends deleting 10 or fewer analyses at a time.
4. Select .
A message appears, asking you to confirm that you want to delete one or more selected analyses.
5. Select Yes.
The selected analyses are deleted.
Calculate Evergreened Analyses

Procedure
Tip: The analyses that appear in this section are filtered by Evergreen Batch ID. The Evergreen Batch ID
that appears by default is the one you selected while creating analyses; the batch that appears is also
a default user preference in your browser. You can select a batch using the Evergreen Batch box in
the RBI Bulk Evergreening workspace. To access all analyses, select the blank value in the box.
3. Next to each analysis that you want to calculate, select the check box.
4. Select .
errors.

The evergreened analysis is calculated.
Finalize Risk for Evergreened Analyses

Before You begin
You must calculate risk on an evergreened analysis before finalizing risk.
Procedure

3. Next to each analysis for which you want to finalize risk, select the check box.
4. Select .
A window appears, confirming that you want to finalize risk for the selected analyses.
5. Select Yes.
The selected analyses are moved to the Risk Completed state.
Note: If an Inspection Plan does not exist on the parent asset of the analyses, a new Inspection Plan
will be created and linked to the asset after the analysis has been successfully moved to the Risk
Completed state.
The Active section appears, displaying a list of active evergreened analyses for the selected batch.

Access Active Analyses
About This Task
Active evergreened analyses are RBI Criticality Analyses for RBI Components linked to RBI Assets. These
analyses were created during the bulk evergreening process, and they are not in the Created or Archived
state.
Procedure
1. Access the RBI Bulk Evergreening workspace from a process unit or any workspace.
2. In the RBI Bulk Evergreening workspace, select the Active tab.
The Active section appears, displaying a list of active evergreen analyses and a count of their
associated RBI Recommendations records.
Generate Recommendations for Active Evergreened Analyses

Procedure
1. Access the RBI Bulk Evergreening workspace from a process unit or any workspace.
2. Select the Active tab.

The Active section appears.
3. Next to each analysis for which you want to generate recommendations, select the check box.
Tip:
• You can generate recommendations for all listed analyses in the selected batch in the Active
section by selecting when all check boxes in the first column of the table are cleared. If you
select the check box in the first row of the table, recommendations are generated for the analyses
that appear in the current page in the Active section (up to 100 analyses can be displayed in a
page).
• The Recommendations column contains a count of recommendations that are directly linked to
the analysis. Consolidated recommendations (CREC) are excluded from this count.
4. Select .
The Confirm Bulk Generate Recommendations window appears, asking if you want to generate
recommendations and generate duplicate recommendations if recommendations have already been
generated.
5. Select Yes.
The Generate Recommendations window appears, asking if you want to consolidate
recommendations for each Degradation Mechanism and Task Type.
Tip: If you choose to consolidate recommendations, the recommendations generated during this
process will be consolidated with existing recommendations. For more information on consolidating
recommendations, consult recommendation consolidation in RBI 580 and RBI 581.
6. Select Yes.

The Recommendations are generated. The Recommendation Generation window appears,
displaying the progress and number of Recommendations generated and consolidated for each asset.
Note: You can close the Recommendation Generation window before it is complete. You can view
progress using the Schedule Logs.
7. Select Close.
8. Optionally, if you want to view the status of all bulk operations, select .
Results
Generated recommendations are linked to the Inspection Plan of the related RBI asset.
Note:
• You can use the Inspection Plan Summary page to approve the Inspection Plan and implement
recommendations.
• If, in the RBI Global Preference settings, the Enable Recommendation To be Generated at Created
State check box is selected, recommendations will not be linked to the Inspection Plan until the
related analysis is moved to the Risk Complete state and the Inspection Plan is generated.

Chapter
7
RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot
Topics:
• About the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot

• Access the Inventory Groups in
a Process Unit
• Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk
Plot Page of a Functional
Location
Plot Page of an Asset
Plot Page of a Corrosion Loop
Plot Page of a Component
Plot Page of an Analysis

About the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot
The RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot is a graph that plots the SHE risk and financial risk of:
• A single RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
• All RBI 581 Risk Analyses in a process unit, asset, corrosion loop, or component. In this scenario, the
risk data of all the analyses in Risk Completed, Accepted by ASM, Pending Approval, or Approved state
are plotted on the graph.
By default, the graph for the SHE risk appears. If you want to view the graph for the financial risk, you must
select the Financial Risk tab.
For SHE risk:
• Consequence of Failure (in square feet) is plotted on the horizontal axis, using a logarithmic scale.
• Probability of Failure (in events per year) is plotted on the vertical axis, using a logarithmic scale.
For financial risk:
• Consequence of Failure (in USD) is plotted on the horizontal axis, using a logarithmic scale.
• Probability of Failure (in events per year) is plotted on the vertical axis, using a logarithmic scale.
Note: The units of measure can vary depending on the UOM Conversion Set that you use. For example, if
you use the Metric conversion set, the Consequence of Failure will be measured in square meters instead
of square feet.
By default, the risk on the RBI date is plotted. If you want the without plan risk or the with plan risk to be
plotted, then on the upper-right corner of the page, in the Risk Data box, select the appropriate option.

The background color for various sections in the graph indicate the risk levels as defined by the
International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
Background color Risk Level
Red High
Orange Medium High
Yellow Medium
Green Low
If you hover over a data point, then the ID of the analysis, the ID of the associated asset, the consequence
of failure, probability of failure, and risk data of the analysis appear. If you select the data point, the Asset
Summary page appears, displaying the analysis datasheet in the Analysis Details section.
Note: If you want to specify a different set of values to be plotted on this graph, or modify the ranges for
each axis and risk level, then access the RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Preferences workspace.
Fields Used in Plotting Risk Data

The following fields provides a list of fields that are used to plot risk data on the RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot.
Family Fields
RBI 581 Risk Analysis Total Financial Risk Without Plan
Total POF Without Plan
Total SHE Risk Without Plan
Total Financial Risk With Plan
Total POF With Plan
Total SHE Risk With Plan
Total Financial Risk - RBI Date
Total POF - RBI Date
Total SHE Risk - RBI Date
RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation Final Consequence Area
Total Financial Consequence
Access the Inventory Groups in a Process Unit

About This Task
You can also access the inventory group of a component.
Procedure
1. Access the Unit Summary workspace for the process unit for which you want to access inventory
groups.
2. In the upper-right corner of the workspace, select , and then select Inventory Group.

The RBI 581 Inventory Groups workspace appears on a new page, displaying a list of inventory
groups in the process unit in the left section and the datasheet for the corresponding Functional
Location in the details section.
Tip: If you are a member of the RBI Admin Security Group, you can create an Inventory Group
Configuration record in the RBI 581 Inventory Groups workspace.
Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Page of a Functional Location
About This Task
You can also access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot page for an asset, corrosion loop, component, or analysis.
Note:
The risk data of an analysis is plotted on the ISO risk plot only if the analysis is in one of the following
states:
• Risk Completed
• Accepted by ASM
Procedure
1. Access the Risk Based Inspection Overview page for the functional location for which you want to
access the ISO risk plot.

The RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot page appears, displaying the SHE Risk.
Note: By default, the risk on the RBI date is plotted. If you want the without plan risk or the with plan
risk to be plotted, then on the upper-right corner of the page, in the drop-down list box, select the
appropriate option.
3. If you want to view the Financial Risk, then select the Financial Risk radio button.
4. If you want to access the datasheet of the analysis that corresponds to a data point, then select the
data point.
5. If you want to select a different functional location, then:
a. On the upper-left corner of the page, select .

The Enter Parameter Values window appears.

b. Select the process unit that is already set as the context.
The Hierarchy window appears.

c. Navigate to the process unit whose ISO risk plot you want to access, and then select Done.
The Hierarchy window closes.
d. On the Enter Parameter Values window, select Done.
The ISO risk plot for the selected functional location appears.

Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Page of an Asset
About This Task
You can also access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot page for a functional location, corrosion loop, component,
or analysis.
Note:
states:
• Risk Completed
• Accepted by ASM
Procedure
1. Access the Asset Summary workspace of the asset for which you want to access the ISO Risk plot.
2. On the upper-right corner of the page, select , and then select RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot.
appropriate option.
4. If you want to access the datasheet of the analysis that corresponds to a data point, select the data
point.

Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Page of a Corrosion Loop
About This Task
You can also access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot page for a functional location, asset, component, or
analysis.
Note:
states:
• Risk Completed
• Accepted by ASM
Procedure
1. Access the Corrosion Loop containing the ISO risk plot that you want to access.
risk to be plotted, in the upper-right corner of the page, select the appropriate option in the drop-down
list box.
3. To view the Financial Risk, select the Financial Risk radio button.
4. To access the datasheet of the analysis that corresponds to a data point, select the data point.

Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Page of a Component
About This Task
You can also access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot page for a functional location, asset, corrosion loop, or
analysis.
Note:
states:
• Risk Completed
• Accepted by ASM
Procedure
1. Access the Component whose ISO risk plot you want to access.

appropriate option.
4. If you want to access the datasheet of the analysis that corresponds to a data point, then select the
data point.

Access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Page of an Analysis
About This Task
You can also access the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot page for a functional location, asset, corrosion loop, or
component.
Procedure
1. Access the RBI 581 Risk Analysis whose ISO risk plot you want to access.
2. In the workspace heading, select the Risk Matrix tab.
The Risk Matrix section appears, displaying the ISO risk plot.
appropriate option.
4. If you want to view the default risk matrix, then select the Risk Matrix tab that appears above the
ISO risk plot.
Note: By default, RBI 581 Risk Analyses are only mapped to the default Risk Matrix. The Standard
Practice Risk Matrix is not supported by RBI 581 Risk Analyses.

Chapter
8
Degradation Mechanisms
Topics:
• About Degradation
Mechanisms (DMs)
• About Degradation Mechanism
Evaluations (DMEs)
• About Inspection Integration
• About Related DMEs
• About Assigning Inspections to
a Degradation Mechanism
Evaluation (DME)
• About Associating Potential
(PDMs)
• About Inspection History
• Add Degradation Mechanisms
(DMs)
• Evaluate a Degradation
Mechanism (DM)
• Assess the Unmitigated Risk of
a Degradation Mechanism (DM)
• Access the Inspection History
of a Degradation Mechanism
(DM)
• Assign Inspections to a
Degradation Mechanism
Evaluation (DME)
• Link an Inspection
Consequence Evaluation to an
RBI Degradation Mechanism
Evaluation (DME)
• Delete Degradation
Mechanisms (DMs)

About Degradation Mechanisms (DMs)
A Degradation Mechanism is a defined method that affects failure as explained in an RBI Analysis. When
an RBI Analysis is performed, DMs are assigned to capture the failure that should apply to an RBI Analysis
to calculate its risk.
The following table provides a list of DMs that can be linked to each component type.
This list is not comprehensive.
Component Degradation Mechanism
Pump 581-Amine Cracking
581-Piping Mechanical Fatigue
581-Brittle Fracture
Vessel 581-High Temperature

Oxidation
581-Caustic Cracking
581-Chloride Stress Corrosion

Cracking
Heat Exchanger 581-Amine Cracking
581-Caustic Cracking
581-Austenitic Component
Atmospheric Cracking
When you associate degradation mechanisms with a Corrosion Loop, you have two
options:
• You can link only the DMs that are common across all underlying RBI Components.
If you choose this option, you will need to link additional degradation mechanisms
with each RBI Component as needed.
-or-
• You can associate all possible DMs for all underlying RBI Components, even if
those DMs apply only to one or a few of the components. If you choose this option,
you will need to unlink DMs from each component as needed.
Unmitigated Risk for RBI Degradation Mechanisms

When you calculate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, the unmitigated risk and unmitigated financial risk for each
DM is calculated automatically and stored in the related RBI Degradation Mechanisms record. If you have
created a custom calculator, unmitigated risk will be calculated by your custom calculator and displayed
on the following datasheets:
• Risk Matrix
• Degradation Mechanism with Risk Mitigation
• Degradation Mechanism without Risk Mitigation

After the unmitigated risk and unmitigated financial risk are calculated for the DMs, depending on how
the administrative settings are configured, you can:
• Accept the calculated unmitigated values.
-or-
• Override the calculated unmitigated values.
About Degradation Mechanism Evaluations (DMEs)

For each Degradation Mechanism (DM) that belongs to an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, a corresponding RBI 581
Damage Mechanism Evaluation record also belongs to that RBI 581 Risk Analysis. In each RBI 581 Damage
Mechanism Evaluation that is associated with a qualitative degradation mechanism (i.e., the
corresponding RBI Degradation Mechanisms record was created from a Potential Degradation Mechanism
with the value Qualitative in the Methodology Type field), you can specify the probability that the
corresponding component will fail due to that degradation mechanism.
For example, if an RBI 581 Risk Analysis contains a 581-Amine Cracking DM, it will also contain a
corresponding RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation. In this DME, you can specify a value in the Probability
Category field to indicate the probability that the RBI Component will fail due to amine cracking.
After you select a value in the Probability Category field and calculate the RBI 581 Risk Analysis, the
Probability Category Description field will be populated automatically based on the values in an existing
Degradation Mechanisms Evaluation Factors record.
Suppose a Degradation Mechanisms Evaluation Factors record contains the following
values in the following fields:
• Degradation Mechanism: 581-Amine Cracking
• Ranking: 1
• Ranking Description: 581-Amine Cracking - Impact Resistant Material. Good
Inspection History with no evidence of Damage.
If an RBI Analysis is linked to a 581-Amine Cracking Degradation Mechanism, and you
select 1 in the Probability Category field, the value in the Probability Category
Description field will be populated with the value in the Ranking Description field in
the Degradation Mechanisms Evaluation Factors record containing the values 581-
Amine Cracking and 1. In this example, the Probability Category Description field
would be populated with the value 581-Amine Cracking - Impact Resistant Material.
Good Inspection History with no evidence of Damage.
DMs that Belong to each DME

The following table provides a list of DMs that belong to each DME.

Damage Mechanism Evaluation Degradation Mechanism
RBI 581 Brittle Fracture Damage Evaluation • 581-Brittle Fracture

• 581-Low Alloy Steel Embrittlement
• 581-Sigma Phase Embrittlement
• 581-885F Embrittlement
RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation • 581-Amine Cracking

• 581-Alkaline Carbonate Stress Corrosion Cracking
• 581-HIC/SOHIC - HF
• 581-HIC/SOHIC - H2S
• 581-Caustic Cracking
• 581-Hydrogen Stress Cracking
• 581-Other Cracking
• 581-Sulfide Stress Cracking
• 581-Chloride Stress Corrosion Cracking
• 581-Polythionic Acid Cracking
RBI 581 External Cracking Damage Evaluation • 581-Austenitic Component Atmospheric Cracking
• 581-Austenitic Component Cracking Under Insulation
RBI 581 External Damage Evaluation • 581-Ferritic Component Atmospheric Corrosion

• 581-Ferritic Component Corrosion Under Insulation
RBI 581 HTHA Damage Evaluation • 581-High Temperature Hydrogen Attack
RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage Evaluation • 581-Piping Mechanical Fatigue
RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation • 581-High Temperature Oxidation

• 581-Cooling Water Corrosion
• 581-High Temperature H2/H2S Corrosion
• 581-Amine Corrosion
• 581-Hydrofluoric Acid Corrosion
• 581-Sulfuric Acid Corrosion
• 581-Hydrochloric Acid Corrosion
• 581-Acid Sour Water Corrosion
• 581-High Temperature Sulfidic and Naphthenic Acid
• 581-Alkaline Sour Water Corrosion
• 581-Soil Side Corrosion
• 581-Thinning Damage
• 581-Atmospheric Tank Bottom Corrosion
• 581-Internal Component Lining Damage
About Inspection Integration

Integration between the RBI and Inspection Management modules allows you to take credit for inspection
history when you calculate the damage factor of a Damage Mechanism (DM). You can, however, take
credit for inspection history only for DMs that belong to the following Damage Mechanism Evaluations
(DMEs):
In RBI 581:

In RBI 580:
• Criticality Env. Crack. Deg. Mech. Eval.
• Criticality Ext. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval.
• Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval.
To take credit for inspection history, you must:
• Enable the Inspection Auto-Selection feature. If you enable this feature, GE Digital APM automatically
assigns Inspections to a DM.
-or-
• Assign Inspections to a DME manually.
To assign Inspections to a DME manually:
1. Create an Inspection in Inspection Management.
2. Specify the DM that you have inspected.
3. Create an RBI Analysis on the component that you have inspected.
4. Add the DM that you have selected in step 2.
5. Access the Inspection History of the DM.
The Inspection that you have created in step 1 appears in the grid only if:
• The date entered in the Date in Service field in the DME is earlier than the date entered in the
Inspection Completion Date field in the Inspection.
• The Inspection Confidence field in the Inspection is not blank.
Additionally, if you have created an Inspection for a DM that belongs to the same or a related DME, it
appears in the list as well.
6. Assign the Inspection to the DME. You can assign any inspection that appears in the list.
About Related DMEs

When you assign an Inspection to a DM, you can select Inspections performed on a DM that belong to the
same DME or a related DME.
The following table provides a list of DMEs in RBI 580 that are related to DMEs in RBI 581. You cannot
modify this mapping.
The following DME in RBI 580... ...is related to the following DME in RBI 581
Criticality Env. Crack. Deg. Mech. Eval. RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation
Criticality Ext. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval. RBI 581 External Damage Evaluation
Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval. RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation
When you select an Inspection on a related DME, the values in the Inspection Confidence and Inspection
Effectiveness fields are mapped as follows:

Inspection Confidence Inspection Effectiveness
Very High Highly Effective (A)
High Usually Effective (B)
Medium Fairly Effective (C)
Low Poorly Effective (D)
Assigning Inspections that Belong to Same or Related DME

Suppose that you have created four Inspections: Insp 1, Insp 2, Insp 3, and Insp 4.
You have linked the Inspections to DMs as specified in the following table.
Inspection DM
Insp 1 581-Amine Cracking
Insp 2 581-Sulfide Stress Cracking
Insp 3 Amine Cracking (ASCC)
Insp 4 Criticality Calculator Internal

Corrosion
You have then created an RBI Analysis, and linked it to 581-Amine Cracking. If you
access the inspection history for 581-Amine Cracking, the following Inspections
appear:
• Insp 1 : This is because Insp 1 is linked to 581-Amine Cracking.
• Insp 2 : This is because Insp 2 is linked to 581-Sulfide Stress Cracking, which
belongs to the same DME as 581-Amine Cracking (i.e., RBI 581 Cracking Damage
Evaluation).
• Insp 3 : This is because Insp 3 is linked to Amine Cracking (ASCC), which belongs to
a related DME (i.e., Criticality Env. Crack. Deg. Mech. Eval.).
Therefore, you can assign 581-Amine Cracking to Insp 1, Insp 2, and Insp 3. You
cannot assign it to Insp 4 because it is linked to Criticality Calculator Internal
Corrosion, which belongs to Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval. And, this DME is not
related to RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation.
About Assigning Inspections to a Degradation Mechanism

Evaluation (DME)
You can use Inspection Management to record inspection results for a piece of equipment. In each
Inspection, you can specify the DM for which you were looking during the inspection.
In RBI, you use RBI Components to divide a piece of equipment into parts. You then define DMs for those
components, and then conduct analyses for each RBI Component.
Assigning Inspections to DMEs in RBI

If an RBI Component represents parts of a piece of equipment that you have inspected in the past, and
have recorded results in Inspection records, you can assign those inspections to the appropriate DMEs for
that component. By doing so, you identify the inspections that were used to detect DMs for that
component.

You can either assign Inspections to a DME manually or enable the Inspection Auto-Selection feature to
have GE Digital APM assign Inspections to the DME automatically.
The type of analysis used will determine what happens when you assign an inspection to a DM. For any
RBI 580 DME, the listed inspections fall within a specified 20-year window. When you are working with an
RBI Analysis, GE Digital APM uses the values in the Inspection Confidence field of the Inspection records to
automatically populate the following fields in the RBI 581 Damage Mechanism Evaluation representing
that degradation mechanism:
• Inspection Confidence: Indicates how effective the last inspection was at detecting the DM and
identifying the rate of degradation.
• Equivalent Number of Inspections: Indicates the number of inspections that will be used when
calculating the analysis.
About Associating Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs)

Each RBI Corrosion Loop contains multiple RBI Components. Each of these components can fail in multiple
ways. To indicate the ways in which components can fail, you can link Potential Degradation Mechanisms
(PDMs) to the RBI Corrosion Loops.
Each PDM that is linked to the RBI Corrosion Loop represents a degradation mechanism (a way in which
the components in that Corrosion Loop might fail). Once the RBI Corrosion Loop has been associated with
a PDM, all components added to that RBI Corrosion Loop will inherit the PDM.
For each component, you can define the specific ways in which the RBI Component that it represents can
fail.
Note: PDMs can be standardized and inherited from RBI Corrosion Loops. When a new RBI Component is
generated from and linked to a specific RBI Corrosion Loop, the PDMs associated with that RBI Corrosion
Loop will be inherited by the new RBI Component.
Overhead (OVHD) System

Suppose you have created an RBI Corrosion Loop to represent an OVHD system. You
may have determined that components in this corrosion loop can fail in the following
ways:
• Exchanger Failure: The tubes in the exchanger could foul and cause the exchanger
to produce too much or too little cooling.
• Column Failure: The column may be susceptible.
In this case, the RBI Corrosion Loop would be linked to two PDMs to represent each
type of degradation mechanism in the preceding list. After the PDMs are linked to the
RBI Corrosion Loop as a whole, and you have determined the components in the
corrosion loop, you will need to validate the degradation mechanisms for each
component.
Assuming that the OVHD system contains the Exchanger and the Column, the
RBI Corrosion Loop representing the OVHD system would be linked to the following
RBI Component records:
• Column Top (belongs to the Column)
• Outlet Nozzle (belongs to the Column)
• Exchanger Shell (belongs to the Water Heater)
Each of these RBI Components would be linked automatically to all the PDMs that are
linked to the Corrosion Loop. You would need to determine, however, which
degradation mechanisms make sense for each component. To do so, you might decide

that the RBI Component should be linked to the PDMs as described in the following
table.
RBI Component PDM
Column Top 581-Amine Cracking
Outlet Nozzle 581-Cooling Water Corrosion
Exchanger Shell 581-Amine Cracking
So, while the RBI Corrosion Loop is linked to two PDMs, each RBI Component is linked
to only one PDM in this case.
About Inspection History

When you calculate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, Degradation Mechanism Evaluations (DMEs) are used as an
input to calculate the Probability of Failure. A key factor in calculating the Probability of Failure for the
analysis is the assessment of previous inspections, which are contained in the Inspection History.
Details
As part of each analysis, you can choose the inspection for each DME. This selection assists in reducing
uncertainty posed by the particular Degradation Mechanism (DM) and in determining its rate of
deterioration. Each Inspection is quantitatively assessed to determine its effectiveness in achieving this
goal.
You can select the Inspections used to populate the following fields on RBI 581 datasheets to drive
calculations:
• In the 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation, the 581 AST Bottom, and the RBI 581 External Cracking
Damage Evaluation Datasheets
◦ Use Combined Confidence
◦ Number of Highest Effective Inspections
◦ Highest Effective Inspection Level
• In the RBI 581Thinning and Lining Damage Evaluation Datasheet
◦ Use Related Inspections
◦ Number of A Level Inspections
◦ Number of B Level Inspections
◦ Number of C Level Inspections
◦ Number of D Level Inspections
Add Degradation Mechanisms (DMs)

About This Task
For each Potential Degradation Mechanism (PDM) linked to the Component, a DM is added to the
Analysis. You can, however, add additional DMs to the analysis.
Note: You cannot add a DM if the state of the analysis is Risk Completed.

Procedure
1. Access the analysis to which you want to add DMs.
2. In the workspace, select the Degradation Mechanisms tab.
The Degradation Mechanisms section appears, displaying a list of DMs associated with the analysis.
3. In the upper-left corner of the section, select .

A list of the DMs that can be applied to the RBI 581 Risk Analysis appears, displaying the methodology
type of each DM.

Tip: If you select the link that corresponds to a DM, the associated PDM record appears in Record
Explorer on a new page.
Note: DMs that can be added to an RBI 581 Risk Analysis contain a 581 prefix (e.g., 581-Amine
Cracking).
4. In the row containing each DM that you want to add, select the check box, and then select Add.
The selected DMs are added to the RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
Results
• A Consequence Evaluation is created and linked to the RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
Next Steps
• Evaluate a Degradation Mechanisms Record (DM).
Evaluate a Degradation Mechanism (DM)

Procedure
1. Access the analysis containing the DM that you want to evaluate.
2. In the workspace heading, select the Degradation Mechanisms tab.
3. In the row containing the DM that you want to modify, select the link.
A blank datasheet of the corresponding Degradation Mechanism Evaluation (DME) appears.

4. Depending on the Degradation Mechanism Evaluation family that the DM belongs to, enter values in
the available fields for the following records:
• RBI 581 Brittle Fracture Damage Evaluation
• RBI 581 External Cracking Damage Evaluation
• RBI 581 HTHA Damage Evaluation
• RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage Evaluation
5. Select .
The DM is evaluated.
Assess the Unmitigated Risk of a Degradation Mechanism (DM)

Before You begin
• Generate Recommendations for the analysis.
Tip: For information about additional options available when working with the Recommendation
records, refer to the Action Management section of the documentation.
• Change the state of the analysis to Risk Completed.
Procedure
1. Access the analysis containing the DM for which you want to assess the unmitigated risk.

3. Select the row containing the DM that you want to assess, and then in the upper-right corner of the
section, select .
The Risk Matrix window appears.
4. Select the cell that represents the risk rank for each category, and then select Done. These categories
depend on the risk matrix that is defined by your organization. By default, these categories are Safety,
Environment, Operations, and Financial.
The unmitigated risk and unmitigated financial risk values for the DM are saved.

Access the Inspection History of a Degradation Mechanism (DM)
Procedure
1. Access the analysis whose inspection history you want to access.
2. Below the graph, in the row containing the analysis whose Inspection History you want to access,
select the link.
The Analysis Details section appears, displaying the analysis datasheet.
3. In the workspace, select the Degradation Mechanisms tab.


4. Select the row containing the DM whose inspection history you want to view, and then select .
The inspection history for the selected DM appears.
Tip: If you want to access the Inspection in Inspection Management, select the link in the Inspection
Report column. The Inspection Data section appears, displaying the Inspection datasheet.

Assign Inspections to a Degradation Mechanism Evaluation
(DME)
Before You begin
• For RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation and RBI 581 External Cracking Damage Evaluation, you can
assign up to six Inspections.
• For 581-Atmospheric Tank Bottom Corrosion, you can assign only one Inspection.
About This Task

If the Inspection Auto-Selection feature is enabled, then Inspections are automatically assigned to a DME.
You can, however, assign Inspections manually to the DME.
Procedure
1. Access the inspection history for the analysis containing the DME to which you want to assign
Inspections.
Note: The listed inspections fall within a specified 20-year window.
2. In the row containing each Inspection that you want to assign, select the check box, and then select
OK.
The selected Inspections are assigned to the DME.
Tip: To view the Inspection in Inspection Management, select the link in the Inspection Report column.

Link an Inspection Consequence Evaluation to an RBI
Degradation Mechanism Evaluation (DME)
About This Task
Important: To link an Inspection Confidence Evaluation to an RBI DME, the Risk Based Inspection or the
RBI 581 license must be active.
Procedure
1. Access the analysis containing the RBI DME to which you want to link an Inspection Confidence
Evaluation.
Note: To link an Inspection Confidence Evaluation to an RBI DME, the associated RBI Analysis must be
in the Active state. Only Active RBI Analyses will display current Inspection Reports in their
corresponding Inspection History section.
2. Select the Degradation Mechanism tab.
The Degradation Mechanism section appears, displaying a list of PDMs linked to the selected
RBI Analysis.
3. In the grid, select the row containing the DME that you want to link to the Inspection Confidence
Evaluation, and then select .
Note: The RBI DME that you select must also be the DME in the corresponding Inspection Confidence
Evaluation.
A list of corresponding Inspection Reports appears in the grid.

4. Next to the Inspection Report containing the Inspection Confidence Evaluation that you want to link to
the RBI DME, select the check box.
5. In the lower-right corner of the section, select OK.
The Inspection Confidence Evaluation is linked to the RBI DME.
Delete Degradation Mechanisms (DMs)

Before You begin
• When you delete a DM, the associated RBI Degradation Mechanism Evaluation (DME) and RBI
Consequence Evaluation records are also deleted.
• You cannot delete a DM if the associated analysis is in Risk Completed state.
Procedure
1. Access the analysis that contains the DMs that you want to delete.

3. Select the row containing the DM that you want to delete, and then, in the upper-right corner of the
section, select .
A message appears, asking you to confirm that you want to delete the selected DM.
4. Select Yes.
The DMs, along with the associated DMEs and RBI Consequence Evaluations, are deleted.

Chapter
9
RBI Recommendations
Topics:
• About RBI Recommendations

• Access the Recommended
Actions Pane
• View RBI Recommendations
Linked to an Inspection Plan
• About Auto-Consolidating RBI
Recommendations
• Create an RBI Recommendation
Manually
for a Single RBI Criticality
Analysis
• Generate RBI
Recommendations for Multiple
RBI 581 Risk Analyses
for all Analyses in an Asset
Hierarchy Level

About RBI Recommendations
An RBI Recommendation stores information about actions that should be performed to help mitigate the
risk associated with a degradation mechanism (DM). Each RBI Recommendation is linked to:
• A Degradation Mechanisms record, which defines the type of failure that the recommended action can
help mitigate.
• An Equipment record, which defines the piece of equipment to which the recommendation applies.
• An Inspection Plan, which is linked to the associated equipment.
• An RBI 581 Risk Analysis record.
Generating Recommendations
GE Digital APM generates RBI Recommendations for:
• A single DM
• Multiple RBI 581 Risk Analyses linked to a single Asset
You can generate Recommendations based on the policies that are mapped to the RBI Strategy Mapping
Configuration only if:
• The Damage Mechanism has a value in the field Recommended Inspection Effectiveness.
• The state of the analysis is Risk Completed.
Recommendations are generated for DMs that are related only to the following DMEs:
Recommendations that are linked to approved Inspection Plans can be implemented as Inspection Tasks
directly or from Asset Strategy Management (ASM) through the Action created during the Inspection Plan
approval.
Policies Used to Generate RBI Recommendations

The following table provides a list of Policies that are used to generate RBI Recommendations.

Policy Name Policy Input Node Name Component Type Valid DMs
(Field)
RBI 581 Tank Shell Ext Component Type (Field: Storage Tank • 581-Ferritic Component
Corrosion Recommendation Component Type, Family: RBI Atmospheric Corrosion
581 Analysis) • 581-Ferritic Component
Corrosion Under
Inspection Will Mitigate (Field:
Insulation
Inspection Will Mitigate,
Family: RBI 581 Risk Analysis).
Note: This field is deprecated

and no longer used.
Insulation Present (Field:

Insulated, Family: RBI 581 Risk
Analysis)
Target Inspection (Field: Target

Inspection Date, Family:
RBI Degradation Mechanisms)
Damage Mechanisms (Field:

Degradation Mechanism,
Family: RBI Degradation
Mechanisms)
RBI 581 Tank Shell Int Component Type (Field: Storage Tank • 581-Hydrochloric Acid
Corrosion Recommendation Component Type, Family: RBI Corrosion
581 Risk Analysis) • 581-High Temperature
H2/H2S Corrosion
Inspection Date, Family: RBI • 581-High Temperature
Degradation Mechanisms) Sulfidic and Naphthenic
Acid
Inspection Will Mitigate (Field: • 581-Sulfuric Acid
Inspection Will Mitigate, Corrosion
Family: RBI 581 Risk Analysis)
• 581-Hydrofluoric Acid
Note: This field is deprecated Corrosion
and no longer used. • 581-Alkaline Sour Water
Corrosion
• 581-High Temperature
Oxidation
• 581-Acid Sour Water
Corrosion
• 581-Cooling Water
Corrosion
• 581-Internal Component
Lining Damage

(Field)
RBI 581 Tank Bottom Insp Component Type (Field: Storage Tank Bottom • 581-Atmospheric Tank
Recommendation Component Type, Family: RBI Bottom Corrosion
581 Risk Analysis) • 581-Caustic Cracking
Target Inspection (Field: Target • 581-Amine Cracking

Inspection Date, Family: RBI • 581-Sulfide Stress
Degradation Mechanisms) Cracking
• 581-Alkaline Carbonate
Stress Corrosion Cracking
• 581-Hydrogen Stress
Cracking
Note: This field is deprecated • 581-Polythionic Acid
and no longer used. Cracking
• 581-Chloride Stress
Corrosion Cracking
RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Component Type (Field: All component types except • 581-Hydrochloric Acid
Insp Recommendation Component Type, Family: RBI the following: Corrosion
581 Analysis)
• Storage Tank Storage Tank • 581-High Temperature
Bottom H2/H2S Corrosion
Is Intrusive (Field: Is Intrusive?,
Family: RBI 581 Risk Analysis) • Pilot-Operated PRD • 581-High Temperature
Sulfidic and Naphthenic
• PRD with Rupture Disk
Inspection Will Mitigate (Field: Acid
Inspection Will Mitigate, • Balanced Bellows PRD
• 581-Sulfuric Acid
Family: RBI 581 Risk Analysis) • Rupture Disk Only
Corrosion
• Heat Exchanger-Tubes
Note: This field is deprecated • 581-Hydrofluoric Acid
• Heat Exchange -Bundle
and no longer used. Corrosion
• Heat Exchanger-Channel
• 581-Alkaline Sour Water
Corrosion
Inspection Date, Family:
Liner Present (Field: Liner is Oxidation
Present, Family: RBI 581 • 581-Acid Sour Water
Thinning and Lining Corrosion
Evaluation) • 581-Cooling Water
Thinning Type (Field: Thinning Corrosion
Type, Family: RBI 581 Thinning • 581-Soil Side Corrosion
and Lining Evaluation) • 581-Internal Component
Lining Damage

(Field)
RBI 581 External Damage Damage Mechanism (Field: All component types except • 581-Ferritic Component
Inspection Recommendation Degradation Mechanism, the following: Atmospheric Corrosion
Family: RBI Degradation
• Storage Tank Storage Tank • 581-Ferritic Component
Mechanisms) Corrosion Under
Bottom
Insulation
Target Inspection (Field: Target • Pilot-Operated PRD
Inspection Date, Family: • 581-Austenitic
• PRD with Rupture Disk
RBI Degradation Mechanisms) • Component Atmospheric
Balanced Bellows PRD
Cracking
Component Type (Field: • Rupture Disk Only
• 581-Austenitic
Component Type, Family: RBI • Heat Exchanger-Tubes
Component Cracking
581 Analysis) • Heat Exchange -Bundle Under Insulation
Insulation Present (Field:
Insulated, Family: RBI 581 Risk
Analysis)

and no longer used.


and no longer used.
RBI 581 Env Cracking Insp Target Inspection (Field: Target All component types except • 581-Caustic Cracking
Recommendation Inspection Date, Family: the following: • 581-Amine Cracking
• Storage Tank Storage Tank • 581-Sulfide Stress
Damage Mechanism (Field: Bottom Cracking
Degradation Mechanism, • Pilot-Operated PRD • 581-Alkaline Carbonate
Family: RBI Degradation • PRD with Rupture Disk Stress Corrosion Cracking
Mechanisms) • Balanced Bellows PRD • 581-Hydrogen Stress
Cracking
Component Type (Field: • Rupture Disk Only
• 581-Polythionic Acid
Component Type, Family: RBI • Heat Exchanger-Tubes
Cracking
581 Analysis) • Heat Exchange -Bundle
Is Intrusive (Field: Is Intrusive?, Corrosion Cracking
Family: RBI 581 Risk Analysis) • 581-HIC/SOHIC - H2S
Inspection Will Mitigate (Field: • 581-HIC/SOHIC - HF


and no longer used.

Access the Recommended Actions Pane
Procedure
1. Access an RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
2. In the workspace, select .
The Recommended Actions pane appears, displaying any recommendations associated with the
analysis.
Results
• For a Recommendation that is promoted to Asset Strategy Management (ASM), you can access the
associated Asset Strategy by selecting the link in the Strategy ID column.
• You can use the functionalities of the Recommended Actions pane.
Tip: For information about additional options available when working with the Recommendation records,
refer to the Action Management section of the documentation.
View RBI Recommendations Linked to an Inspection Plan
Procedure
Access an Inspection Plan.
The Inspection Plan workspace appears, displaying any Recommendations that are linked to the
Inspection Plan.

Results
• For Recommendations associated with approved Inspection Plans, you can access the associated
Asset Strategy in Asset Strategy Manager (ASM) by selecting the Open Strategy link.
• In the Recommended Actions table, you can perform the following actions:
◦ Modify the state of Recommendations to Supersede.
◦ Modify the state of Recommendations to Not Required.
◦ Delete Recommendations.
◦ Implement Recommendations as Inspection Tasks.
About Auto-Consolidating RBI Recommendations

You can consolidate RBI Recommendations in:
• The No Recommendations section in the RBI Overview page.
• RBI Asset Summary page.
The auto-consolidation process consolidates RBI Recommendations that are associated with a single RBI
Asset. This process consolidates all RBI Recommendations (both pre-existing and any new RBI
Recommendations generated), if they contain the same values in the following fields:
• Damage Mechanism
• Task Type
When you consolidate:
• The state of the master RBI Recommendation is set to Proposed.
• The state of the source RBI Recommendations is set to Consolidated.
• The source RBI Recommendations are linked to the master RBI Recommendation through the Has
Consolidate Recommendations relationship.
The following example explains how the fields in the master recommendation are mapped from the
source recommendations.

Recommendation Consolidation
Suppose you want to generate RBI Recommendations for a single RBI Asset that has
two RBI Components with two RBI Recommendations for each component.
Fiel Da Tas Rec Tar

d ma k om get
Na ge Typ me Co
me Me e nde mpl
cha d eti
(Fie
nis Ins on
ld
m pec Dat
on
tio e
(Fie RBI
n
ld Rec (Fie
Effe
on om ld
ctiv
RBI me on
ene
Rec nda RBI
ss
om tio Rec
me n) (Fie om
nda ld me
tio on nda
n) RBI tio
Deg n)
rad
ati
on
Me
cha
nis
m)
Rec 581 RBI A 04/

om - 581 15/
me Ami NO 202
nda ne N- 5
tion Cor INT
for rosi RUS
Ana on IVE
lysi
sA
Rec 581 RBI A 04/

om - 581 15/
me Ami NO 202
nda ne N- 2
tion Cor INT
for rosi RUS
Ana on IVE
lysi
sB

Fiel Da Tas Rec Tar
d ma k om get
Na ge Typ me Co
me Me e nde mpl
cha d eti
(Fie
nis Ins on
ld
m pec Dat
on
tio e
(Fie RBI
n
ld Rec (Fie
Effe
on om ld
ctiv
RBI me on
ene
Rec nda RBI
ss
om tio Rec
me n) (Fie om
nda ld me
tio on nda
n) RBI tio
Deg n)
rad
ati
on
Me
cha
nis
m)
Rec 581 RBI B 04/

om - 581 15/
me Ami NO 202
nda ne N- 1
tion Cor INT
for rosi RUS
Ana on IVE
lysi
sC
Rec 581 RBI B 04/

om - 581 15/
me Ami NO 202
nda ne N- 1
tion Cor INT
for rosi RUS
Ana on IVE
lysi
sD
In this example, because the Damage Mechanism and Task Type have similar values
for all RBI Recommendations, these RBI Recommendations qualify for consolidation.
The system determines the driving RBI Recommendation based on the following field
values:
• Inspection Effectiveness on RBI Degradation Mechanism linked to the RBI
Recommendation
• Target Completion Date on RBI Recommendation

Recommendation for Analysis B is determined to be the driver based on the above
points.
The Master RBI Recommendation field values are mapped as follows:
• Target Inspection Effectiveness is mapped from RBI Degradation Mechanism
linked to the driving RBI Recommendation.
• Inspection Scope is mapped from the driving RBI Recommendation.
Note: Target Completion Date is the most conservative of all RBI Recommendations.
The state of the consolidated records is set to Consolidated, and the state of the
master record is set to Proposed.
The following table lists the four RBI Recommendations that are consolidated into a
master recommendation as a result of the automatic RBI Recommendation
generation process.

D T S R T
a a t e a
m s a c r
a k t o g
g T e m e
e y m t
M p e C
e e n o
c d m
h e p
a d l
n I e
i n t
s s i
m p o
e n
c D
t a
i t
o e
n
E
ff
e
c
t
i
v
e
n
e
s
s
R 5 R C A 0
e 8 B o 4
c 1 I n /
o - 5 s 1
m A 8 o 5
m m 1 li /
e i I d 2
n n N a 0
d e T t 2
a C R e 5
t o U d
i r S
o r I
n o V
f s E
o i
r o
A n
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
A
D T S R T
a a t e a
m s a c r
a k t o g
g T e m e
e y m t
M p e C
e e n o
c d m
h e p
a d l
n I e
i n t
s s i
m p o
e n
c D
t a
i t
o e
n
E
ff
e
c
t
i
v
e
n
e
s
s
R 5 R C A 0
e 8 B o 4
c 1 I n /
o - 5 s 1
m A 8 o 5
m m 1 li /
e i I d 2
n n N a 0
d e T t 2
a C R e 2
t o U d
i r S
o r I
n o V
f s E
o i
r o
A n
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
B
D T S R T
a a t e a
m s a c r
a k t o g
g T e m e
e y m t
M p e C
e e n o
c d m
h e p
a d l
n I e
i n t
s s i
m p o
e n
c D
t a
i t
o e
n
E
ff
e
c
t
i
v
e
n
e
s
s
R 5 R C B 0
e 8 B o 4
c 1 I n /
o - 5 s 1
m A 8 o 5
m m 1 li /
e i I d 2
n n N a 0
d e T t 2
a C R e 1
t o U d
i r S
o r I
n o V
f s E
o i
r o
A n
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
C
D T S R T
a a t e a
m s a c r
a k t o g
g T e m e
e y m t
M p e C
e e n o
c d m
h e p
a d l
n I e
i n t
s s i
m p o
e n
c D
t a
i t
o e
n
E
ff
e
c
t
i
v
e
n
e
s
s
R 5 R C B 0
e 8 B o 4
c 1 I n /
o - 5 s 1
m A 8 o 5
m m 1 li /
e i I d 2
n n N a 0
d e T t 2
a C R e 1
t o U d
i r S
o r I
n o V
f s E
o i
r o
A n
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
D
D T S R T
a a t e a
m s a c r
a k t o g
g T e m e
e y m t
M p e C
e e n o
c d m
h e p
a d l
n I e
i n t
s s i
m p o
e n
c D
t a
i t
o e
n
E
ff
e
c
t
i
v
e
n
e
s
s
M 5 R P A 0
a 8 B r 4
s 1 I o /
t - 5 p 1
e A 8 o 5
r m 1 s /
R i I e 2
B n N d 0
I e T 2
R C R 1
e o U
c r S
o r I
m o V
m s E
e i
n o
d n
a
t
i
o
n
In the master RBI Recommendation, the value in the Recommended Inspection
Effectiveness field is set to A because this value is mapped from the related driving
Degradation Mechanism for RBI Recommendation that exists in the Recommended
Inspection Effectiveness field in the source RBI Recommendations. Similarly, the value
in the Target Completion Date field is set to 04/15/2021 because this is the most
conservative (that is, lowest) value that exists in the Target Completion Date field in
the source RBI Recommendations.
Create an RBI Recommendation Manually

Before You begin
• Modify the state of the analysis to Risk Completed.
About This Task

This topic describes how to create an RBI Recommendation manually for a Degradation Mechanism (DM).
You can also generate RBI Recommendations for all RBI Analyses linked to a single asset.
Procedure
1. Access the analysis that contains the DM for which you want to create a recommendation.
3. Select the row containing the DM to which you want to add a recommendation.
4. Select .
A message appears, confirming that you have created a recommendation for the DM.

Results
• The recommendation is linked to the Inspection Plan of the related RBI Asset.
Note:
Generate Recommendations for a Single RBI Criticality Analysis

Before You begin
• Modify the state of the analysis to Risk Completed.
About This Task

This topic describes how to create RBI Recommendations for all Degradation Mechanisms (DMs)
contained in an analysis. You can also:
• Create an RBI Recommendation manually.
• Generate RBI Recommendations for all RBI Analyses linked to a single asset.
Procedure
1. Access the analysis for which you want to generate recommendations.
2. Select , and then select Generate Recommendations.
The Create Recommendations window appears, asking you to confirm that you want to generate
recommendations for the analysis.
3. Select Yes.
A message appears, confirming that you have generated recommendations for all the DMs contained
in the analysis.
Results
The recommendations are linked to the Inspection Plan of the related RBI Asset.
Note:

Generate RBI Recommendations for Multiple RBI 581 Risk
Analyses
About This Task
This topic describes how to generate recommendations for all RBI 581 Risk Analyses linked to
components within a single asset. You can also create an RBI Recommendation manually.
Procedure
1. Access the Asset Summary workspace for the asset for which you want to generate
recommendations.
2. In the upper-right corner of the page, select , and then select Generate Recommendations.
The Create Recommendations window appears, asking you to confirm that you want to generate
recommendations for the asset.
3. Select Yes.
A message appears, confirming that you have generated recommendations for all the RBI 581 Risk
Analyses linked to all the components in the asset.
Results
• The recommendations are linked to the Inspection Plan of the related RBI Asset.
Note:
Generate Recommendations for all Analyses in an Asset

Hierarchy Level
About This Task
This topic describes how to generate RBI Recommendations for assets linked to a Functional Location in
the Asset Hierarchy. You can also:
• Create an RBI Recommendation manually.
• Generate Recommendations for a single RBI Analysis.
• Generate Recommendations for all RBI Analyses linked to a single asset.
Note: The consolidation of recommendations is supported only from the asset view when the Enable
Recommendation To be Generated at Created State preference is set to True.

Procedure
1. Access the Risk Based Inspection Overview page for the Asset Hierarchy level for which you want to
generate recommendations.
2. Select the No Recommendations tab.
The No Recommendations section appears, displaying assets that have at least one component with
a Risk Completed analysis with no recommendations.
3. Select the check boxes next to the assets for which you want to generate recommendations.
Tip: You can generate recommendations for all listed assets in the No Recommendations section by
selecting when all check boxes in the first column of the table are cleared. If you select the check
box in the first row of the table, recommendations are generated for the analyses that appear in the
current page in the No Recommendations section (up to 100 analyses can be displayed in a page).
You cannot, however, generate RBI Recommendations for all analyses if the Asset Hierarchy level is set
to Home. Generating recommendations will only apply to components that do not have
recommendations.
4. Select .
The Generate Recommendations window appears, asking if you want to consolidate
recommendations for each Degradation Mechanism and Task Type.

Tip: If you choose to consolidate recommendations, the recommendations generated during this
process will be consolidated with existing recommendations. For more information on consolidating
recommendations, consult recommendation consolidation in RBI 580 and RBI 581.
5. Select Yes.
The recommendations are generated. The Recommendation Generation window appears, displaying
the progress and number of recommendations generated and consolidated for each asset.

Note: You can close the Recommendation Generation window before it is complete. You can view
progress using the Schedule Logs.
6. Select Close.
Results
The recommendations are linked to the Inspection Plan of the related RBI Asset.
Note:

Chapter
10
Inspection Plans
Topics:
• RBI Inspection Plans

• Managing Recommended
Actions in Inspection Plan
• Implement Recommended
Actions to Inspection Tasks
• Inspection Plan Revision
History

RBI Inspection Plans
About Inspection Plans
An Inspection Plan allows you to view, manage, approve, and implement all RBI Recommended Actions
related to an Asset. Inspection Plans are created for RBI Assets when one of the related components has
an analysis that is moved to the Risk Completed state. When a user generates recommendations for RBI
Analyses, the RBI Recommended Actions are added to Inspection Plans. An RBI Analyst can perform
actions like supersede, mark as not required, or delete RBI Recommended Actions before approving the
inspection plan.
After an Inspection Plan is approved, organizations can decide if they want to implement the approved RBI
Recommended Actions through Inspection Plan or Asset Strategy Management. If an organization decides
to implement the approved Recommended Actions through Inspection Plan, RBI Analysts can create a
new inspection task or link an existing task to a Recommended Action. The Inspection Plan also displays
the existing inspection tasks for an asset.
States of an Inspection Plan
Proposed
When an Inspection Plan is created, it will be in the Proposed state. An Inspection Plan is created for an
RBI Asset when one of the related components has an analysis that is moved to the Risk Completed state.
For Assets with multiple RBI Components, Inspection Plans are created when you finalize risk of an
analysis for a single component.
Approved
After an analyst has reviewed all the Recommended Actions in an Inspection Plan, they can approve the
Inspection Plan by transitioning it to the Approved state. This will also create or update the asset strategy
for the Asset automatically, by creating or updating any Risks and Actions sourced from RBI. After an
Inspection Plan is approved, all the related RBI Recommended Actions will move to the Approved state.
An analyst can approve the Inspection Plan if all the RBI Components related to the asset have at least
one active RBI Analysis.
Modified
An Inspection Plan is modified whenever reassessment or evergreening of RBI is done for the Asset. If the
Inspection Plan is in the Approved state, and an analyst finalizes the risk for an analysis of an RBI
Component, the Inspection Plan state is changed to Modified. When the state of an Inspection Plan is
changed from Approved to Modified, GE Digital APM creates an Inspection Plan history record containing a
snapshot of the Recommended Actions associated with the approved plan along with its implementation
history.
About Inspection Plan Approval

An MI Inspection Plan Approver can approve Inspection Plans. Approving an Inspection Plan also
integrates the related asset with Asset Strategy Manager (ASM). When an Inspection Plan is approved:
• Degradation Mechanisms (DMs) are used to create Risks in ASM.
• Recommendations are used to create Actions.
For more information on ASM Integration, see About Asset Strategy Management (ASM) Integration.

When an Inspection Plan is in the Approved state, users can create or link Inspection Tasks to the related
RBI Recommendations.
If the MI RBI Analyst transitions another RBI Criticality Analysis for an RBI Component linked to the asset
related to the Inspection Plan to the Risk Completed state, the Inspection Plan will be moved to the
Modified state.
An MI Inspection Plan Approver or MI Compliance Analyst can then delete, mark as not required, or
supersede Compliance Recommendations.
Each time the Inspection Plan is changed from the Approved to Modified state, an Inspection Plan
Revision record is created and linked to the existing Inspection Plan. For each existing RBI
Recommendation record, a Recommendation Revision record is created and linked to the Inspection Plan
Revision.
Additionally, the MI Inspection Plan Approver must change the state of the Inspection Plan to Approved
before linking more Inspection Tasks to the plan.
About Modifying an Inspection Plan

An MI RBI Analyst can modify an Inspection Plan associated with an Asset by changing the state of an RBI
Criticality Analysis for an RBI Component that is linked to the Asset to the Risk Completed state. This will
archive the previous Risk Completed Analysis and its related RBI Recommendations. The archived RBI
Recommendations will be unlinked from the Inspection Plan.
When an analyst modifies an Inspection Plan by finalizing the risk of an analysis for an RBI Component:
• Any existing RBI Recommendations on the active analysis of the component are unlinked from the
Inspection Plan and moved to the Archived state.
Note: If the parent asset has multiple components, the RBI Recommendations linked to the other
components are unaffected and remain in the Approved state.
• The Inspection Tasks previously linked to the recommendations are unlinked from the
recommendations. However, the tasks remain linked to the asset.
• If RBI Recommendations are created or generated, the resulting recommendations populate the
Inspection Plan.
• If the Inspection Plan is in the Approved State:
◦ The plan is moved from the Approved to Modified state.
◦ An Inspection Plan Revision record is created and linked to the existing Inspection Plan.
◦ For each existing recommendation record linked to the Inspection Plan, a Recommendation
Revision record is created and linked to the Inspection Plan Revision.
Access an Inspection Plan

You can access an Inspection Plan for an asset, component, and RBI Criticality Analysis.
Procedure
1. Access the Asset Summary workspace for the asset for which you want to access the Inspection
Plan.

The Asset Summary workspace appears.
Note: You can also access the related Inspection Plan for a component and Criticality Analysis.
2. Select the Inspection Plan link.

The Inspection Plan workspace appears.
Note: If an Inspection Plan does not exist, a message stating so appears. Inspection Plans are created
and linked to an asset when an analysis for at least one associated component is moved to the Risk
Completed state.

Delete an Inspection Plan
You can delete Inspection Plans that are obsolete or unnecessary.
Before You begin

You must have one of the following Security Roles:
• MI Inspection Plan Approver
• MI Compliance Analyst
Procedure
1. Access the Inspection Plan that you want to delete.
2. In the Inspection Plan page, select .
The Confirm Delete window appears, asking you to confirm that you want to delete the Inspection
Plan.
3. Select Yes.
The Inspection Plan is deleted.
Note: An Inspection Plan cannot be deleted if it has recommendations.
Approve an Inspection Plan

Any user with the MI Inspection Plan Approver Security Role can move an Inspection Plan to the Approved
state. After the Inspection Plan is approved, recommendations can be implemented as tasks.
About This Task

When an Inspection Plan is in the Approved state, you can create new Inspection Tasks or link existing
Inspection Tasks to the related recommendations. The Inspection Tasks are transferred to the Inspection
Management module.
Procedure
1. Access the Inspection Plan that you want to approve.
2. In the Proposed box, select Approve, and then select Done.
A message appears, stating that the Inspection Plan has been approved.
Note:
• After you approve an Inspection Plan, you cannot delete, supersede, or designate
recommendations as Not Required. You must first move them to the Modified state.
• While the Inspection Plan is being modified, you cannot delete, supersede, or designate
recommendations as Not Required.

Managing Recommended Actions in Inspection Plan
Modify an RBI Recommendation
RBI Recommendations can be marked not required, superseded, or deleted from the Inspection Plan
workspace.
Before You begin

You must either belong to the MI RBI Analyst Security Group or have MI Inspection Plan Approver Security
Role to modify an RBI Recommendation.
Procedure
1. Access the Inspection Plan that contains the RBI Recommendations that you want to modify.
2. Modify the RBI Recommendation in one of the following ways:
State Action
Supersede ( ) Changes the state of the RBI Recommendation to

Superseded. To supersede recommendations:
a. Next to two or more Recommendations, select the check

boxes.
b. Select .
The Supersede Recommended Actions
window appears.
c. Select the recommendation that you want to designate
as the master recommendation.
d. Select Supersede.
The master recommendation supersedes the
other recommendations and appears in the
grid.
Note: You can view the superseded recommendations by
selecting the number in the Linked Actions column.
Not Required ( ) Changes the state of the RBI Recommendation to Not

Required.
a. Next to each Recommendation that you want to mark

Not Required, select the check box.
b. Select .
A window appears, asking you to confirm that
you want to mark the recommendation as Not
Required.
c. Select Yes.
The Reason for Not Required window
appears, asking you to state a reason for
marking the recommendation as Not
Required.
d. Enter a reason for marking the recommendation as Not
Required, and then select Done.

State Action
The RBI Recommendation is moved to the Not

Required state.
Unlink Superseded Recommendations Changes the state of the recommendations from Superseded
to Proposed. This unlinks superseded recommendations from
the master recommendation.
a. In the row containing the recommendation that you want

to modify, in the Linked Actions column, select the
number.
The Linked Recommended Actions window
appears, displaying the linked superseded and
consolidated recommendations.
b. Next to each superseded recommendation that you want
to unlink, select the check box.
Note: You can only unlink superseded recommendations
from the Inspection Plan. To unlink consolidated
recommendations, you must use the Recommended
Actions pane from the Asset Summary workspace for
the related asset.
c. Select Unlink.
The selected RBI Recommendations are
unlinked from the master recommendation
and appear in the grid. The RBI
recommendations are moved to the Proposed
state.
Note: To consolidate RBI Recommendations, you must use the Recommended Actions pane from
the Asset Summary workspace for the related asset.
Delete an RBI Recommendation
Procedure
1. Access the Inspection Plan that contains the RBI recommendation that you want to delete.
2. Next to each recommendation that you want to delete, select the check box.
3. Select .
A window appears, asking if you want to delete the selected records.
4. Select Yes.
The RBI Recommendations are deleted.
Implement Recommended Actions to Inspection Tasks

Implement an RBI Recommendation to an Inspection Task
You can create new Inspection Tasks or link existing Inspection Tasks to an RBI Recommendation that is in
the Approved state in an Inspection Plan.
Before You begin

• Ensure that the Implement Recommended Actions to Tasks in ASM setting is set to False in the
Global Preferences section of the RBI Admin Preferences page.

• You must have an Inspection Plan that is in the Approved state.
Procedure
1. Access the Inspection Plan that contains the RBI Recommendations that you want to implement.
2. Next to the RBI Recommendation that you want to implement, select the check box.
3. Select Implement.
The Implement as Inspection Task window appears.
4. Select one of the following:

Action Description
Create New Creates a new task that is linked to the RBI Recommendation.
The new task is assigned a Task ID, and the Task ID appears in
the Task ID column for the respective RBI Recommendation.
Link Existing Allows you to select an existing Inspection Task to link to the
RBI Recommendation. The task uses the existing Task ID.
Note: You cannot link non-reoccurring tasks to reoccurring
recommendations.
5. Select Implement.
The Inspection Task is linked to the RBI Recommendation and appears in the Existing Tasks section of
the Inspection Plan page.
The Inspection Task fields are populated with the following values from the RBI Recommendation:

Field Value Source
Desired Interval The least value among the following: RBI Recommendation
• The value in the Interval field
• The value in the RBI Half-Life field in
the associated Degradation
Mechanism Evaluation
• The value in the TM Half-Life field in
the associated Asset Corrosion
Analysis
• Time-Based Inspection Settings
Note: If you are linking to an existing
Inspection Task, this field is populated
only if the value in the Override Interval
field is False and the value in the
Reoccurring field is True.
Desired Interval Basis The value of the Interval Basis that RBI Recommendation
corresponds to the Interval field
Inspection Task, this field is populated
only if the value in the Override Interval
field is False and the value in the
Reoccurring field is True.
Next Date The value in the Target Completion Date RBI Recommendation
field
Note: This field is populated only when
the RBI Recommendation field,
NonRecurring? is true.
Next Date Basis RBI Recommendation or RBI 581 None

Recommendation
Note: This field is populated only when
the RBI Recommendation field,
NonRecurring? is true.
Override Interval False None

Inspection Task, this field is not
populated.
Reason RBI Recommendation or RBI 581 None

Recommendation
Reoccurring The negated value of the NonRecurring? RBI Recommendation
field
Task Details The value in the Recommended RBI Recommendation
Inspection Scope field concatenated
with the value in the Recommendation
Basis field
Task ID The value in the Degradation Mechanism RBI Recommendation
field concatenated with the value in the
Task Type field
Inspection Task, this field is not
populated.
Task Type The value in the Task Type field RBI Recommendation

Unlink an Inspection Task from an RBI Recommendation
You can unlink Inspection Tasks from Compliance Recommendations to remove them from the Linked
Actions.
Procedure
1. Access the Inspection Plan that contains the RBI Recommendations from which you want to unlink
tasks.
2. Next to the RBI Recommendation that contains the Inspection Task that you want to unlink, select the
check box.
3. Select .
A message appears, asking if you want to unlink the selected recommendation from the task.
4. Select Yes.
The Inspection Task is unlinked from the RBI Recommendation.
Note: The Inspection Task will remain linked to the parent asset. The Desired Interval and Desired
Interval Basis fields in the Inspection Task will remain populated based on the previously linked
recommendation.
Inspection Plan Revision History

About Inspection Plan Revision History
An Inspection Plan Revision History record is created when the state of an Inspection Plan is changed
from Approved to Modified.
You can modify an Inspection Plan in any of the following scenarios:
• For Compliance Management: When an MI Inspection Plan Approver or an MI Compliance Analyst
updates the Compliance Recommendations.
• For Risk Based Inspection (RBI): When an RBI Risk Analysis is moved to the Risk Completed state.
The Inspection Plan Revision History record can be accessed through the Inspection Plan. Using this
record, you can track the progress of an Inspection Plan and view the following details:
• The name of the user who modified or approved the Inspection Plan.
• The date of revision.
• The reason for revision.
Access Inspection Plan Revision History

You can access the revision history of an Inspection Plan that has been updated.
Procedure
1. Access the Inspection Plan for which you want to access the revision history.
2. In the Inspection Plan page, select .
The Inspection Plan Revision History window appears, displaying an Inspection Plan Revision
History record for each instance in which the Inspection Plan was updated.

3. In the Revision Date column, select the link in the row that contains the Inspection Plan Revision
History record that you want to access.
The Inspection Plan Revision History record appears.

Chapter
11
ASM Integration
Topics:
• About Asset Strategy

Management (ASM) Integration
• Asset Strategy Management
(ASM) Integration Workflow
• About Unmitigated Risk
• About Mitigated Risk
• Access Asset Strategy Manager
(ASM) from an Inspection Plan
• Approving the Inspection Plan
of an Asset

About Asset Strategy Management (ASM) Integration
You can approve the Inspection Plan of an asset to ASM if all the RBI Components in the asset have an
active RBI 581 Risk Analysis. When you approve the Inspection Plan, the asset is promoted to ASM. When
an asset is promoted:
• Degradation Mechanisms (DMs) are used to create Risks in ASM.
• Recommendations are used to create Actions, which can be implemented as Inspection Tasks. These
tasks are listed in Inspection Management.
Note: The way in which you manage the unmitigated and mitigated risk values depends on how
administrative settings are configured.
Details
You can decide how you want to track recommended actions based on the risk information in the DMs.
You can choose either of the following options:
• You can create or generate RBI Recommendations to record the mitigated risk values and then
approve the Inspection Plan of the asset. Approving the Inspection Plan will transfer the Degradation
Mechanism and RBI Recommendations, along with unmitigated and mitigated risk values, to ASM.
Risks are created for the Degradation Mechanism and Actions are created for the recommendation.
You can implement either RBI Recommendations from an approved Inspection plan or Actions from an
active Asset Strategy as an Inspection Task.
• You will not create RBI Recommendations. Instead, you will recommend a future action and manage
mitigated risk values using Actions in ASM.
To transfer RBI Recommendations to Asset Strategies in ASM, you must approve the Inspection Plan of
the corresponding asset.
Note: A single asset can have multiple RBI Components, and each RBI Component can have only one
active RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
After you approve the Inspection Plan of the asset:
• All the RBI 581 Risk Analyses and RBI Recommendations linked to the RBI Components in the asset are
set to the Accepted by ASM state. You cannot modify them.
• If you create another RBI 581 Risk Analysis for an RBI Component linked to the asset and modify the
state of the new analysis to Risk Completed, the Inspection Plan will be moved to the Modified state.
You can re-approve the Inspection Plan to promote the asset to ASM again.

• If you modify the state of the analysis to Re-evaluating, and if you want to approve the Inspection Plan
again, you must first create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, move the analysis to the Risk Completed state,
and create RBI Recommendations for a component in the asset before promoting it.
ASM Integration
In the following image, Equipment A is linked to two RBI Components, Component 1
and Component 2, which are each linked to a Risk Completed RBI 581 Risk Analysis,
Analysis 1 and Analysis 2, respectively. If you approve the Inspection Plan on
Equipment A, the asset is promoted to ASM, and both Analysis 1 and Analysis 2 are
set to the Accepted by ASM state.
Managing Asset Strategies That Were Created from RBI

After an Asset Strategy has been created from RBI, you can manage the Asset Strategy using ASM. Some
restrictions will apply to the Asset Strategy depending on how the administrative settings are configured.
The following table provides information about which Actions are always allowed and which ones are
always restricted.

Always Allowed Always Restricted
• Creating Risks. • Risk Records

• Assigning new Actions to Risks that did not originate in RBI. • Undoing a Risk that was created from RBI.
• Managing Asset Strategy states. • Removing a Risk that was created from RBI.
• In the Risk Analysis, clearing the Selected Actions check • Assigning Actions that originated in RBI to a Risk that
box for any Action that did not originate in RBI. originated in RBI.
• Assigning new Actions to any Risk that originated in RBI. • For any Risk that was created from RBI, modifying values in
• Assigning existing Actions that did not originate in RBI to the following fields in the Risk datasheet (listed in the order
any Risk that did originate in RBI. in which they appear on the datasheet, from top to
• Assigning new Risks to any Action that originated in RBI. bottom):
• Assigning existing Risks that did not originate in RBI to any ◦ Name
Action that did originate in RBI. ◦ Description
• Accessing the Risk Matrix to view the unmitigated risk rank ◦ Risk Basis
for any Risk that was created from RBI. ◦ Failure Mode
• Accessing the Risk Matrix to view the mitigated risk rank for ◦ Maintainable Item
any Action that was created from RBI. ◦ Failure Cause
• Copying a Risk that was created from RBI. • Modifying the unmitigated risk rank or unmitigated financial
• Copying a Risk that was created from RBI. risk rank for any Risk that was created from RBI.
• Action Records
◦ Removing an Action that was created from RBI.

◦ Assigning Risks that originated in RBI to an Action that
originated in RBI.
◦ For any Action that was created from RBI, modifying
values in the following fields on the Action datasheet
(listed in the order in which they appear in the
datasheet, from top to bottom):
◦ Action Basis
◦ Name
◦ Action Type
◦ Interval
◦ Interval Units
◦ Nonrecurring
◦ Cost
◦ Shutdown Required
◦ Cost Basis
◦ Target Completion Date
◦ Modifying the mitigated risk rank for any Action that
was created from RBI.
◦ In the Risk Analysis, clearing the Selected Actions
check box for an Action that was created from RBI.
• General
◦ Applying an Asset Strategy Template as a master

template to the Asset Strategy
The following table describes Actions that are allowed for Asset Strategies that were created from RBI
and the corresponding administrative setting that allows it.

Action Corresponding Administration Action
Implement Actions as Tasks in ASM This action is allowed if the Implement Recommended
Actions to Tasks in ASM check box is selected.
If the Implement Recommended Actions to Tasks in ASM

check box is cleared, recommendations can be implemented
only as Inspection Tasks through the Inspection Plan of the
related asset.
Asset Strategy Management (ASM) Integration Workflow

Addressed
1. Create an RBI Component for each piece of Asset.
2. Create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis for the component.
3. Assess the unmitigated risk of the Degradation Mechanisms (DMs) that are linked to the RBI 581 Risk
Analyses.
4. Modify the state of all the RBI 581 Risk Analyses to Risk Completed.
An Inspection Plan will be created and linked to the parent asset if one does not exist. If the Inspection
Plan does exist and is approved, the state of the Inspection Plan will be updated to Modified.
5. Generate Recommendations for all the analyses within the asset, and assess the mitigated risk.
Recommendations will be linked to the Inspection Plan of the asset.
6. Access an Inspection Plan for the asset.
7. Approve the Inspection Plan.
This will transition the Inspection Plan to the Approved state and promote all the RBI
Recommendations and DMs associated with the asset to ASM.
Approving an Inspection Plan on an asset includes steps to analyze the risk associated with each
component, recommend a future action based on the risks, and transfer the analysis data to ASM. You can
recommend a future action in one of the following ways:
• Using RBI Recommendations in RBI: In this workflow, you will identify the mitigated risk of DMs in RBI.
• Using Actions in ASM: In this workflow, you will identify the mitigated risk of DMs in ASM.
In most cases, you will complete the steps in either workflow on a regular basis as you refine the
operating conditions and environment. RBI Analyses are dynamic tools that help you refine your strategy
for maintaining RBI Components.
About Unmitigated Risk

When you calculate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, the unmitigated SHE risk and unmitigated financial risk for
each Degradation Mechanisms record (DM) are calculated automatically and stored in the DM. The
calculation is performed using Risk Mapping Policies.
Unmitigated Risk
The unmitigated risk rank is plotted on a Risk Matrix. This value is the intersection of the consequence and
probability that are calculated when you calculate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
Tip: For more information, refer to the Risk Matrix section of the documentation.
• Consequence of Failure: The consequence of failure is based on the following fields in the associated
RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation:

◦ Safety Risk Category
◦ Final Consequence Area
◦ Operations Risk Category
◦ Calculated Total Financial Consequence
• Probability of Failure: This value is calculated and stored in the DM.
About Mitigated Risk

When you calculate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, the unmitigated risk and unmitigated financial risk for each
DM is calculated automatically and stored in the related Degradation Mechanisms record (DM).
By default, the mitigated risk values are set to the same values as the unmitigated risk values. You can
modify the mitigated risk values manually using the risk matrix to indicate how the risk could be lowered
if certain actions are taken.
Access Asset Strategy Manager (ASM) from an Inspection Plan

Procedure
1. Access an Inspection Plan for the asset which you want to access the Asset Strategy in Asset Strategy
Manager (ASM).
2. In the workspace, select the Open Strategy link.
The Risks and Actions workspace appears for the Asset Strategy in the Asset Strategy Manager
(ASM). For more information, refer to the Asset Strategy Management documentation.
Note: The Open Strategy link will be available only if the Inspection Plan is in the Approved or
Modified state and an Asset Strategy exists for the asset. The state of the asset strategy also appears
next to the Open Strategy link.
Approving the Inspection Plan of an Asset

Before You begin
• All the RBI Components linked to the asset must contain an active RBI 581 Risk Analysis (that is, an
analysis in Risk Completed, Pending Approval, Approved, or Implemented state).
Procedure
1. Access the Inspection Plan workspace for the Inspection Plan that you want to approve.

2. Select the button that indicates the current state of the Inspection Plan (that is, Proposed or Modified).
A menu appears, displaying a list of operations that you can perform on the Inspection Plan to modify
its state.
3. Select Approve, and then select Done.

The Inspection Plan is approved.
If the selected asset is not currently linked to an Asset Strategy, an Asset Strategy is created and
linked to the asset.
Results
The selected asset, along with all the DMs and Recommendations linked to the asset, are promoted to
Asset Startegy Manager (ASM).
Next Steps
Access ASM.

Chapter
12
Admin
Topics:
• Access the Global Preferences

Workspace
• About Global Preferences
• About Evaluation of All Risk
Targets in RBI 581
• About RBI 581 Admin Options
• About RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot
Preferences
• About Inspection Auto-
Selection
• RBI 581 Inspection Auto-
Selection Workflow
• RBI 581 Inventory Grouping
Workflow
• Access the RBI 581 Admin
Options Workspace
• Access the RBI 581 ISO-Risk
Plot Preferences Workspace
• Access the Inspection Auto-
Selection Workspace
• Access the RBI 581 Inventory
Groups Workspace
• Create an Inventory Group
Configuration Record
• Delete an Inventory Group
Configuration Record
• Link Components to an
Inventory Group
• Unlink Components from an
Inventory Group
• Use the Upgrade APM Version 3
Active Analyses Utility

Access the Global Preferences Workspace
Before You begin
• You can access the Global Preferences workspace only if you are a member of the MI RBI
Administrator Security Group or a super user.
Procedure
1. In the module navigation menu, select Admin > Application Settings > Risk Based Inspection.
The RBI Admin Preferences page appears, displaying the Global Preferences workspace.
2. If you want to modify the value in a field:
a. Select .
All the fields in the workspace are enabled.
b. As needed, modify values in the available fields.
c. Select .
The value in the field is modified.

About Global Preferences
About RBI Preferences
The Global Preference settings for Risk Based Inspection contain items for the following settings:
• Use Interpolation for Stress Reference Tables: If you select this check box, linear interpolation is
used to calculate the allowable stress based on the value in the Design Temperature field.
Note: In RBI 581 Risk Analysis, linear interpolation is also used to calculate the flow stress based on
the value in the Yield Strength and Tensile Strength fields.
If you do not select this check box, and the value in the Design Temperature field is not an exact match
of the metal temperature value available in the stress table, the value in the Allowable Stress is
populated based on the following conditions:
◦ If the design temperature is less than the highest temperature available in the stress table, the
next highest temperature value is used to determine the allowable stress value.
◦ If the design temperature is greater than the highest temperature available in the stress table, the
allowable stress value for the highest temperature is populated from the stress table.
By default, this check box is cleared.
Tip: For information on the calculation of allowable stress values, refer to the Allowable Stress
Calculation on page 536 topic.
• Recommendation Creation Enabled: If you select this check box, you can create RBI
Recommendation records in RBI. By default, this check box is selected. If you want to recommend
actions and manage mitigated risk in ASM, you must modify the baseline configuration by clearing this
check box.
• Enable Recommendations to be Generated at Created State: Ideally, you must generate
Recommendations only for analyses in Risk Completed state. If, however, you want to generate
Recommendations for analyses in Created state, you must select this check box.
If you select this check box:
◦ You can create Recommendations for an analysis in the Created state.
◦ You cannot create Recommendations for an analysis in the Risk Completed state.
By default, this check box is cleared. You can select it only if the Recommendation Creation Enabled
check box is selected.
• Allow Override of Calculated Unmitigated Risk Values: By default, the unmitigated risk is
calculated automatically and displayed on a Degradation Mechanism datasheet, and you cannot
modify this value. If, however, you use a custom calculator to calculate unmitigated risk and display it
on the Risk Matrix, and you want users to be able to modify the calculated unmitigated risk, then you
must select this check box.
• Consider Half-Life when Determining Inspection Task Interval: This setting determines how the
Desired Interval field in ASM action is populated.
The value in the Desired Interval field in ASM action is determined by the minimum values of the
following fields:
◦ RBI Recommendation Interval Scope Value
◦ RBI Half-Life from Criticality Calculator Internal Corrosion
◦ TM Half-Life of the Asset
◦ Interval from TBI Settings if the user is using this.

You can select this check box only if the Thickness Monitoring license is active. By default, this check
box is cleared.
• RBI Overview Graph Preference: This setting allows you to specify which types of analyses should
be used to plot risk values on the graphs that appear in the Asset Overview, Component Overview,
and Corrosion Loop Overview sections in RBI. You can select one of the following values in the drop-
down list box:
◦ RBI 580: If you select this value, the risk values of only RBI Criticality Analyses, RBI PRD Criticality
Analyses, and RBI Pipeline Analyses are plotted.
◦ RBI 581: If you select this value, the risk values of only RBI 581 Risk Analyses are plotted.
◦ 580 and 581: If you select this value, the risk values of all types of analyses in RBI are plotted.
• Evaluate all RBI 581 Risk Targets: This setting allows you to enable or disable Evaluation of All Risk
Targets. When you enable the Evaluation of All Risk Targets feature and calculate an RBI 581 analysis,
the Safety Health and Environmental (SHE) Risk, the Financial Risk, and the Damage Factor targets are
evaluated to determine a new value in the Target Inspection Date field. The Target Inspection Date
field is then used to determine the value in the Driving Risk Target field, and the value for Driving Risk
Target field is set to the risk target that has the most conservative Target Inspection Date value. The
resulting target and Target Inspection Date are also used to determine mitigation of risk.
• Implement Recommended Actions to Tasks in ASM: This setting allows you to specify where the
recommended actions are implemented.
◦ If you select this check box, the RBI sourced Recommended Actions are implemented in Tasks in
ASM.
◦ If you do not select this check box, the RBI sourced Recommended Actions are implemented in
Tasks in Inspection Plan page for the Asset.
Note: This setting is mapped to the Implement Recommended Actions to Tasks in ASM setting in
the Inspection Management module. Any change in this setting is updated to the corresponding
setting in the Inspection Management module.
• RBI Evergreening Preference: This setting allows you to select the type of analyses that should be
used for evergreening.
Important: With the exception of modifying your administrative settings to use new functionality, you
should not modify the administrative settings after you have configured them and users have started
creating RBI Analyses using those settings.
About Evaluation of All Risk Targets in RBI 581

In an RBI 581 analysis, users can select a Driving Risk Target which is used to calculate a Target Inspection
Date.
When you enable Evaluation of All Risk Targets in the Global Preferences and calculate an RBI 581
analysis, GE Digital APM will determine which risk target to use for a Target Inspection Date based on
which risk target is exceeded first. The risk target that is used is also the Driving Risk Target.
Evaluation of All Risk Targets uses the following risk targets to calculate a Target Inspection Date:
• Safety, Health, and Environmental (SHE) Risk
• Financial Risk
• Damage Factor
After evaluation, the Target Inspection Date is used to determine the Driving Risk Target, and the value for
Driving Risk Target is set to the risk target that had the most conservative Target Inspection Date.
If two or more risk targets have the same calculated Target Inspection Date, the risk targets are prioritized
as follows:

1. Safety, Health, and Environmental (SHE) Risk
2. Damage Factor
3. Financial Risk
Applying Evaluation of All Risk Targets

To use this feature, the following fields must be added to the Planning Targets section in the 581 Risk
Analysis datasheet:
• Target Inspection Date based on Damage Factor Maximum.
• Target Inspection Date based on Financial Risk.
• Target Inspection Date based on SHE Risk
If the user selects a Driving Risk Target in the analysis while this setting is enabled, their selection is
overridden, and the Driving Risk Target is selected based on the Evaluation of All Risk Targets.
Note: This feature does not apply to Tank Bottoms. The Driving Risk Target for a Tank Bottom will always
be the Financial Risk.
About RBI 581 Admin Options

The RBI 581 Admin Options workspace allows you to define default field values in the following families:
• RBI 581 Risk Analysis
• RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation
You can define these settings to:
• All the records of a family (i.e., globally)
-or-
• Only the records in a specific process unit
A setting for a specific process unit will take precedence over a global setting. For example, if the global
setting for Population Density for RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation records was set to 100, and another
setting existed specifically for the FCC REACTOR & REGENERATOR Process Unit, which set Population
Density to 80, RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation records created for RBI 581 Risk Analyses linked to the
FCC REACTOR & REGENERATOR Process Unit would have the Population Density field set to 80.
Each individual setting appears as a node under the RBI581AdminOptions parent node. You will define the
settings based on the specific requirements of your organization.
For each node, the following fields are available:
• Target Family: The family of records for which you want to define a default field value.
• Target Field: The field in the target family for which you want to define a default value.
Tip: The list of values in this field is not alphabetical. To search for a field , enter the name of the field
directly into the Target Field field. The list will be filtered.
• Data Type of Field: The data type of the target field. This field is disabled and populated
automatically.
• Numeric Field Value: The default value for the target field. This field is enabled only if the value in the
Data Type of Field column is Numeric.

• Process Unit: The specific Process Unit to which this setting will apply. This property is enabled only if
the Is Global Setting check box is cleared. The list is populated with Functional Locations for which
the Is a Process Unit? check box is selected.
• Is Global Setting: When this check box is selected, this setting will apply to all the new records in the
target family.
• Character Field Value: The absolute value for the target field. This property is enabled only if the
value in the Data Type of Field field is Character.
Settings in the RBI 581 Admin Options Workspace

The following table provides a list of settings in the RBI 581 Admin Options workspace. For numeric
fields, you must enter values only in English standard units.
Target Field Is Global Setting Field Value Notes
Target Family: RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation
Population Density Selected 0.0001 This setting populates the

Population Density field in all
RBI 581 Consequence
Evaluation records with the
value 0.0001.
Target Family: RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation
Thinning Variance Selected 0.2 This setting populates the

Thinning Variance field in all
RBI 581 Thinning and Lining
value 0.2.
Pressure Variance Selected 0.05 This setting populates the

Pressure Variance field in all
value 0.05.
Flow Stress Variance Selected 0.2 This setting populates the

Flow Stress Variance field in all
value 0.2.
Corrosion Rate Factor Damage Selected 4 This setting populates the

State 3 Corrosion Rate Factor Damage
State 3 field in all RBI 581
External Damage Evaluation
records with the value 4.



Target Family: RBI 581 Risk Analysis
Management Score Selected 500 This setting populates the

Management Score field in all
the RBI 581 Risk Analysis
Target Thinning and Lining Selected 5 This setting populates the

Minimum Damage Factor Target Thinning and Lining
Minimum Damage Factor field
in all the RBI 581 Risk Analysis
Target External Minimum Selected 5 This setting populates the

Damage Factor Target External Minimum
Damage Factor field in all the
RBI 581 Risk Analysis records
with the value 5.
Target Cracking Minimum Selected 5 This setting populates the

Damage Factor Target Cracking Minimum
Damage Factor field in all the
with the value 5.
Target Damage Factor Max Selected 1000 This setting populates the
Target Damage Factor Max
field in all the RBI 581 Risk
Analysis records with the
value 1000.
Target SHE Risk Selected 35 This setting populates the

Target SHE Risk field in all the
with the value 35.
Target Financial Risk Selected 10000 This setting populates the

Target Financial Risk field in all
Plan Period Selected 10 This setting populates the Plan

Period field in all the RBI 581
Risk Analysis records with the
value 10.

Driving Risk Target Selected Safety, Health and This setting populates the
Environmental Risk Driving Risk Target field in all
records with the value Safety,
Health and Environmental
Risk.
Data Confidence Selected Low Confidence Data This setting populates the
Data Confidence field in all the
with the value Low Confidence
Data.
Target Family: RBI 581 External Damage Evaluation
Thinning Variance Selected 0.2 This setting populates the

Thinning Variance field in all
the RBI 581 External Damage
value 0.2.
Pressure Variance Selected 0.05 This setting populates the

Pressure Variance field in all
value 0.05.
Flow Stress Variance Selected 0.2 This setting populates the

Flow Stress Variance field in all
value 0.2.

State 3 field in all the RBI 581



Atmospheric Condition Selected Temperate This setting populates the

Atmospheric Condition field in
all the RBI 581 External
Damage Evaluation records
with the value Temperate.
Target Family: RBI 581 External Cracking Damage Evaluation
Atmospheric Condition Selected Temperate This setting populates the

Atmospheric Condition field in
all the RBI 581 External
Cracking Damage Evaluation
records with the value
Temperature.
About RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Preferences

The RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Preferences workspace allows you to modify the default values of the
following parameters that are used in the RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot.
The values that you enter must satisfy the following conditions:
• All values must be numeric.
• All values must be greater than 0 because the graph is plotted on a logarithmic scale.
• The lower limits must be less than the upper limits.
• The upper limits for each risk level must be in ascending order. For example, the upper limit for the Low
risk level must be less than the upper limit for the Medium risk level.
Note: The units of measure can vary depending on the UOM Conversion Set that you use. For example, if
you use the Metric conversion set, the Consequence of Failure will be measured in square meters instead
of square feet.
Parameter Description Default Value
The SHE Risk section
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Minimum The lower limit for the Probability of 0.00000306
Probability (Events/Year) Failure values that are plotted on the
vertical axis of the SHE Risk graph.
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Maximum The upper limit for the Probability of 0.306
vertical axis of the SHE Risk graph.
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Minimum The lower limit for the Consequence of 10
Consequence (Square Feet) Failure values that are plotted on the
horizontal axis of the SHE Risk graph.
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Maximum The upper limit for the Consequence of 1000000
Consequence (Square Feet) Failure values that are plotted on the
horizontal axis of the SHE Risk graph.
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Low Category Limit The upper limit for the risk level, Low. 0.1
(Square Feet Per Year)
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Medium Category The upper limit for the risk level, Medium. 10
Limit (Square Feet Per Year)

Parameter Description Default Value
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Medium-High The upper limit for the risk level, Medium 1000
Category Limit (Square Feet Per Year) High. If a data point contains a value
higher than this limit, the risk level is
High.
The Financial Risk section
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Minimum The lower limit for the Probability of 0.00000306
vertical axis of the Financial Risk graph.
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Maximum The upper limit for the Probability of 0.306
vertical axis of the Financial Risk graph.
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Minimum The lower limit for the Consequence of 1000
Consequence (United States Dollar) Failure values that are plotted on the
horizontal axis of the Financial Risk graph.
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Maximum The upper limit for the Consequence of 100000000
Consequence (United States Dollar) Failure values that are plotted on the
horizontal axis of the Financial Risk graph.
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Low Category Limit The upper limit for the risk level, Low. 10
(USD/Year)
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Medium Category The upper limit for the risk level, Medium. 1000
Limit (USD/Year)
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Medium-High The upper limit for the risk level, Medium 100000
Category Limit (USD/Year) High. If a data point contains a value
higher than this limit, the risk level is
High.
About Inspection Auto-Selection

The Inspection Auto-Selection feature allows you to automatically assign an Inspection to a Degradation
Mechanism Evaluation (DME) in RBI 581. By default, this feature is disabled. You can enable the feature by
accessing the Inspection Auto-Selection workspace.
For each DME for which you want GE Digital APM to assign Inspections automatically, an RBI Inspection
Auto-Selection Criteria record must exist. This record stores the following details:
• The analysis that is performed on the DM
• The DM methodology of the DM
• The equivalent DM methodology
• The years of Inspection History to be considered while linking Inspections
The following table provides a list of baseline RBI Inspection Auto-Selection Criteria records and their field
values. You can access these records only after you enable the Inspection Auto-Selection feature.
Analysis Family DM Methodology Equivalent DM Degradation Years of Inspection

Methodology Mechanism History
RBI 581 Risk Analysis RBI 581 External Blank Blank 20

Cracking Damage
Evaluation
RBI 581 Risk Analysis RBI 581 External Criticality Ext. Corr. Deg. Blank 20
Damage Evaluation Mech. Eval.

Analysis Family DM Methodology Equivalent DM Degradation Years of Inspection
Methodology Mechanism History
RBI 581 Risk Analysis RBI 581 Thinning and Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Blank 20
Lining Evaluation Mech. Eval.
RBI 581 Risk Analysis RBI 581 Cracking Criticality Env. Crack. Blank 20
Damage Evaluation Deg. Mech. Eval.
RBI 581 Risk Analysis RBI 581 Thinning and Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. 581-Atmospheric Tank 20
Lining Evaluation Mech. Eval. Bottom Corrosion
When you create, duplicate, or apply an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, all the Inspections that meet the criteria
specified in the RBI Inspection Auto-Selection Criteria record are assigned to the DME automatically.
The maximum number of Inspections that can be assigned to RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation or
RBI 581 External Cracking Damage Evaluation is six. Therefore, among the Inspections that meet the
criteria specified in the RBI Inspection Auto-Selection Criteria record, only the latest six Inspections are
assigned to the DME. Similarly, the maximum number of Inspections that can be assigned to the 581-
Atmospheric Tank Bottom Corrosion DM is one. Therefore, only the latest Inspection (among the ones
that meet the criteria) is assigned to the corresponding DME.
Note: Inspections are also assigned automatically when you create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis using the
Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader.
Even after you delete an RBI Inspection Auto-Selection Criteria record, Inspections are automatically
assigned to a DME. These Inspections, however, are not filtered based on the criteria specified in the
record.
Example
Suppose you have created an RBI 581 Risk Analysis on 17th March, 2017, which is linked to the 581-Amine
Corrosion DM.
The following RBI Criticality Auto-Selection Criteria record is used to assign Inspections to all the DMs that
are linked to RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation (which includes 581-Amine Corrosion).
Field Value
Analysis Family RBI 581 Risk Analysis
DM Methodology RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation
Equivalent DM Methodology Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval.
Degradation Mechanism Blank
Years of Inspection History 20
Suppose the following Inspections appear in the Inspection History for 581-Amine Corrosion:
Inspection ID Inspection Confidence Degradation Mechanism Completion Date
Insp-1 A 581-Amine Corrosion 06/15/2012 00:00:00
Insp-2 A 581-Cooling Water Corrosion 08/18/2014 10:30:00
Insp-3 B Criticality Calculator Internal 11/25/1995 05:00:00

Corrosion
Insp-4 C 581-Amine Corrosion 01/15/2000 06:00:00

Inspection ID Inspection Confidence Degradation Mechanism Completion Date
Insp-5 C 581-Acid Sour Water 01/28/1990 04:45:00

Corrosion
Insp-6 B 581-High Temperature 06/02/2012 06:15:00

Oxidation
Insp-7 A Criticality Calculator Internal 10/13/2012 07:30:00

Corrosion
Among the Inspections in the previous table, the following Inspections are not assigned to 581-Amine
Corrosion because they were completed more than 20 years ago:
• Insp-3
• Insp-5
The remaining Inspections are automatically assigned to 581-Amine Corrosion because they satisfy the
following conditions:
• They are linked to a DM that belongs to either RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation or Criticality Int
Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval.
• They were completed less than 20 years ago.
Now, suppose you have created an RBI Inspection Auto-Selection Criteria record with the following
details:
Field Value
Analysis Family RBI 581 Risk Analysis
DM Methodology RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation
Equivalent DM Methodology Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval.
Degradation Mechanism 581-Amine Corrosion
Years of Inspection History 10
Suppose you have created another RBI 581 Risk Analysis on 17th March, 2017, which is linked to 581-
Amine Corrosion.
In this case, only Insp-1 will be assigned to 581-Amine Corrosion. Although Insp-4 is also linked to 581-
Amine Corrosion, it will not be automatically assigned to the DM because the Inspection was completed
more than 10 years ago.
RBI 581 Inspection Auto-Selection Workflow

This workflow provides the basic, high-level steps for the Inspection Auto-Selection feature. The steps and
links in this workflow do not necessarily reference every possible procedure. For more procedures, see the
links in the Related Information section.
1. Access the Inspection Auto-Selection workspace.
2. In the upper-right corner of the workspace, select the Inspection Auto-Selection check box.
3. Review the baseline RBI Inspection Auto-Selection Criteria records.
4. In RBI, create an RBI Component, and link it to Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs).
5. Create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis.

Inspections are automatically assigned to the DMEs based on the criteria in the RBI Inspection Auto-
Selection Criteria record.
6. Review the Inspections assigned automatically to the DMEs.
For RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation (only if evaluating 581-Atmospheric Tank Bottom
Corrosion), RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation, and RBI 581 External Cracking Damage Evaluation,
the following fields are populated automatically:
• Use Combined Confidence
• Number of Highest Effective Inspections
• Highest Effective Inspection Level
For RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation (if evaluating a Damage Mechanism (DM) other than 581-
Atmospheric Tank Bottom Corrosion) and RBI 581 External Damage Evaluation, the following fields are
populated automatically:
• Use Related Inspections
• Number of A Level Inspections
• Number of B Level Inspections
• Number of C Level Inspections
• Number of D Level Inspections
RBI 581 Inventory Grouping Workflow

The Inventory Grouping feature allows you to group RBI Components that belong to a process unit. After
you group the components, GE Digital APM calculates the value in the Inventory Group Mass field for the
inventory group.
This workflow provides the basic, high-level steps for the Inventory Grouping feature. The steps and links
in this workflow do not necessarily reference every possible procedure. For more procedures, see the links
in the Related Information section.
1. Access the RBI 581 Inventory Groups workspace.
2. Create an Inventory Group Configuration record for the appropriate process unit. This record stores
the details of the name and description of the group, and the process unit that is associated with the
group.
3. Link RBI Components to the inventory group.
4. In RBI, access the components that belong to the inventory group.
5. Create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis for each component linked to the inventory group.
6. Access the RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation record associated with each analysis that you have
created in the previous step, and then, in the Common section of the datasheet, select the Use
Calculated Inventory check box.
The Inventory Group and Inventory Group Mass fields in the RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation are
populated automatically.
Tip: If the Use Calculated Inventory check box is already selected, clear the check box, and then
select it. This will update the inventory group mass value.
Access the RBI 581 Admin Options Workspace

Before You begin
• You can access the RBI 581 Admin Options workspace only if:

◦ The RBI 581 license is active.
◦ You are a member of the MI RBI Administrator Security Group or a super user.
Procedure
2. In the left pane, select RBI 581 Admin Options.

The RBI 581 Admin Options workspace appears, allowing you to modify the settings.

Access the RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Preferences Workspace
Before You begin
• You can access the RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Preferences workspace only if:
Procedure

2. In the left pane, select RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot Preferences.
The RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot Preferences workspace appears.

3. If you want to modify any of the settings, then:
a. In the upper-right corner of the workspace, select .

b. As needed, modify values in the available fields.
Note: You must enter a numeric value greater than 0.
c. In the upper-right corner of the workspace, select .
The RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot settings are modified.
Access the Inspection Auto-Selection Workspace

Before You begin
• You can access the Inspection Auto-Selection workspace only if:
Procedure

2. In the left pane, select the Inspection Auto-Selection tab.
The Inspection Auto-Selection workspace appears. By default, the Inspection Auto-Selection
check box in the upper-right corner of the workspace is cleared.

If you select the Inspection Auto-Selection check box, the Inspection Auto-Selection feature is
enabled, and your preference is saved. A list of baseline RBI Inspection Auto-Selection Criteria records
appears in a grid in the workspace.
You can modify or delete the baseline records, or create a new one. If Inspection Auto-Selection
Criteria records do not exist, then all the applicable Inspections are assigned to the DME automatically.
Access the RBI 581 Inventory Groups Workspace

Before You begin
• You can access the RBI 581 Inventory Groups workspace only if the RBI 581 license is active.
Procedure

2. In the left pane, select the RBI 581 Inventory Groups tab.
The RBI 581 Inventory Groups workspace appears, displaying the following information:
• The left section: Provides a list of all the process units (i.e., Functional Location records in which the
Is Unit check box is selected) in GE Digital APM. The icon next to a process unit indicates that
the process unit contains an inventory group. If you select a process unit, a list of inventory groups
in the process unit appears in the left section.
• The details section: Displays the following information based on what you select in the left section:
◦ If you select Process Units in the left section, the details section displays the Process Units
with Inventory Groups graph, which plots the number of inventory groups in each process
unit. If you pause on a bar on the graph, the name of the process unit and the number of
inventory groups in the unit appear. If you select a bar on the graph, the datasheet for the
associated Functional Location appears.
◦ If you select a process unit in the left section, the details section displays the datasheet for the
associated Functional Location.

◦ If you select an inventory group in the left section, then the details section displays the
datasheet of the Inventory Group Configuration record. You can also access a list of
components associated with the inventory group by selecting the Linked Components tab.
Next Steps
• Create an Inventory Group Configuration Record.
Create an Inventory Group Configuration Record

Before You begin
• You can create or modify an Inventory Group Configuration record only if you are a super user or a
member of the MI RBI Administrator Security Group.
Procedure
2. In the list on the left side of the workspace, select the process unit in which you want to create an
Inventory Group Configuration record.
The inventory groups in the process unit appear.

3. In the list on the left side of the workspace, select .
A blank datasheet for the Inventory Group Configuration appears in the Details section.
4. As needed, enter values in the available fields.

The Inventory Group Configuration record is created. The newly created group is listed on the left side
of the workspace.
Results
• The Linked Components tab is enabled.
Next Steps
• Link components to the inventory group.
Delete an Inventory Group Configuration Record

Before You begin
• You can delete an Inventory Group Configuration record only if you are a super user or a member of
the MI RBI Administrator Security Group.
Procedure
2. In the list on the left side of the workspace, select the process unit that is linked to the Inventory
Group Configuration record that you want to delete.
The inventory groups in the process unit appear.
3. In the list on the left side of the workspace, select the Inventory Group Configuration that you want to
delete.

The datasheet for the Inventory Group Configuration appears in the Details section.
The Confirm Delete dialog box appears, asking you to confirm that you want to delete the inventory
group.
5. Select Yes.
The Inventory Group Configuration record is deleted.
Results
• If you create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis for components that once belonged to the deleted inventory
group, the value in the Inventory Group Mass field will no longer be populated automatically.
Link Components to an Inventory Group

Before You begin
• Create an Inventory Group Configuration record.
Procedure
2. In the list on the left side of the workspace, select the process unit that is linked to the inventory group
to which you want to link components.
A list of inventory groups in the process unit appears in the list on the left side of the workspace.
3. Select the inventory group to which you want to link components.

The datasheet of the Inventory Group Configuration appears in the Details section.
4. Select the Linked Components tab.

The Linked Components section appears, displaying a list of components linked to the inventory
group.
5. In the upper-left corner of the section, select .

The Select RBI Components window appears, displaying a list of components associated with the
process unit.

6. In the row containing each component that you want to link, select the check box, and then select
Done.
The RBI Components are linked to the inventory group, and appear in the Linked Components
section.
7. If you want to access the datasheet of a linked component, then select the link in the Component ID
column.
The component datasheet appears on a new page.
Results
• In the RBI Component records that you have linked, the Inventory Group field is populated with the
value in the Inventory Group Name field of the inventory group.
• If you create an RBI 581 Risk Analysis for a component that you have linked to the inventory group,
then in the associated RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation, the Use Calculated Inventory check box is
selected, and the value in the Inventory Group Mass field is calculated.
• The value in the Inventory Group Mass field in the RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation associated with
the remaining components in the inventory group is updated.
Tip: To view the updated value in the Inventory Group Mass field, you must clear the Use Calculated
Inventory check box, and then select it.
Unlink Components from an Inventory Group

Procedure
2. In the list on the left side of the workspace, select the process unit that is linked to the inventory group
from which you want to unlink components.

The inventory groups in the process unit appear in the list on the left side of the workspace.
3. Select the inventory group from which you want to unlink a component.
The datasheet for the Inventory Group Configuration appears in the Details section.
4. Select the Linked Components tab.

The Linked Components section appears, displaying a list of components linked to the inventory
group.
5. Select the check box that corresponds to each component that you want to unlink.
6. In the upper-right corner of the datasheet section, select .

The Confirm Unlink dialog box appears, asking you to confirm that you want to unlink the selected
components.
7. Select Yes.
The components are unlinked from the inventory group.
Results
• The value in the Inventory Group Mass field in the RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation of the remaining
components in the inventory group is updated.
Tip: To view the updated value in the Inventory Group Mass field, you must clear the Use Calculated
Inventory check box, and then select it.
Use the Upgrade APM Version 3 Active Analyses Utility

Using the Upgrade APM Version 3 Active Analyses Utility, you can create Risk Assessment records for
existing RBI 580 and RBI 581 analyses that are in active state and do not have existing Risk Assessment
records. Also, for RBI 580 active analyses, the utility will calculate and set Half-Life for any related Ext.
Corr. Deg. Mech Evaluations where the value is blank
Before You begin

• You must be an administrator to perform the following steps.
• If you are using a custom Risk Matrix, you must https://meridium.custhelp.com/app/answers/detail/
a_id/6454/
Procedure
2. In the Global Preferences workspace, select Upgrade Analyses.

The Upgrade Analyses Confirmation window appears, asking you to confirm that you want to create
Risk Assessment records for all RBI 580 and RBI 581 active analyses.
3. Select Yes.
The Upgrade Analyses window appears, stating the job was successfully scheduled.
4. Optional: Select View Scheduling.

Chapter
13
Data Loaders
Topics:
• About RBI Data Loaders

• RBI 581
• Corrosion Loop
• RBI Components to TML Groups
Relationship Data Loader

About RBI Data Loaders
GE Digital APM, through the Risk Based Inspection module, provides the functionality to carry out an RBI
Analysis on various types of RBI components to calculate corrosion rate, and the probability and
consequence of failure, and then develop intelligent strategies. Using the RBI Data Loaders, you can
generate all components for a Process Unit along with the associated analyses.
RBI 581
About the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader
Using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader, you can implement Risk Based Inspection when
you have RBI data in a legacy system, which is not supported by GE Digital APM. To import data using the
Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader, GE Digital APM provides an Excel template, RBI_581_
Data_Loader.xlsx, which supports baseline Risk Based Inspection GE Digital APM. You must export
your legacy system so that the data can be used to populate the template. The data from the template
will then be imported into GE Digital APM using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader.
Note: The Excel template is referred to throughout this documentation as the data loader workbook.
The data loader workbook can be used in the following scenarios:
• Create or update components
• Create analyses
• Loading components and risk analysis data into GE Digital APM so that you can retain visibility into the
analysis details and calculations, and generate recommendations.
• Calculate risk, probability and consequence of failure, and then utilize the Inspection Planning feature
to mitigate the risk by the plan date.
After importing the data, the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader creates the following records in
GE Digital APM:
• Criticality Calculator RBI Component
• RBI Consequence Evaluation
• RBI 581 HTHA Damage Evaluation
• RBI 581 Brittle Fracture Damage Evaluation
You cannot, however, create RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage Evaluation records using the Risk Based
Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader.
The data on the (Picklist) worksheet is not loaded when you load data using the Risk Based Inspection
(RBI) 581 Data Loader.
Note: This data loader workbook is not backward compatible to earlier versions of GE Digital APM.
About the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader Requirements
Before you use the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader, you must complete the following steps:

• Ensure that the RBI 581 module is deployed.
• Ensure that the following data is present:
◦ Site Reference
◦ Equipment Taxonomy
◦ Equipment and Functional Location Families
◦ RBI Data Mapping
◦ Units of Measure Conversion Sets
◦ Stress Tables (GE Digital APM provides Stress Tables for Pressure Vessels and Tanks. If you want to
use values from these Stress Tables with the data load, you must ensure that the records are
imported into your database prior to performing the data load. GE Digital APM does not provide
Piping Stress Tables).
◦ Representative Fluids
• If you have added custom fields to Risk Mapping families (e.g., RBI Risk Matrix Mapping, Risk Analysis
Mapping), you must ensure that mappings exist for those fields, or data may not be populated as
expected after the data load. This is because the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader relies on
Risk Mapping families to ensure that fields on RBI 581 Risk Analysis and related records are correctly
populated with data, and that resulting risk values can be mapped to the Default Risk Matrix.
• The Security User performing the data load operation must be associated with either the MI Data
Loader User or MI Data Loader Admin Security Role, and must also be associated with the MI RBI
Analyst Security Group or a Security Role that is associated with this Security Group.
• The data loader workbook contains sample data in each column. It is only for your reference. You must
remove this data before using the data loader workbook.
About the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader Data Model
About the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader General Loading
Strategy
The imported data must load in a specific sequence in order to successfully populate fields, to create
records, and to link them to the predecessor and/or successor records.
Best Practices
When importing data using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader, you must use the following
best practices:
• ID fields must not include special characters or spaces.
• Columns (including columns representing custom fields) in the worksheets should be formatted as
Text.
• Import a maximum of 500 assets in each data load. The maximum number of records that you can load
per asset using the data loader is specified in the Best Practices for Loading a Single Asset on page
188 topic.
• Do not try to create and update a component in the same data loader workbook.
• Ensure that you enter values in cells that correspond to fields required to calculate an analysis.
Otherwise, the analysis and related records are not created or updated after you load data.
• When a field whose value is required based on the value in another field is blank:
◦ If you are using the dataloader to create the analysis, the RBI Analysis and related records will not
be created.

◦ If you are using the dataloader to update the analysis, the fields for which data exists are updated
in the database. However, an error is logged in the log file of the import job.
• You must consider the rules described in the Workbook Layout and Use section of this document while
using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader.
• If you have entered data related to an analysis or a DME, then you must always enter data of the
associated component in the RBI_Component worksheet, even if the corresponding Criticality
Calculator RBI Component record exists in the GE Digital APM database.
• You must enter a valid value in the following cells in the RBI_Component worksheet; Otherwise, the
row that corresponds to that component is skipped:
◦ Component ID
◦ Component Type
◦ Process Fluid
◦ GFF Component Type
• When you use the data loader to create an analysis and a cell that requires a Boolean value is blank,
the corresponding field in GE Digital APM is updated with the value False. When you use the data
loader to update an analysis and a cell that requires a Boolean value is blank, the corresponding field in
GE Digital APM is not updated. Therefore, to avoid ambiguity, we recommend that you enter the
valueTrue or False in the cell and not leave it blank.
• If you want to override the default values that you have specified in the RBI 581 Admin Options
workspace, you can include those values in the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader. For
example, if the value for the Atmospheric Condition field for an RBI 581 External Damage Evaluation
record is set to Temperate in the RBI 581 Admin Options workspace. You can override this value by
entering a different value in the Atmospheric Condition cell in the DME_ExternalDamage worksheet.
• If you want to override values that are populated from the associated component, you can include
those values in the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader. For example, the value for the
Operating Temperature field in an RBI 581 Risk Analysis is populated from the corresponding field in
the associated RBI Component. If you want to override this value for the analysis, you must include a
column for Operating Temperature in the RBI_581_Analysis worksheet in the data loader workbook,
and enter the value in that cell.
• In addition to the fields included in the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader, if you want to add
values for more fields for a record, you can add columns for those fields in the appropriate worksheet.
Note: The fields that you want to add to the data loader workbook must already exist in the
corresponding family. If not, you must add the fields to the family via Configuration Manager.
• You should not add columns that correspond to fields in the Outputs and Intermediate Outputs
sections of a datasheet; Otherwise, the calculations might not be correct.
• You should not add a column that corresponds to the Use Combined Confidence and Use Related
Inspection fields to any of the following worksheets:
◦ DME_Thinning
◦ DME_ExternalCracking
◦ DME_Cracking
The Use Combined Confidence field is part of the integration of the Risk Based Inspection and
Inspection Management modules. A value should only be set in GE Digital APM.
Load Sequence
The data is loaded in the following sequence in order to create all necessary relationships between
records:
1. The Assets worksheet is processed. The Data Loader searches for the asset that corresponds to the
Equipment ID, CMMS System, and Equipment Technical Number information that you provide in the
Assets worksheet.

If an asset specified on the worksheet does not exist, it will be skipped, as well as all entries in the
subsequent worksheets corresponding to that asset.
2. The RBI_Component worksheet is processed. The Data Loader searches for the RBI Component based
on the asset data and the values in the Component and Component Type cells.
If a component exists in the GE Digital APM database, it will be updated. If not, a new component will
be created, and linked to the asset.
3. The RBI 581 Analysis worksheet is processed. For each row based on the cells specified in steps 1 and
2, a new analysis is created and linked to that component. You cannot update an analysis using the
data loader workbook. The value in the Analysis Unique ID cell is not stored but will be used to identify
all the Degradation Mechanism Evaluations and Consequence Evaluations specified on the subsequent
worksheets that should be linked to the analysis.
If there is invalid data for calculating an analysis, the row that corresponds to that analysis is skipped.
All the Consequence Evaluations and DMEs linked to that analysis are also skipped.
4. The RBI 581 Consequence worksheet is processed. For each row based on the cells specified in steps 1
to 3, a Consequence Evaluation is created, and linked to the specified analysis.
5. The worksheets representing Degradation Mechanism Evaluations are processed. For each row based
on the cells specified in steps 1 to 3, a Degradation Mechanism Evaluation is created, and linked to the
specified analysis. Additionally, for each Damage Mechanism, a corresponding Potential Degradation
Mechanism is created, and linked to the component, unless a Potential Degradation Mechanism of the
same type is already linked to the same component.
When the Degradation Mechanism Evaluations are processed, if you have not included a Degradation
Mechanism in the worksheet that corresponds to an existing Potential Degradation Mechanism on the
component, that Potential Degradation Mechanism will be unlinked.
Data that you specify in the cells on each worksheet will be included in the records. Additionally, fields in
the records will be populated with data based on your RBI Data Mapping. For example, an RBI 581 Risk
Analysis will be populated with data from the RBI Component to which it is linked the same way it
happens if you create the same records in GE Digital APM.
Best Practices for Loading a Single Asset

For optimal performance, we recommend that you load a maximum of 14 Components with three DMEs
each or 9 Components with seven DMEs. To avoid performance degradation of the data loader, you must
maintain the total number of records within this limit. If you want to load more number of DMEs, you must
reduce the maximum number of components.
The following tables provide illustrations of the maximum number of records that you can load per
Component or Analysis, as applicable. It also provides the maximum total number of records that you can
load per Asset.
Important: The numbers shown in the table are for reference purpose only, and not the maximum
number of records that the data loader is designed to load. These numbers are derived based on the test
results obtained from the labortory machines. However, the performance of the data loader may vary
based on the database server configuration, application server configuration, load on the servers, network
speed, and other performance factors. If you find a degration in the data loader performance, we
recommend that you reduce the number of records in a single batch and upload the records in multiple
batches.
Record Name An example of the maximum number An example of the total number of
of records you can load per Asset/ records you can load per Asset
Component/Analysis
RBI Component 9 per Asset 9
RBI 581 Risk Analysis 1 per Component 9

Record Name An example of the maximum number An example of the total number of
of records you can load per Asset/ records you can load per Asset
Component/Analysis
RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation 1 per Analysis 9
Internal DME 1 per Analysis 9
External DME 1 per Analysis 9
Cracking DME 1 per Analysis 9
Lining DME 1 per Analysis 9
External Cracking DME 1 per Analysis 9
HTHA DME 1 per Analysis 9
Brittle Fracture DME 1 per Analysis 9
Total number of records 90
About the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader Workbook Layout
and Use
To import data using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader, GE Digital APM provides an Excel
workbook, Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581.xlsx, which supports baseline Risk Based
Inspection in GE Digital APM. This workbook must be used to perform the data load. You can modify the
Excel workbook to include custom fields used by your organization.
Note: The Excel workbook is referred to throughout this documentation as the data loader workbook.
Worksheet Description
Assets This worksheet is used to specify existing Equipment records to

which components will be linked.
RBI_Components This worksheet is used to specify the following types of RBI

Component records that will be updated or created and linked
to assets.
• Cylindrical Shell
• Exchanger Bundle
• Exchanger Tube
• Piping
• Pump Compressor Casing
• Tank Bottom
RBI_581_Analysis This worksheet is used to define RBI 581 Analysis records that
will be linked to components. You cannot update an RBI 581
Risk Analysis using the data loader workbook.
RBI_581_Consequence This worksheet is used to define RBI 581 Consequence

Evaluation records that will be linked to analyses. Each analysis
can be linked to only one RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation.

DME_Lining This worksheet is used to specify the 581-Internal Component

Lining Damage DMs (which are or will be represented by the RBI
581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation records) that you want to
create or update. These records will be linked to an RBI 581 Risk
Analysis. You can specify these DMs only if the value in the
Lining Present column is True in the RBI_Component worksheet
for the associated component.
DME_AST This worksheet is used to specify the 581-Atmospheric Tank

Bottom Corrosion DMs (which are or will be represented by the
RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation records) that you want
to create or update. These records will be linked to an RBI 581
Risk Analysis.
You can specify these DMs only if:
• The component tamily is Tank Bottom (i.e., the value in the

Component Family column in the RBI_Component
worksheet for the associated component is MI_CCRBICTB).
• The value in the Is Intrusive column in the RBI_Component
worksheet for the associated component is True.
DME_Thinning This worksheet is used to specify the following DMs that you
want to create or update:
• 581-High Temperature Oxidation

These DMs belong to the RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation
methodology. These records will be linked to an RBI 581 Risk
Analysis.
DME_ExternalDamage This worksheet is used to define the following DMs that you
• 581-Ferritic Component Atmospheric Corrosion

These DMs belong to the RBI 581 External Damage Evaluation

Analysis. You can specify these DMs only if the component type
is not Tank Bottom (i.e., the value in the Component Family
column in the RBI_Component worksheet is not MI_CCRBICTB).

DME_ExternalCracking This worksheet is used to define the following DMs that you
• 581-Austenitic Component Atmospheric Cracking
These DMs belong to the RBI 581 External Cracking Damage

Evaluation methodology. These records will be linked to an RBI
581 Risk Analysis. You can specify these DMs only if the
component type is not Tank Bottom (i.e., the value in the
Component Family column in the RBI_Component worksheet is
not MI_CCRBICTB).
DME_Cracking This worksheet is used to specify the following DMs that you
• 581-Amine Cracking
These DMs belong to the RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation

Analysis.
DME_HTHA This worksheet is used to specify the 581-High Temperature

Hydrogen Attack DMs (which are or will be represented by the
RBI 581 HTHA Damage Evaluation records) that you want to
create or update. These records will be linked to an RBI 581 Risk
Analysis. You can specify these DMs only if the component type
is not Tank Bottom (i.e., the value in the Component Family
column in the RBI_Component worksheet is not MI_CCRBICTB).

DME_BrittleFracture This worksheet is used to specify the following DMs (which are
or will be represented by the RBI 581 Brittle Fracture Damage
Evaluation records) that you want to create or update.

• 581-Brittle Fracture
These records will be linked to an RBI 581 Risk Analysis. You can
specify these DMs only if the component type is not Tank
Bottom (i.e., the value in the Component Family column in the
RBI_Component worksheet is not MI_CCRBICTB).
(PickList) This worksheet contains a list of valid values that you can enter
in each column (as applicable) in the aforementioned
worksheets. When you load data using the data loader, the data
on this worksheet is not loaded.
The values in the some of the columns are filtered based on the
values in other fields. For example, the values in the following
columns are filtered based on the values in the Stress Lookup
Table column:
• BM Code
• BM Year
• BM Spec
• BM Grade
Also, if you select a value in the BM Code column, the values in

the BM Year, BM Spec, and BM Grade columns are filtered
accordingly.
Important: The Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader overrides the default values specified in the
RBI 581 Admin Options workspace.
Color Coding
Certain columns on the worksheets have different functions and requirements. To illustrate this, certain
columns are color-coded. The following table lists the colors and what they represent.

Color Description Comments
Required Key Fields Indicates columns that contain values

that are used by the Risk Based
Inspection (RBI) 580 Data Loader to look
up and create records. If these columns
are removed from the worksheets, the
data load will fail. While the worksheets
require that these columns be present,
values are not necessarily required in
these columns.
Fields Required for Calculation Indicates columns that contain values

that are required to perform calculations
in Risk Based Inspection. Some cells only
require values in certain cases. Such
cases are found in parentheses in the first
row of each worksheet.
Recommended Fields Indicates columns that, according to GE

Digital APM Best Practice for Risk Based
Inspection, should contain values.
Custom Fields Indicates columns where you can specify

custom fields.
Limitations
The Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader has the following limitations:
• You must use the data loader workbook. If you modify the format of the values in columns in any of the
worksheets, you will not be able to import data.
• Components of the Heat Exchanger - Bundle type are not supported as part of the baseline GE Digital
APM, but you can enter data related to the component.
• The values that you enter in the data loader workbook are case-sensitive.
• You cannot import data related to a custom DME using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data
Loader. You must import only those DMEs that are included in the data loader workbook.
• If you reimport data, the records that have been created by the Data Loader will be updated.
Therefore, while reimporting data, if you remove the data for a field in the data loader workbook, the
value for the corresponding field in GE Digital APM will be blank.
• You cannot create Inventory Group Configuration records, or link a Component to an inventory group
using the data loader workbook.
• When you use the data loader to update an RBI 581 Analysis and the associated Consequence
Evaluation, Damage Mechanisms, and Damage Mechanism Evaluations:
◦ If a cell contains data, the value in the corresponding field will be updated in the database.
◦ If a cell is blank, the value in the corresponding field will not be updated with a blank value in the
database. The value that previously existed in the field is retained.
• You cannot delete the Consequence Evaluation and the Degradation Mechanism Evaluations
associated with an RBI Analysis using the data loader.
• You cannot update a What-If analysis using the data loader.

Assets Worksheet
In the Assets worksheet, you will specify assets to which you want to link components. The columns that
appear on this worksheet also appear on every subsequent worksheet, and are used to identify the
records that will be linked, directly or indirectly, to the assets. The combination of values in the three
columns on this worksheet must be unique.
Field Caption Field ID Data Type (Length) Comments
Equipment ID MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_ID_C Character (255) This column requires at least

one cell to have a value.
CMMS System MI_EQUIP000_SAP_SYSTEM_C Character (255) If the Equipment record for an

asset has a value in the CMMS
System field, enter that value
in this column.
Equipment Technical Number MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_TECH_N Character (255) If you are required to enter a
BR_C value for the CMMS System
cell for an asset, and the
Equipment record for the
asset has a value in the
Equipment Technical Number
field, enter that value in this
column.
If there is no value in the

CMMS System field, this
column can be blank, even if
the Equipment record contains
a value for the Equipment
Technical Number field.
RBI_Component Worksheet
In the RBI_Component worksheet, you will specify the components (which are or will be represented by
RBI Component records) that you want to create or update.

Equipment ID MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_ID_C Character (255) Values in this column must

match values entered in the
Assets worksheet. Multiple
components can be linked to
the same asset (i.e., rows may
have the same value in this
column).
CMMS System MI_EQUIP000_SAP_SYSTEM_C Character (255) Values in this column must

Assets worksheet, if they exist.
Multiple components can be
linked to the same asset (i.e.,
rows may have the same value
in this column).
Equipment Technical Number MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_TECH_N Character (255) Values in this column must
BR_C match values entered in the
in this column).
Component MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_C Character (250) A value is required and must

be unique. This value identifies
the component.

Component Type MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_TYPE_ Character (60) A value is required.

C This cell may only contain one
of the following values, which
exist in the list in the
Component Type field for RBI
Component records:
• 1" Pipe
• 1.25" Pipe
• 1.5" Pipe
• 1/2" Pipe
• 10" Pipe
• 102" Pipe
• 12" Pipe
• 14" Pipe
• 16" Pipe
• 18" Pipe
• 2" Pipe
• 2.5" Pipe
• 20" Pipe
• 24" Pipe
• 26" Pipe
• 28" Pipe
• 3" Pipe
• 3/4" Pipe
• 30" Pipe
• 32" Pipe
• 34" Pipe
• 36" Pipe
• 4" Pipe
• 40" Pipe
• 42" Pipe
• 48" Pipe
• 5" Pipe
• 54" Pipe
• 56" Pipe
• 6" Pipe
• 60" Pipe
• 8" Pipe
• 90" Pipe
• Air Cooled Exchanger-
Header
• Air Cooled Exchanger-Tbs
• Balanced Bellows PRD
• Column-Bottom
• Column-Middle
• Column-Tank Bottom
• Column-Top
• Compressor
• Conventional PRD
• Filter
• Fin/Fan Cooler
• Heat Exchanger Tubes
Component Family FAMILY_ID Character (50) A value is required.
This cell may only contain one

of the following values:
Value Component
Family
MI_CCRBICCS Cylindrical
Shell
MI_CCRBICEH Exchanger
Header
MI_CCRBICET Exchanger
Tube
MI_CCRBICPI Piping
MI_CCRBIPCC Pump
Compressor
Casing
MI_CCRBICTB Tank Bottom
Component Description MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_DESC Character (255) None

R_C
Component Start Date MI_RBICOMPO_COMP_STRT_D Date A value is required. Enter the

ATE_DT value in the following format:
YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss
Circuit From MI_CCRBICPI_CIRCU_FROM_C Character (250) This value is applicable only if

the component type is piping
(i.e., the value in the
Component Family cell is
MI_CCRBICPI).
Circuit To MI_CCRBICPI_CIRCU_TO_C Character (250) This value is applicable only if

the component type is piping
(i.e., the value in the
MI_CCRBICPI).
Component Comments MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_COMM Text None

E_TX

Operating Pressure MI_RBICOMPO_OPERA_PRESS_ Numeric A value is required.

N
The value in this cell is copied
to the Operating Pressure field
of the associated RBI Analysis.
The value in this cell is

compared with the value in
the Design Pressure cell for
the analysis to be created.
The value in this cell must be

greater than or equal to zero,
and less than or equal to the
value in the Design Pressure
cell.
Operating Temperature MI_RBICOMPO_OPERA_TEMPE Numeric A value is required.

_N
to the Operating Temperature
field of the associated RBI
Analysis.

the Design Temperature cell
for the analysis to be created.
If the value in the Design

Temperature cell is greater
than or equal to zero, the value
in this cell must be less than or
equal to the value in the
Design Temperature cell.

Temperature cell is less than
zero, the analysis can be
created with any value in this
cell.

Foundation Type MI_CCRBICTB_FOUND_TYPE_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

in the Component Type cell is
Storage Tank Bottom.
In the baseline GE Digital APM

system, this cell may only
contain one of the following
System Code IDs:
• Clay
• Silt
• Sand
• Gravel
• Concrete
• Double Floor
The list in this field is

populated by the
FOUNDATION TYPES System
Code Table. If the system code
table has been customized,
the valid values could be
different. To verify which
options are acceptable in your
GE Digital APM system, via
Configuration Manager, refer
to the appropriate table.
Initial Fluid Phase MI_RBICOMPO_INIT_FLU_PHAS Character (20) A value is required.

E_C
System Code IDs:
• Liquid
• Gas

populated by the FLUID TYPES
System Code Table. If the
system code table has been
customized, the valid values
could be different. To verify
which options are acceptable
in your GE Digital APM system,
via Configuration Manager,
refer to the appropriate table.

Process Fluid MI_RBICOMPO_PROCE_FLUID_ Character (50) A value is required.

C
This cell may only contain a
value that exists in the list in
the Process Fluid field for RBI
Component records. If you
enter a value that is not valid
for RBI 581, the Data Loader
will skip that row.
If the value in the Component

Type is Storage Tank Bottom,
then this cell may only contain
one of the following values:
• C6-C8
• C9-C12
• C13-16 (Diesel)
• C17-25 (Gas Oil)
• C25+ (Resid)
Toxic Mixture MI_RBICOMPO_TOXIC_MIX_F Boolean Enter True or False.
Toxic Fluid MI_RBICOMPO_TOXIC_MODEL Character (50) A value is required if the value

_C in the Toxic Mixture cell is True.

the Toxic Fluid field for RBI
Component records.
Percent Toxic MI_RBICOMPO_PERCE_TOXIC_ Numeric A value is required if the value

N in the Toxic Mixture cell is True.
Inventory MI_RBICOMPO_INVEN_N Numeric A value is required if

component type is not Tank
Bottom (i.e., the value in the
Component Family cell is not
MI_CCRBICTB).

Inventory Group MI_RBICOMPO_INVEN_GROUP Character (50) You cannot use this column to
_C link the Component to an
inventory group. You can link a
component to an inventory
group only by accessing the MI
Admin Preferences page in
GE Digital APM.
If the Component is already

linked to an inventory group,
you can override the value in
the Inventory Group field by
entering a value in this
column. However, the
calculated value in the
Inventory Group Mass field
remains as is.
Design Pressure MI_RBICOMPO_DESIG_PRESS_ Numeric A value is required if the

N component is linked to the
following Potential
(PDMs):
• RBI 581 Thinning and

Lining Evaluation
• RBI 581 External Damage
Evaluation

to the Design Pressure field of
the associated RBI Analysis.

the Operating Pressure cell for
the analysis to be created.
The value in this cell must be

and greater than or equal to
the value in the Operating
Pressure cell.

Design Temperature MI_RBICOMPO_DESIG_TEMPE_ Numeric A value is required if the

N component is linked to a PDM
that belongs to the following
DMEs:

Lining Evaluation
Evaluation

to the Design Temperature
field of the associated RBI
Analysis.

the Operating Temperature
cell for the analysis to be
created.
If the value in this cell is

Temperature cell must be less
than or equal to the value in
this field.
If the value in this cell is less

than zero, the analysis is
created with any value in the
Operating Temperature cell.
Diameter MI_RBICOMPO_DIAME_INNER_ Numeric A value is required.

N
Length MI_RBICOMPO_LENGT_N Numeric A value is required if you want

to calculate inventory.
Fill Height MI_CCRBICTB_FILL_HEIGH_N Numeric A value is required if the value

Storage Tank Bottom or
Storage Tank.

Nominal Thickness MI_RBICOMPO_NOMIN_THICK_ Numeric A value is required if the

N component is linked to an
analysis that is linked to the
following damage mechanisms
(DMs):
• 581-Low Alloy Steel
Embrittlement
• All DMs that belong to RBI
581 Thinning and Lining
Evaluation
581 External Damage
Evaluation
Stress Lookup Table MI_RBICOMPO_STRESS_TABLE Character (50) A value is required if the

_C component is linked to an
(DMs):
Embrittlement
Evaluation
581 External Damage
Evaluation

values:
• Pressure Vessels
• Tanks
• Piping
If the family has been

could be different. This cell
may only contain a value that
exists in the list in the Stress
Lookup Table field for RBI
Component records.

BM CODE MI_RBICOMPO_BM_CODE_C Character (30) A value is required if the

component is linked to an
(DMs):
Embrittlement
Evaluation
581 External Damage
Evaluation
Refer to the (Picklist)

worksheet in the excel
workbook for valid values that
you can enter in this cell.
BM YEAR MI_RBICOMPO_BM_YEAR_C Character (50) A value is required if the

(DMs):
Embrittlement
Evaluation
581 External Damage
Evaluation


BM SPEC MI_RBICOMPO_BM_SPEC_C Character (50) A value is required if the

(DMs):
Embrittlement
Evaluation
581 External Damage
Evaluation

BM GRADE MI_RBICOMPO_BM_GRADE_C Character (50) A value is required if the

(DMs):
Embrittlement
Evaluation
581 External Damage
Evaluation

Weld Joint Effy MI_RBICOMPO_WELD_JOINT_E Numeric A value is required if the

FFY_N component is linked to a PDM
that belongs to the following
DMEs:

Lining Evaluation
Evaluation
In the baseline GE Digital APM,

this cell may only contain one
• 0.35
• 0.4
• 0.45
• 0.5
• 0.55
• 0.6
• 0.65
• 0.7
• 0.75
• 0.8
• 0.85
• 0.9
• 0.95
• 1

exists in the list in the Weld
Joint Efficiency field for RBI
Component records.
Insulated? MI_RBICOMPO_INSUL_F Boolean Enter True or False. The value

in this cell must be True if the
an analysis in the component
is linked to one of the
following DMs:
• 581-Ferritic Component
Corrosion Under
Insulation
• 581-Austenitic
Component Cracking
Under Insulation

Insulation Type MI_RBICOMPO_INSUL_C Character (200) A value is required if the value

in the Insulated? cell is True.

exist in the list in the
Insulation Type field for RBI
Component records:
• Asbestos
• Calcium Silicate (Cl Free)
• Calcium Silicate (Not Cl
Free)
• Foam/Cellular Glass
• Mineral Wool/Fiber Glass
• Pearlite
• Unknown

exists in the list in the
Insulation Type field for RBI
Component records.
Injection Point Data MI_CCRBICPI_INJ_PT_CIR_C Character (50) A value is required if the

component type is Piping (i.e.,
the value in the Component
Family cell is CCRBICPI).
Piping Circuit Length MI_CCRBICPI_PIP_CIR_LENG_N Numeric A value is required if:
• The component type is

Piping (i.e., the value in the
MI_CCRBICPI).
-and-
• The value in the Use
Calculate Inventory cell in
the RBI_581_Consequence
worksheet is True.
PWHT MI_RBICOMPO_PWHT_F Boolean Enter True or False.

Internal Corrosion Type MI_RBICOMPO_INTER_CORR_T Character (50) A value is required if

YPE_C component is linked to RBI 581
Thinning and Lining Evaluation.

System Code IDs:
• General
• Localized
• Pitting

populated by the CORROSION
TYPES System Code Table. If
the system code table has
been customized, the valid
values could be different. To
verify which options are
acceptable in yourGE Digital
APM system, via Configuration
Manager, refer to the
appropriate table.
Predictable Int. Corr. Location MI_CCRBICOM_PRED_INT_COR Boolean Enter True or False.

_LOC_F
Estimated Internal Corrosion MI_RBICOMPO_EXP_INT_CORR Numeric A value is required if:

Rate _RT_N
• The component is linked
to the 581 Internal
Component Lining
Damage DM.
-and-
• The value in the Selected
Base Material
Corrosion Rate cell in the
linked DM is Estimated
Rate.
Estimated External Corrosion MI_RBICOMPO_EXP_EXT_CORR Numeric A value is required if:

Rate _RT_N
• The component is linked
to a PDM that belongs to
RBI 581 External Cracking
Damage Evaluation or RBI
581 External Corrosion
Damage Evaluation.
-and-
External Corrosion Rate
cell for the associated
DMs is Estimated.

Measured External Corrosion MI_RBICOMPO_MEAS_EXT_CO Numeric None

Rate R_RT_N
Source of Calculated Corrosion MI_CCRBICOM_CALCD_CR_SRC Character (50) In the baseline GE Digital APM
Rates _C system, this cell may only
System Code IDs:
• ASSET
• COMPONENT
• MANUAL

populated by the
MI_RBI_CALC_CORRO_SRC
Percent Liquid Volume MI_RBICOMPO_PER_LIQ_VOL_ Numeric A value is required if you want

N to calculate inventory.

Detection System MI_CCRBICOM_DETECTION_SY Character (4) A value is required.

STEM_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Detection

ID System
A Loss Of
Pressure Or
Flow
B Pressure
Envelope
C Visual
Detection

populated by the
581_Detection System Code
Table. If the system code table
has been customized, the valid
acceptable in your GE Digital
appropriate table.

Isolation System MI_CCRBICOM_ISOLA_SYSTE_ Character (50) A value is required.

CHR
System Code IDs:
System Code Isolation

ID System
A Auto
Shutdown
B Leakage
Shutdown
(This value is
valid only if the
value in the
Detection
System cell is
B or C).
C Manual
Shutdown
(This value is
valid only if the
value in the
Detection
System cell is
C).

populated by the 581_Isolation

Mitigation System MI_CCRBICOM_MITIGATION_S Character (60) A value is required.

YSTM_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Mitigation

ID System
1 Inventory
blowdown
2 Fire water
deluge system
3 Fire water
monitors only
4 Foam spray
system
5 No mitigation
system

populated by the
581_Mitigation_System

Fluid Velocity MI_CCRBICOM_FLUID_VELOCIT Numeric A value is required if an

Y_N analysis in the component is
linked to any of the following
DMs:

Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
Acid
Corrosion
Corrosion
pH of Water MI_CCRBICOM_PH_OF_WATER Numeric A value is required if an

_N analysis in the component is
DMs:

Corrosion
Corrosion
• 581-Hydrochloric Acid
Corrosion
Corrosion Cracking
• 581-Sulfide Stress
Cracking

Geometry Type MI_CCRBICOM_GEOMETRY_TY Character (60) A value is required if the

PE_C component is linked to any of
the following PDMs:

Lining Evaluation
• RBI 581 External
Corrosion Damage
Evaluation

System Code IDs:
System Code Geometry

ID Type
CYL Cylinder
SPH Spherical
Head
HEM Hemispherical
Head
PIPE Piping
HEAD Head
PLT PLT (only if the

value in the
Component
Family cell is
MI_CCRBICTB)

populated by the
MI_581_Component_Geometr
y_Types System Code Table. If
appropriate table.

GFF Component Type MI_CCRBICOM_GFF_COMPO_T Character (50) A value is required.

YPE_CHR
exist in the list in the GFF
Component Type field for RBI
Component records:
Value General Fail

Frequency
(GFF)
Component
Type
COLBTM Vessel/FinFan
COLMID Vessel/FinFan
COLTOP Vessel/FinFan
COMPC Compressor
COMPR Compressor
COURSE-1-10 Tank650 (only

for an
AST Shell
component)
DRUM Vessel/FinFan
FILTER Vessel/FinFan
FINFAN Vessel/FinFan
HEXSS Heat
Exchanger
HEXTS Heat
Exchanger
KODRUM Vessel/FinFan
PIPE-1 Pipe
PIPE-10 Pipe
PIPE-12 Pipe
PIPE-16 Pipe
PIPE-2 Pipe
PIPE-4 Pipe
PIPE-6 Pipe
PIPE-8 Pipe
PIPEGT16 Pipe
PUMP1S Pump
© 2020 General Electric Company PUMP2S Pump 215
PUMPR Pump
REACTOR Vessel/FinFan
Cladding Present MI_CCRBICOM_CLADDING_PR Character (50) A value is required if an

ESENT_L associated analysis is linked to
any of the following DMs:
• 581-HIC/SOHIC – HF
Cracking
Cracking
581 Thinning and
Lining Evaluation

System Code IDs:
System Code Cladding

ID Present
Y Yes
N No

populated by the MI_YES_NO
Furnished Cladding Thickness MI_CCRBICOM_CHR Numeric A value is required if the value

in the Cladding Present cell is
Y.
Minimum Structural Thickness MI_CCRBICOM_MNMM_STRCT Numeric A value is required if the

RL_THS_N component is linked to any of
the following PDMs:

Lining Evaluation
• RBI 581 External
Corrosion Damage
Evaluation

Liner Present MI_CCRBICOM_LINER_PRESE_ Character (50) A value is required if the

CHR component is linked to the RBI
Evaluation PDM.

System Code IDs:
System Code Liner Present

ID
Y Yes
N No

For the 581-Internal

Component Lining Damage
DM, the value in this cell must
be Yes.

Liner Type MI_CCRBICOM_LINER_TP_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

in the Liner Present cell is Y.

System Code IDs:
System Code Liner Type

ID
1 Strip Lined
Alloy
2 Organic
Coating
(typically >
0.762mm / 30
mils)
3 Thermal
Resistant
Service -
Castable
Refractory
6 Severe/
Abrasive
Service -
Castable
Refractory
8 Glass Linings
10 Fiberglass

populated by the
MI_581_Lining_Types_And_Res
istance System Code Table. If
appropriate table.

Has Release Prevention MI_CCRBICTB_HAS_RELEA_PR Boolean A value is required if the value

Barrier? EVE_F in the Component Type cell is
Enter True or False. If you

enter True, then after you load
data, the value in the
Maximum Fill Height in AST
field is populated with the
value 0.25 feet.
CM Corrosion Rate MI_CCRBICOM_CM_COR_RT_C Numeric A value is required if:
• The value in the Cladding

Present cell is Y.
Material Corrosion Rate is
Estimated.
Corrosion Allow MI_RBICOMPO_CORRO_ALLO Numeric None

W_N

Is Intrusive? MI_RBICOMPO_IS_INTRU_CHR Character (50) A value is required if an

analysis in the component is
DMs:
Oxidation
Corrosion
H2/H2S Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
Acid
Corrosion
581 Cracking Damage
Evaluation
581 External Cracking
Damage Evaluation
581 External Damage
Evaluation
Specified Tmin MI_CCRBICOM_SPECIFIED_TMI Numeric A value is required if the value

N_N in the Override Minimum
Thickness cell is True.

Base Material MI_CCRBICOM_BASE_MATER_ Character (50) A value is required if an

C analysis in the component is
DMs:
• 581-HIC/SOHIC – HF (only
if the value in the Cladding
Present field is No (N))
Cracking (only if the value
in the Cladding Present
field is No (N))
field is No (N))
Hydrogen Attack
• All DMs that belong to
RBI 581 Thinning and
Lining Evaluation

of the values that exist in the
list in the Base Material field
for RBI Component records.

Cladding Material MI_CCRBICOM_CLADDING_MA Character (50) A value is required if:

TERIL_C
Present cell is Y.
• An analysis in the
component is linked to
one of the following DMs:
◦ 581-High
Temperature
Oxidation
◦ 581-Cooling Water
Corrosion
◦ 581-High
Temperature H2/H2S
Corrosion
◦ 581-Amine Corrosion
◦ 581-Hydrofluoric Acid
Corrosion
◦ 581-Sulfuric Acid
Corrosion
◦ 581-Hydrochloric Acid
Corrosion
◦ 581-Acid Sour Water
Corrosion
◦ 581-High
Temperature Sulfidic
and Naphthenic Acid
◦ 581-Alkaline Sour
Water Corrosion
◦ 581-Soil Side
Corrosion
581-Thinning Damage

of the values that exist in the
list in the Cladding Material
field for RBI Component
records.
Total Acid Number MI_CCRBICOM_TOTAL_ACID_N Numeric A value is required if an

UMBR_N analysis in the component is
linked to the 581-High
Temperature Sulfidic and
Naphthenic Acid DM.
RBI_581_Analysis Worksheet
In the RBI_581_Analysis worksheet, you will specify the analyses (which will be represented by RBI 581
Risk Analysis records) that you want to create. You cannot update an RBI 581 Risk Analysis using the data
loader workbook.


analyses can be linked to the
same asset (i.e., rows may
column).

Multiple analyses can be linked
to the same asset (i.e., rows
may have the same value in
this column).
in this column).
Component MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_C Character (250) Values in this column must

match values entered on the
RBI_Component worksheet, if
they exist. Multiple analyses
can be linked to the same
component (i.e., rows may
column).
Component Type MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_TYPE_ Character (60) Values in this column must

C match values that you entered
in the Component Type
column in the RBI_Component
worksheet for the associated
component.
Analysis Unique ID MI_ANALYSIS_ID Character (255) A value is required and must

be unique. This value identifies
the analysis. However, in the
that are created by the data
loader in GE Digital APM, the
value in the Analysis ID field is
different from the value that
you enter in this cell.
Scenario ID MI_CRITANAL_TURNAROUND_I Character (50) None

D_C

Coefficient Y Material MI_581RANAL_COEFFICNT_Y_ Character (255) A value is required if the

MTRL_C component type is Piping (i.e.,
Family cell is MI_CCRBICPI).

System Code IDs:
System Code Coefficient Y

ID Material
1 Ferritic Steels
2 Austenitic
Steels
3 Other Ductile
Metals
4 Cast Iron

populated by the
MI_581_Coefficient_Materials
Stress Override MI_581RANAL_STRES_OVER_F Boolean Enter True or False.
Allowable Stress MI_CRITANAL_MTL_ALLOW_ST Numeric A value is required if the value

RESS_N in the Stress Override cell is
True.
Flow Stress MI_581RANAL_FLOW_STRESS_ Numeric A value is required if the value

N in the Stress Override cell is
True.

Override Minimum Required MI_581RANAL_OVERR_MINIM_ Boolean Enter True or False.

Thickness REQUI_THICK_FLG
Course Number MI_581RANAL_COURS_NUMB Numeric A value is required if the

E_NBR analysis is linked to a
component of type Storage
Tank (i.e., the value in the
Component Type cell in the
RBI_Component worksheet for
the associated component is
Storage Tank).
RBI_581_Consequence Worksheet
In the RBI_581_Consequence worksheet, you will specify the consequences (which are or will be
represented by RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation records) that you want to create or update. You can
create only one RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation for an RBI 581 Risk Analysis.

Consequence Evaluations can
be linked to the same asset
(i.e., rows may have the same
value in this column).

Multiple Consequence
Evaluations can be linked to
column).
BR_C match values entered on the
Multiple Consequence
Evaluations can be linked to
column).


they exist. Multiple
Consequence Evaluations can
be linked to the same
component (i.e., rows may
column).

column on the RBI_Component
component.
Analysis Unique ID MI_ANALYSIS_ID Character (255) Values in this column must

RBI_581_Analysis worksheet.
Each analysis can have only
one Consequence Evaluation.
Consequence MI_RCONEVAL_CONS_C Character (50) A value is required in this cell if

you are creating more than
one Consequence Evaluation
for the same analysis. If left
blank, the Consequence field
will be populated with the
value RBI Consequence.
Use Calculated Inventory MI_RBI_EVN0_USE_CAL_INV_L Boolean Enter True or False.
If the value in this cell is True,

values in the following cells in
the RBI_Component
component are required:
• Length
• Diameter
• Piping Circuit Length
Inventory Group Mass MI_RBI_EVN0_INV_GRP_MSS_ Numeric A value is required if the value

N in the Component Family cell
is not Storage Tank Bottom.
Include Personnel Injury MI_RBI_EVN0_INCLDPRSNNLN Boolean Enter True or False.

JRYG_L
Injury Cost MI_RCONEVAL_INJUR_COST_N Numeric A value is required if the value

in the Include Personnel Injury
cell is True.

Equipment Cost MI_RCONEVAL_EQU_COST_N Numeric A value is required if the value

not Storage Tank Bottom.
Production Cost MI_RCONEVAL_PROD_COST_N Numeric A value is required.
Environmental Clean-up Costs MI_RBI_EVN0_ENVIR_CLEAN_C Numeric A value is required if the value

OSTS_NBR in the Component Type cell is
not Storage Tank Bottom.
Allow Override of Total MI_RBI_EVN0_ALW_OVE_OF_T Boolean Enter True or False.

Financial Consequence T_FC_FLAG
User Total Financial MI_RBI_EVN0_USERTOTAL_FC_ Numeric A value is required if the value

Consequences N in the Allow Override of Total
Financial Consequence cell is
True.
Maximum Fill Height in AST MI_RBI_EVN0_MXM_FLL_HGT_ Numeric A value is required if, on the
AST_N RBI_Component worksheet:
• The value in the

Component Type cell is
Storage Tank or Storage
Tank Bottom.
• The value in the Has
Release Prevention Barrier
cell is False.
If, however, the value in the

Has Release Prevention
Barrier cell is True, after you
load data, the Maximum Fill
Height is AST field is populated
with the value 0.25 feet
irrespective of the value in this
cell.
Fluid Percent Leaving Dike MI_RBI_EVN0_FLD_PRCT_LVG_ Numeric A value is required if the

DKE_N component family is Tank
Component Family column in
the RBI_Component
worksheet is MI_CCRBICTB).
Fluid Percent Onsite MI_RBI_EVN0_FLUD_PRCNT_O Numeric A value is required if the

NSTE_N component family is Tank
the RBI_Component

Fluid Percent Offsite MI_RBI_EVN0_FLD_PRCNT_OFF Numeric A value is required if the

STE_N component family is Tank
the RBI_Component
Environmental Sensitivity MI_RBI_EVN0_ENVRNMNTL_S Character (50) A value is required if the

NSTVY_C component family is Tank
the RBI_Component

System Code IDs:
System Code Environment

ID al Sensitivity
L Low
M Medium
H High

populated by the
MI_581_Environmental_Sensiti
vity System Code Table. If the
Tank Course Height MI_RBI_EVN0_TANK_COURSE_ Numeric A value is required if the value

HGHT_N in the Component Type cell is
Storage Tank.

Distance from Tankbottom to MI_RBI_EVN0_DSE_FRM_TNM_ Numeric A value is required if the value

Groundwater GRR_N in the Component Type cell is
Soil Type under Tank bottom MI_RBI_EVN0_SL_TYE_UNR_T_ Character (50) A value is required if the value
BTM_C in the Component Type cell is

System Code IDs:
System Code Soil Type

ID
CL Clay
CS Coarse Sand
CA Concrete
Asphalt
FS Fine Sand
GR Gravel
SC Sandy Clay
SL Slit
VF Very Fine Sand

populated by the
MI_581_Soil_Types System
DME_Lining Worksheet
On the DME_Lining worksheet, you will specify the 581-Atmospheric Tank Bottom Corrosion DMs (which
are or will be represented by the RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation records) that you want to create
or update. You can specify these records only if the value in the Liner Present cell in the RBI_Component
worksheet for the associated component is Y.


DMs can be linked to the same
asset (i.e., rows may have the
same value in this column).

Multiple DMs can be linked to
column).
column).

they exist. Multiple DMs can be
linked to the same component

component.

RBI_581_Analysis worksheet, if
linked to the same analysis
Damage Mechanism MI_RBDEMEEV_DAM_MECH_C Character (50) Enter 581-Internal Component

Lining Damage.
Last Known Inspection Date MI_581DMCHE_LST_KNWN_IN Date Enter a value in the following
N_DTE_D format: YYYY-MM-DD
hh:mm:ss

Online Monitoring Flag MI_581DMCHE_ONLNE_MNTR Character (50) A value is required.

NG_FLG_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Online

ID Monitoring
Flag
Y Yes
N No

Key Process Variable? MI_581DMCHE_KEY_PROCSS_ Character (3) A value is required if the value
VRBLE_C in the Online Monitoring Flag
column is Y.

System Code IDs:
System Code Key Process

ID Variable
Y Yes
N No


Electrical Resistance Probes? MI_581DMCHE_ELCTRCL_RSS Character (3) A value is required if the value
E_PRS_C in the Online Monitoring Flag
column is Y.

System Code IDs:
System Code Electrical

ID Resistance
Probes
Y Yes
N No

Corrosion Coupons? MI_581DMCHE_CORROSION_C Character (3) A value is required if the value

OUPNS_C in the Online Monitoring Flag
column is Y.

System Code IDs:
System Code Corrosion

ID Coupons
Y Yes
N No


Liner Installation Date MI_581THNL_LIN_INST_DT_D Date A value is required. Enter the

value in the following format:
YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss

Liner Condition MI_581THNL_LINER_COND_C Character (50) A value is required.

System Code IDs:
System Code Liner

ID Condition
A Good
B Average
C Poor

populated by the
MI_581_Lining_Condition

Immersion Grade Coating MI_581THNL_IMMN_GRE_CTG Character (50) A value is required if the liner
Quality _QLY_C type is organic coating (i.e., the
value in the Liner Type column
in the RBI_Component
component is 2).

System Code IDs:
System Code Immersion

ID Grade
Coating
Quality
A High
B Merdium
C Low

populated by the
MI_581_Coating_Quality
DME_AST Worksheet
In the DME_Lining worksheet, you will specify the 581-Atmospheric Tank Bottom Corrosion DM (which are
or will be represented by the RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation records) that you want to create or
update.



column).
in this column).


component.

they exist. Multiple
Consequences can be linked to
the same analysis (i.e., rows
may have the same value in
this column).
Damage Mechanism MI_RBDEMEEV_DAM_MECH_C Character (50) Enter 581-Atmospheric Tank

Bottom Corrosion.

Selected Base Material MI_581THNL_SELEC_BM_COR_ Character (50) A value is required.

Corrosion Rate R_C
System Code IDs:
• Calculated Rate
• Estimated Rate
• Short Term Avg
• Long Term Avg
• Controlling Corrosion Rate

populated by the
581_CORR_TYPE System Code
appropriate table.
Long Term Avg Corr Rate MI_581THNL_LNG_TRM_AVG_ Numeric A value is required if:
COR_R_N
Base Material
Corrosion Rate column is
Long Term Avg.
-and-
• The value in the Source of
Calculated Corrosion
Rates column in the
RBI_Component
worksheet for the
associated component is
MANUAL.

Short Term Avg Corr Rate MI_581THNL_SHRT_TRM_AVG_ Numeric A value is required if:
COR_N
Base Material
Short Term Avg.
-and-
Rates column in the
RBI_Component
worksheet for the
MANUAL.
Selected Cladding Material MI_581THNL_SELEC_CLADD_C Character (50) A value is required if the value
Corrosion Rate OR_R_C in the Cladding Present
component is Y.

System Code IDs:
• Calculated Rate
• Estimated Rate
• Short Term Avg
• Long Term Avg

populated by the
appropriate table.

Thinning Type MI_RBDEMEEV_THIN_TYPE_C Character (50) A value is required.

System Code IDs:
• General
• Localized
• Pitting

appropriate table.

Highest Effective Inspection MI_RBDEMEEV_HIGH_EFF_INS Character (25) A value is required.

Level P_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Highest

ID Effective
Inspection
Level
A Highly
Effective
B Usually
Effective
C Fairly Effective
D Poorly
Effective
E Ineffective
(None)

populated by the
MI_581_Inspection_Effectivene
ss System Code Table. If the
Number of Highest Effective MI_RBDEMEEV_NO_HIGH_EFF_ Numeric A value is required, and must

Inspections INS_N be between 0 and 6. If you
enter 0 in this column, then
the value in the Highest
Effective Inspection Level
column must be E.

Welded Construction Flag MI_581DMCHE_WLDD_CNSTR Character (50) A value is required.

CN_FLG_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Welded

ID Construction
Flag
Y Yes
N No

API 653 Maintenance Flag MI_581THNL_API_653_MNTE_ Boolean A value is required. Enter True
FLG_L or False.
Foundation Type MI_581DMCHE_FOUND_TYPE_ Character (50) A value is required.

CHR
System Code IDs:
• Clay
• Silt
• Sand
• Gravel
• Concrete
• Double Floor

populated by the

Settlement Adjustment Flag MI_581DMCHE_STTLMNT_ADJ Character (3) A value is required if the value
T_FLG_C in the Foundation Type column
is not Concrete.

System Code IDs:
System Code Settlement

ID Adjustment
Flag
Y Yes
N No


Settlement Adjustment MI_581DMCHE_STTLMNT_ADJ Character (50) A value is required if the value

Inspection T_INN_C in the Settlement Adjustment
Flag column is Y.

System Code IDs:

ID Adjustment
Inspection
1 Meets API 653
1.5 Never
Evaluated
2 Exceeds API
653

populated by the
MI_581_Recorded_Settlement
_Criteria System Code Table. If
appropriate table.


NG_FLG_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Online

ID Monitoring
Flag
Y Yes
N No

column is Y.

System Code IDs:

ID Variable
Y Yes
N No


column is Y.

System Code IDs:

ID Resistance
Probes
Y Yes
N No


column is Y.

System Code IDs:

ID Coupons
Y Yes
N No


Soil Resistivity MI_581THNL_SOIL_RESIS_C Numeric A value is required if the value

in the Selected Base Material
Corrosion Rate cell is
Calculated Rate.
AST Pad MI_581THNL_AST_PAD_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

in the Selected Base Material
Calculated Rate.

System Code IDs:
• Soil With High Salt

• Crushed Limestone
• Native Soil
• Construction Grade Sand
• Continuous Asphalt
• Continuous Concrete
• Oil Sand
• High Resistivity Low
Chloride Sand

populated by the
581_AST_PAD_MAT_TYPE

AST Drainage MI_581THNL_AST_DRAINAGE_ Character (50) A value is required if the value

C in the Selected Base Material
Calculated Rate.

System Code IDs:
• One Third Frequently

Underwater
• Storm Water Collects At
AST Base
• Storm Water Does Not
Collect At AST Base

populated by the
581_AST_DRAINAGE_TYPE
AST Steam Coil Heater MI_581THNL_AST_STEAM_CL_ Character (50) A value is required if the value
HTR_C in the Selected Base Material
Calculated Rate.
In the baselineGE Digital APM

System Code IDs:
• YES
• NO

populated by the
MI_581_AST_STEAMCOIL_WAT
ERDRWASOFF System Code
appropriate table.

AST Bottom Type MI_581THNL_AST_BOTTOM_TY Character (50) A value is required if the value
PE_C in the Selected Base Material
Calculated Rate.

System Code IDs:
• RPB Not Per API 650

• RPB Per API 650
• Single Bottom

populated by the
581_AST_BOTTOM_TYPE

Cathodic Protection MI_581THNL_CATHODIC_PRO Character (50) A value is required if the value

TCTN_C in the Selected Base Material
Calculated Rate.

System Code IDs:
System Code Cathodic

ID Protection
None None
Yes Not Per Yes and Not

API 651 Per API 651
Yes Per API Yes and Per

651 API 651

populated by the
581_AST_Cathodic Protection

Product Side Condition MI_581THNL_PRODCT_SDE_C Character (50) A value is required if the value
NDTN_C in the Selected Base Material
Calculated Rate.

System Code IDs:
• Wet
• Dry

populated by the
581_Product_Side_Condition
Water Product Draws MI_581THNL_WATER_PRDCT_ Character (50) A value is required if the value
DRWS_C in the Selected Base Material
Calculated Rate.

System Code IDs:
• YES
• NO

populated by the
appropriate table.
DME_Thinning Worksheet
In the DME_Thinning worksheet, you will specify the following DMs (which are or will be represented by
the RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation records) that you want to create or update.

These DMs belong to the RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation methodology. You can specify these DMs
only if the value in the Component Type cell in the RBI_Component worksheet for the associated
component is not Storage Tank Bottom.


column).
column).



component.

Damage Mechanism MI_RBDEMEEV_DAM_MECH_C Character (50) In the baseline GE Digital APM

values, which exist in the list in
the Damage Mechanism field
in the Potential Degradation
Mechanisms record:
Oxidation
Corrosion
H2/H2S Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
Acid
Corrosion

Governing Thinning Damage MI_581THNL_GOV_THIN_DMG Character (50) In the baseline GE Digital APM
Mechanism _MECH_C system, this cell may only
System Code IDs:
• Ammonium Bisulfide
Corrosion (Alkaline Sour
Water)
• Cooling Water Corrosion
• Dealloying
• Decarburization
• Erosion/Erosion-Corrosion
• Flue Gas Dew Point
Corrosion
• Fuel Ash Corrosion
• Galvanic Corrosion
• Graphitic Corrosion
• High Temperature H2/H2S
• HCl Acid Corrosion
• Ammonium Chloride
Corrosion
• Hydrofluoric Acid
Corrosion
• Oxidation
• Metal Dusting
• Microbiologically Induced
Corrosion (MIC)
• Naphthenic Acid
Corrosion (NAC)
• Nitriding
• Phenol (Carbonic Acid)
Corrosion
• Phosphoric Acid Corrosion
• Soil Corrosion
• Sour Water Corrosion
(Acidic)
• Amine Corrosion
• Sulfidation
• Sulfuric Acid Corrosion
• Other
• Aqueous Organic Acid
Corrosion
• Boiler Water Condensate
(BW/C) Corrosion
• Carburization
• Caustic Corrosion
• Cavitation
• CO2 Corrosion

populated by the
MI_581_GOV_THINNING_DAM
AGE System Code Table. If the
hh:mm:ss
Last Known Thickness MI_581DMCHE_LST_KNWN_TH Numeric A value is required if you

CKNSS_N entered a value in the Last
Known Inspection Date cell.
Selected Base Material MI_581THNL_SELEC_BM_COR_ Character (50) A value is required.

Corrosion Rate R_C
System Code IDs:
• Calculated Rate
• Estimated Rate
• Short Term Avg
• Long Term Avg

populated by the
appropriate table.
Long Term Avg Corr Rate MI_581THNL_LNG_TRM_AVG_ Numeric A value is required if:
COR_R_N
Base Material
Long Term Avg.
-and-
Rates column in the
RBI_Component
worksheet for the
MANUAL.

Short Term Avg Corr Rate MI_581THNL_SHRT_TRM_AVG_ Numeric A value is required if:
COR_N
Base Material
Short Term Avg.
-and-
Rates column in the
RBI_Component
worksheet for the
MANUAL.
Selected Cladding Material MI_581THNL_SELEC_CLADD_C Character (50) A value is required if the value
Corrosion Rate OR_R_C in the Cladding Present
component is Y.

System Code IDs:
• Calculated Rate
• Estimated Rate
• Short Term Avg
• Long Term Avg

populated by the
appropriate table.
Number of A Level Inspections MI_581DMCHE_NMR_OF_A_LV Numeric A value is required.

L_INS_N
Number of B Level Inspections MI_581DMCHE_NMR_OF_B_LV Numeric A value is required.

L_INS_N
Number of C Level Inspections MI_581DMCHE_NMR_OF_C_LV Numeric A value is required.

L_INS_N
Number of D Level Inspections MI_581DMCHE_NMR_OF_D_LV Numeric A value is required.

L_INS_N


System Code IDs:
• General
• Localized
• Pitting

appropriate table.


Level P_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Highest

ID Effective
Inspection
Level
A Highly
Effective
B Usually
Effective
C Fairly Effective
D Poorly
Effective
E Ineffective
(None)

populated by the
Number of Highest Effective MI_RBDEMEEV_NO_HIGH_EFF_ Numeric Enter a value between 0 and 6.

Inspections INS_N If you enter 0 in this column,
then the value in the Highest
column must be E.

Injection Point Flag MI_581DMCHE_INJECTIN_PNT Character (50) A value is required if the

_FLG_C component type is piping (i.e.,
Family column in the
MI_CCRBICPI).

System Code IDs:
System Code Injection

ID Point Flag
Y Yes
N No


Injection Point Inspection MI_581DMCHE_INJCTN_PNT_I Character (50) A value is required if the value
NSPN_C in the Injection Point Flag
column is Y.

System Code IDs:
System Code Injection

ID Point
Inspection
Y Yes
N No


Deadleg Flag MI_581DMCHE_DEADLEG_FLA Character (50) A value is required if the

G_C component type is piping (i.e.,
Family column in the
MI_CCRBICPI).

System Code IDs:
System Code Deadleg Flag

ID
Y Yes
N No


Deadleg Inspection MI_581DMCHE_DEADLEG_INS Character (50) A value is required if the value

PECTN_C in the Deadleg Flag column is
Y.

System Code IDs:
System Code Deadleg

ID Inspection
Y Yes
N No

Welded Construction Flag MI_581DMCHE_WLDD_CNSTR Character (50) In the baseline GE Digital APM
CN_FLG_C system, this cell may only
System Code IDs:
System Code Welded

ID Construction
Flag
Y Yes
N No

API 653 Maintenance Flag MI_581THNL_API_653_MNTE_ Boolean Enter True or False.

FLG_L

Foundation Type MI_581DMCHE_FOUND_TYPE_ Character (50) A value is required.

CHR
System Code IDs:
• Clay
• Silt
• Sand
• Gravel
• Concrete
• Double Floor

populated by the
Settlement Adjustment Flag MI_581DMCHE_STTLMNT_ADJ Character (3) A value is required if the value
T_FLG_C in the Foundation Type column
is not Concrete.

System Code IDs:

ID Adjustment
Flag
Y Yes
N No


Settlement Adjustment MI_581DMCHE_STTLMNT_ADJ Character (50) A value is required if the value

Inspection T_INN_C in the Settlement Adjustment
Flag column is Y.

System Code IDs:

ID Adjustment
Inspection
1 Meets API 653
1.5 Never
Evaluated
2 Exceeds API
653

populated by the
_Criteria System Code Table. If
appropriate table.


NG_FLG_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Online

ID Monitoring
Flag
Y Yes
N No

column is Y.

System Code IDs:

ID Variable
Y Yes
N No


column is Y.

System Code IDs:

ID Resistance
Probes
Y Yes
N No


column is Y.

System Code IDs:

ID Coupons
Y Yes
N No


Cl Concentration MI_581THNL_HCL_CONCENTR Numeric A value is required if the value

ATIN_N in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-Cooling Water
Corrosion.
Is Air or Oxidant Present? MI_581THNL_IS_AR_OR_OXN_ Character (50) A value is required if the

PRT_C Damage Mechanism column
contains one of the following
values:
Corrosion
Oxidation
Corrosion
Soil Resistivity MI_581THNL_SOIL_RESIS_C Numeric A value is required if the value

in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-Soil Side
Corrosion.
H2S Content MI_581THNL_H2_CONTENT_N Numeric A value is required if the value

column is 581-High
Temperature H2/H2S
Corrosion.
Hydrocarbon Type MI_581THNL_HYDROCARBON Character (50) A value is required if the value

_TYPE_C in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-High
Temperature H2/H2S
Corrosion.

System Code IDs:
• NAPTHA
• GAS OIL

populated by the
MI_581_HYDROCARBON_TYPE
S System Code Table. If the

Sulphur Concentration MI_581THNL_SULPHUR_CNCN Numeric A value is required if the value

TRTN_N in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-High
Naphthenic Acid.
Cooling System Type MI_581THNL_COOLI_SYSTE_TY Character (50) A value is required if the value
PE_C in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-Cooling Water
Corrosion.

System Code IDs:
• Once-Through
• Recirculating

populated by the
MI_581_Cooling_System
Water Type MI_581THNL_WATER_TYPE_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

in the Cooling System Type
column is Once-Through.

System Code IDs:
• Fresh Water
• Sea Water

populated by the
MI_581_Water_Type System

Water Treatment Type MI_581THNL_WATER_TREAT_T Character (50) A value is required if:

YPE_C
• The value in the Cooling
System Type column is
Recirculating.
-or-
• The value in the Water
Type column is Fresh
Water.

System Code IDs:
• Treated
• Untreated

populated by the
MI_581_Water_Treatment_Typ
e System Code Table. If the
Recirculating System Type MI_581THNL_RECIR_SYSTE_TY Character (50) A value is required if the value
PE_C in the Cooling System Type
column is Recirculating.

System Code IDs:
• Open
• Closed

populated by the
MI_581_Recirculating_System

Calcium Hardness MI_581THNL_CALCI_HARDN_N Numeric A value is required if:

Recirculating.
-or-
Water and the value in the
Water Treatment Type
column is Untreated.
Total Dissolved Solids MI_581THNL_TOTAL_DISSO_S Numeric A value is required if:

OLID_N
Recirculating.
-or-
MO Alkalinity MI_581THNL_MO_ALKAL_N Numeric A value is required if:

Recirculating.
-or-
Oxygen in the Process Stream MI_581THNL_OXYGN_ADJSTT_ Numeric A value is required if the value
FCR_N in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-Acid Sour
Water Corrosion.
Acid Concentration MI_581THNL_ACID_CONCENT Numeric A value is required if the value

RATN_N in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-Sulfuric Acid
Corrosion.

Soil Type MI_581THNL_SOIL_TYPE_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

Corrosion.

System Code IDs:
• Sand
• Silt
• Clay

populated by the
581_Primary_Soil_Type System

Cathodic Protection MI_581THNL_CATHO_PROTE_E Character (50) A value is required if the value

Effectiveness FFEC_C in the Damage Mechanism
Corrosion.

System Code IDs:
System Code Cathodic

ID Protection
Effectiveness
Cathodic_Prot Cathodic
ection_ Protection
exists_NONAC exists not per
E RP0169 NACE RP0169
No_Cathodic_P No Cathodic
rotection Protection
Cathodic_Prot Cathodic
ection_Tested Protection is
tested
annually
No_CP_Structu No Cathodic
re Protection on
Structure
CP_Tested_ Tested
NACE Cathodic
RP0169_Supp protection
orted NACE RP0169
supported

populated by the
MI_581_Cathodic Protection
Effectiveness Factors System

Coating Present? MI_581DMCHE_COATING_PRE Character (3) A value is required if the value

SENT_C in the Damage Mechanism
Corrosion.

System Code IDs:
System Code Coating

ID Present?
Y Yes
N No

Coating Age MI_581DMCHE_COATING_AGE Numeric A value is required if the value

_N in the Coating Present?
column is Y.

Maximum Coating MI_581THNL_MAXCOTEMP_EX Character (50) A value is required if the value

Temperature Rating CEE_C in the Coating Present?
Exceeded? column is Y.

System Code IDs:
System Code Maximum

ID Coating
Temperature
Rating
Exceeded?
Y Yes
N No


Coating Maintenance Rare or MI_581THNLCOATI_MAINT_NO Character (50) A value is required if the value
None? NE_C in the Coating Present?
column is Y.

System Code IDs:
System Code Coating

ID Maintenance
Rare or
None?
Y Yes
N No


Coating Type MI_581THNL_COATINGTYPE_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

in the Coating Present?
column is Y.

System Code IDs:
System Code Coating Type

ID
Fusn_Bnd_Epx Fusion Bonded

y Epoxy
Lqd_Epxy Liquid Epoxy
Asphl_Enml Asphalt
Enamel
Asphlt_Mastic Asphalt Mastic
Coat_Tar_Enml Coat Tar

Enamel
Extrd_Polythln Extruded
_with_mastic_r Polyethylene
ubber with mastic
rubber
Mill_Appld_PE Mill Applied PE

_Tape_with_m Tape with
astic mastic
Field_Appld_P Field Applied

E_Tape_with_ PE Tape with
mastic mastic
Three_Layer_P Three-Layer
E_or_PP PE or PP

populated by the
581_Coating_Type System

Amine Type MI_581THNL_AMINE_TYPE_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

column is 581-Amine
Corrosion.

System Code IDs:
• MEA
• DEA
• MDEA

populated by the
MI_581_Amine_Types System
Heat Stable Amine MI_581THNL_HSAS_N Numeric A value is required if the value

Salts(HSAS) in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-Amine
Corrosion.
Acid Gas Loading MI_581THNL_ACID_GAS_LOAD Numeric A value is required if the value

ING_N in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-Amine
Corrosion.
Amine Concentration MI_581THNL_AMINE_CONCEN Numeric A value is required if the value

TRTN_N in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-Amine
Corrosion.
HF Concentration MI_581THNL_HF_CONCE_NBR Numeric A value is required if the value

column is 581-Hydrofluoric
Acid Corrosion.
H2S Partial Pressure MI_581THNL_H2S_PARTI_PRE Numeric A value is required if the value

SS_NBR in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-Alkaline Sour
Water Corrosion.
NH4HS Concentration MI_581THNL_NH4HS_CONCE_ Numeric A value is required if the value

NBR in the Damage Mechanism
column is 581-Alkaline Sour
Water Corrosion.

DME_ExternalDamage Worksheet
In the DME_ExternalDamage worksheet, you can specify the following DMs that you want to create or
update:
These DMs belong to the RBI 581 External Damage Evaluation methodology. These records will be linked
to an RBI 581 Risk Analysis. You can specify these DMs only if the component type is not Tank Bottom (i.e.,
the value in the Component Family column in the RBI_Component worksheet is not MI_CCRBICTB).


column).
column).


component.



Mechanisms record:
Atmospheric Corrosion
Corrosion Under
Insulation
Selected External Corrosion MI_581_XDME_SEL_EXT_CORR Character (50) A value is required.

Rate _RT_C
System Code IDs:
• Estimated
• Calculated
• Measured

populated by the
MI_581_Corrosion_Rate
Base Material Measured Rate MI_RBDEMEEV_BM_MEASU_RT Numeric A value is required if the value
_N in the Selected External
Estimated.


System Code IDs:
• General
• Localized
• Pitting

appropriate table.
Coating Present? MI_581DMCHE_COATING_PRE Character (3) In the baseline GE Digital APM

SENT_C system, this cell may only
System Code IDs:
System Code Coating

ID Present?
Y Yes
N No

Coating Installation Date MI_581DMCHE_CTNG_INSTLL Date A value is required if the value

N_DTE_D in the Coating Present? cell is
Y. Enter the value in the
following format: YYYY-MM-
DD hh:mm:ss

Coating Quality MI_RBDEMEEV_COAT_QUAL_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

in the Coating Present? cell is
Y.

System Code IDs:
• NONE
• POOR
• MEDIUM
• HIGH

populated by the
581_Coating_Quality System
Insulation Condition MI_RBDEMEEV_INSUL_CON_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

in the Damage Mechanism cell
is 581-Ferritic Component
Corrosion Under Insulation.

• Above Average
• Average
• Below Average
Piping System Complexity MI_RBDEMEEV_PIP_SYS_COMP Character (50) A value is required if the value
L_C in the Damage Mechanism cell
is 581-Ferritic Component

• Above Average
• Average
• Below Average
Corrosion Rate Adjustment for MI_581_XDME_ADJST_FR_DSN Boolean Enter True or False.

bad Design/Fabrication _FBN_C
Soil to Air Interface Present? MI_581_XDME_SL_TO_AR_INE_ Boolean Enter True or False.

PRT_L

Atmospheric Condition MI_581_XDME_ATMOSPHERC_ Character (50) A value is required if the value

CNDTN_C in the Selected External
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
• MARINE
• TEMPERATE
• DRY
• SEVERE

populated by the
MI_ATMOSPHERIC_CONDITIO
N System Code Table. If the
hh:mm:ss
Last Known Thickness MI_581DMCHE_LST_KNWN_TH Numeric A value is required if you

CKNSS_N entered a value in the Last
Known Inspection Date cell.
Number of A Level Inspections MI_581DMCHE_NMR_OF_A_LV Numeric A value is required.

L_INS_N
Number of B Level Inspections MI_581DMCHE_NMR_OF_B_LV Numeric A value is required.

L_INS_N
Number of C Level Inspections MI_581DMCHE_NMR_OF_C_LV Numeric A value is required.

L_INS_N
Number of D Level Inspections MI_581DMCHE_NMR_OF_D_LV Numeric A value is required.

L_INS_N
DME_ExternalCracking Worksheet
In the DME_ExternalCracking worksheet, you can specify the following DMs that you want to create or
update:

These DMs belong to the RBI 581 External Cracking Damage Evaluation methodology. These records will
be linked to an RBI 581 Risk Analysis. You can specify these DMs only if the component type is not Tank
Bottom (i.e., the value in the Component Family column in the RBI_Component worksheet is not
MI_CCRBICTB).


column).
column).


component.



Mechanism record:
Atmospheric Corrosion
Corrosion Under
Insulation

column must be E.


Level P_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Highest

ID Effective
Inspection
Level
A Highly
Effective
B Usually
Effective
C Fairly Effective
D Poorly
Effective
E Ineffective
(None)

populated by the
hh:mm:ss

Susceptibility Type MI_581DMCHE_SUSCEPTBLTY_ Character (50) A value is required.

TYPE_C
System Code IDs:
• Estimated
• Detected
• Calculated

populated by the
MI_581_Cracking_Susceptibilit
appropriate table.
Atmospheric Condition MI_581_XCDME_ATMOS_CON Character (50) A value is required if the value

DI_C in the Susceptibility Type cell is
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
• MARINE
• TEMPERATE
• DRY
• SEVERE

populated by the
N System Code Table. If the
in your GE Digital APMM
system, via Configuration
appropriate table.

Susceptibility MI_581DMCHE_SUSCEPTIBILIT Character (50) A value is required if the value

Y_C in the Susceptibility Type cell is
Estimated.

System Code IDs:
• High
• Medium
• Low
• None

populated by the
y System Code Table. If the
Coating Present? MI_581DMCHE_COATING_PRE Character (3) A value is required.

SENT_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Coating

ID Present?
Y Yes
N No


Coating Installation Date MI_581DMCHE_CTNG_INSTLL Date A value is required if the value

N_DTE_D in the Coating Present? cell is
Y. Enter the value in the
following format: YYYY-MM-
DD hh:mm:ss
Coating Quality MI_RBDEMEEV_COAT_QUAL_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

in the Coating Present? cell is
Y.

System Code IDs:
• NONE
• POOR
• MEDIUM
• HIGH

populated by the
Piping System Complexity MI_RBDEMEEV_PIP_SYS_COMP Character (50) A value is required if the value
L_C in the Damage Mechanism cell
is 581-Austenitic Component
Cracking Under Insulation.

• Above Average
• Average
• Below Average

Insulation Condition MI_RBDEMEEV_INSUL_CON_C Character (50) A value is required if the value

in the Damage Mechanism cell

• Above Average
• Average
• Below Average
Chloride Free Insulation MI_581_XCDME_CHL_FREE_IN Character (50) A value is required if the value
SUL_C in the Damage Mechanism cell

System Code IDs:
System Code Coating

ID Present?
Y Yes
N No

DME_Cracking Worksheet
In the DME_Cracking worksheet, you can specify the following DMs that you want to create or update:

These DMs belong to the RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation methodology. These records will be linked
to an RBI 581 Risk Analysis.


column).
column).


component.



Mechanism record:
Cracking
Cracking
Corrosion Cracking
Cracking

column must be E.


Level P_C
System Code IDs:
System Code Highest

ID Effective
Inspection
Level
A Highly
Effective
B Usually
Effective
C Fairly Effective
D Poorly
Effective
E Ineffective
(None)

populated by the
hh:mm:ss

Susceptibility Type MI_581DMCHE_SUSCEPTBLTY_ Character (50) A value is required.

TYPE_C
System Code IDs:
• Estimated
• Detected
• Calculated

populated by the
appropriate table.
Susceptibility MI_581DMCHE_SUSCEPTIBILIT Character (50) A value is required only if the

Y_C value in the Susceptibility Type
cell is Estimated. If the value in
the Susceptibility Type cell is
Calculated or Detected, then
GE Digital APM will not
consider the value that you
enter in this cell.

System Code IDs:
• High
• Medium
• Low
• None

populated by the
y System Code Table. If the

Severity Index Adjustment MI_581DMCHE_SVRY_INX_ADT Numeric A value is required if the value

Factor _FCR_N in the Damage Mechanism cell
is 581-Other Cracking.

values:
• 1
• 0.2
• 0.02

exists in the list in the Severity
Index Adjustment Factor field
for RBI 581 Cracking Damage
Evaluation records.
Online Monitoring Flag MI_581DMCHE_ONLNE_MNTR Character (50) A value is required if the value
NG_FLG_C in the Damage Mechanism cell
is 581-HIC/SOHIC - H2S.

System Code IDs:
System Code Online

ID Monitoring
Flag
Y Yes
N No


cell is Y.

System Code IDs:

ID Variable
Y Yes
N No

Hydrogen Probes MI_581DMCHE_HYDROGEN_P Character (3) A value is required if the value

ROBES_C in the Online Monitoring Flag
cell is Y.

Steam Out? MI_581CRKEV_STEAM_OUT_C Character (50) A value is required if:
• The value in the Damage

Mechanism cell is 581-
Amine Cracking or 581-
Caustic Cracking.
-and-
Susceptibility Type cell is
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
System Code Steam Out?

ID
Y Yes
N No


Sulfur Content of Steel MI_581CRKEV_SLFR_CNTT_OF_ Character (50) A value is required if:

STL_C
HIC/SOHIC - H2S.
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
• High Sulfur Steel (>0.01%

S)
• Low Sulfur Steel (<=0.01%
S)

populated by the
MI_581_Sulfur_Content_Of_Ste
el System Code Table. If the
Maximum Brinnell Hardness MI_581CRKEV_MAX_BRIN_HA Numeric A value is required if:

RD_N
Hydrogen Stress Cracking
or 581-Sulfide Stress
Cracking.
-and-
Calculated.

Heat Traced? MI_581CRKEV_HEAT_TRACED_ Character (50) A value is required if:

C
Amine Cracking or 581-
Caustic Cracking.
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
System Code Heat Traced?

ID
Y Yes
N No

H2S Water Content MI_581DMCHE_H2S_WTR_CO Numeric A value is required if:

NT_N
HIC/SOHIC - H2S.
-and-
Calculated.

Product Form MI_581CRKEV_PRODUCT_FOR Character (50) A value is required if:

M_C
HIC/SOHIC - H2S.
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
• Seamless/Extruded Pipe
• Rolled Plate

populated by the
MI_581_Product_Form System

HF Present? MI_581CRKEV_HF_PRESENT_C Character (50) A value is required if:

HIC/SOHIC - HF or 581-
Hydrogen Stress Cracking.
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
System Code HF Present?

ID
Y Yes
N No


Amine Solution Type MI_581CRKEV_AMINE_SOLTN_ Character (50) A value is required if:

TYPE_C
Amine Cracking.
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
• Fresh
• Lean
• Rich

populated by the
MI_581_Amine_Solution_Types

Amine Type MI_581CRKEV_AMINE_TYPE_C Character (50) A value is required if:

Amine Cracking.
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
• MEA
• DIPA
• DEA
• Other Amine

populated by the
options are acceptable in
yourGE Digital APM system,
Cyanides MI_RBDEMEEV_CYANI_F Boolean Enter True or False.

Caustic Type MI_581CRKEV_CAUST_TYPE_C Character (50) A value is required if:

Caustic Cracking.
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
• Area A
• Area B
• Area C

populated by the
MI_581_Caustic_Types System
NaOH Caustic Concentration MI_581CRKEV_NH_CSTC_CNC Numeric A value is required if:

NTRTN_N
Caustic Cracking.
-and-
Calculated.
CO3 Concentration in Water MI_581CRKEV_CO3_CONC_IN_ Numeric A value is required if:

WTR_N
Alkaline Carbonate Stress
Corrosion Cracking.
-and-
Calculated.

Chloride Concentration Water MI_581CRKEV_CH_CNC_OF_PR Numeric A value is required if:

Process _WTR_C
Chloride Stress Corrosion
Cracking.
-and-
Calculated.
Exposure to Oxygen During MI_581CRKEV_EXE_TO_OXN_D Character (50) A value is required if:

Operation/Downtime _OPE_C
Polythionic Acid Cracking.
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
System Code Exposure to

ID Oxygen
During
Operation/
Downtime
Y Yes
N No


Exposure to Sulfur During MI_581CRKEV_EXE_TO_SLR_D_ Character (50) A value is required if:

Operation/Downtime OPE_C
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:

ID Sulfur During
Operation/
Downtime
Y Yes
N No


Exposure to Water During MI_581CRKEV_EXE_TO_WTR_D Character (50) A value is required if:

Operation/Shutdown _OPN_C
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:

ID Water During
Operation/
Shutdown
Y Yes
N No


Downtime Protection Used MI_581CRKEV_DWNTME_PRTC Character (50) A value is required if:

N_USD_C
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
System Code Downtime

ID Protection
Used
Y Yes
N No


Thermal History (Heat MI_581CRKEV_THL_HSY_HT_T_ Character (50) A value is required if:

Treatment History) HSY_C
-and-
Calculated.

System Code IDs:
• Solution Annealed
• Stabilized Before Welding
• Stabilized After Welding

populated by the
MI_581_Heat_Treatment_Histo
ry System Code Table. If the
DME_HTHA Worksheet
In the DME_HTHA worksheet, you can specify the 581-High Temperature Hydrogen Attack DM that you
want to create or update. This DM, however, is not applicable for a component of type Storage Tank
Bottom.


column).

column).


component.

Damage Mechanism MI_RBDEMEEV_DAM_MECH_C Character (50) Enter 581-High Temperature

Hydrogen Attack.

Is HTHA Damage Observed MI_581_HTHA_IS_DAMAG_OB Character (50) A value is required.

S_C
In the baselineGE Digital APM
System Code IDs:
System Code Is HTHA

ID Observed
Y Yes
N No

Is Component Replaced MI_581_HTHA_IS_COMPO_REP Character (50) A value is required if the value

LA_C in the Is HTHA Damage
Observed cell is Y.

System Code IDs:
System Code Is
ID Component
Replaced
Y Yes
N No


Exposure Hydrogen Partial MI_581_HTHA_HYDRO_PAR_P Numeric A value is required if the value

Pressure RESS_N in the Is HTHA Damage
Observed cell is N.
Delta Temperature MI_581_HTHA_DELTA_TEMPE_ Character (50) A value is required if the value

C in the Is HTHA Damage
Observed cell is N.

System Code IDs:
• >=0
• >= -50 and < 0
• >= -100 and < -50
• < -100

populated by the
MI_581_HTHA_Delta_Tempera
ture System Code Table. If the
DME_BrittleFracture Worksheet
In the DME_BrittleFracture worksheet, you can specify the following DMs that you want to create or
update:



column).
column).


component.



Mechanism record:
• 581-Sigma Phase
Embrittlement
Embrittlement

Material Exemption Curve MI_581BRFRAC_MTRL_EXMPT Character (50) A value is required if the value
NCRVE_N in the Damage Mechanism cell
is 581-Brittle Fracture or 581-
Low Alloy Steel Embrittlement.

System Code IDs:
System Code Material

ID Exemption
Curve
A Temperature
Exemption A
Curve
B Temperature
Exemption B
Curve
C Temperature
Exemption C
Curve
D Temperature
Exemption D
Curve

populated by the
MI_581_Material_Temperature
_Exemption_Curves System
Minimum Allowable MI_581BRFRAC_MNMM_ALLW Numeric A value is required if the

Temperature BLETME_N Damage Mechanism cell
values:
• 581-Sigma Phase
Embrittlement
Embrittlement

Minimum Design Metal MI_581BRFRAC_MNM_DSN_M Numeric A value is required if the

Temperature (MDMT) TL_MDT_N Damage Mechanism cell
values:
Embrittlement
Critical Exposure MI_581BRFRAC_CRTCLEXPSRE Numeric A value is required if the value

Temperature(CET) _TMT_N in the Damage Mechanism cell
is 581-Brittle Fracture.
Is CET at the MAWP >= -29°C MI_581BRIFRAC_IS_CT_PVPCR Boolean Enter True or False.
T_L
Is Cyclic service Design MI_581BRIFRAC_IS_CYC_SREF Boolean Enter True or False.

Requirement RQT_L
Is Equipment Or Circuit MI_581BRIFRAC_IS_EQT_CRCR Boolean Enter True or False.

Subject to EVN Cracking G_L
Is Equipment Or Circuit MI_581BRIFRAC_IS_EQT_CR_S Boolean Enter True or False.

Subject to Shock Chilling CHG_L
Is Fabricated From P-1 and P-3 MI_581BRIFRAC_IS_FBD_FRMP Boolean Enter True or False.
Steels 65F_L
Is Nominal Operating MI_581BRIFRAC_IS_NML_OPG Boolean Enter True or False.

Conditions Changed CCHD_L
Is Nominal Uncorroded MI_581BRIFRAC_NML_UNDTH Boolean Enter True or False.

Thickness < 50.8 mm (2 inch) S_INH_L
Is Satisfied All Requirements MI_581BRIFRAC_IS_STD_ALLR Boolean Enter True or False.

For Fabrication FRN_L

Fracture Appearance MI_581BRFRAC_FRCEAPE_TRN Numeric A value is required if the value

Transition Temperature(FATT) _TME_N in the Damage Mechanism cell
is 581-Low Alloy Steel
Embrittlement.
Sigma Percentage MI_581BRIFRAC_SIGMA_AMO Numeric A value is required if the value

UNT_N in the Damage Mechanism cell
is 581-Sigma Phase
Embrittlement.

System Code IDs:
System Code Sigma

ID Percentage
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 >=10

populated by the
MI_581_Sigma_Percentage
About the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader Load Verification
About This Task

Following a data load, you should perform the following steps in GE Digital APM to confirm the integrity
and accuracy of the data imported from the data loader workbook.

Procedure
1. Access the details of the import job. These details will indicate if any errors, minor or otherwise, were
encountered during the import job. The log may help account for any records that are unexpectedly
absent after the data load.
2. In Risk Based Inspection or Record Manager, access the assets specified in the data loader workbook,
and then verify that the expected components are present or updated, and that any associated
records that you expected to be created are also present in the database.
You can enter the following query in the SQL workspace of the Query page to review a list of
components created after a specified date:
SELECT [MI_CCRBICOM].LAST_UPDT_DT "LAST_UPDT_DT", [MI_CCRBICOM].

[MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_C] "Component", [MI_CCRBICOM].
[MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_TYPE_C] "Component Type", [MI_CCRBICOM].
[MI_RBICOMPO_EQUIP_C] "Equipment", [MI_CCRBICOM].ENTY_ID "ENTY_ID"
FROM [MI_CCRBICOM] WHERE [MI_CCRBICOM].LAST_UPDT_DT >=
CONVERT(VARCHAR(255), (? :d :caption='Enter a Date'), 110) ORDER BY
[MI_CCRBICOM].LAST_UPDT_DT Desc,[MI_CCRBICOM].[MI_RBICOMPO_EQUIP_C]
Asc
You can enter the following query in the Oracle workspace of the Query page to review a list of
SELECT [MI_CCRBICOM].LAST_UPDT_DT "LAST_UPDT_DT", [MI_CCRBICOM].

[MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_C] "Component", [MI_CCRBICOM].
[MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_TYPE_C] "Component Type", [MI_CCRBICOM].
[MI_RBICOMPO_EQUIP_C] "Equipment", [MI_CCRBICOM].ENTY_ID "ENTY_ID"
FROM [MI_CCRBICOM] WHERE [MI_CCRBICOM].LAST_UPDT_DT >=
to_date(to_char((? :d :caption='Enter a Date'),'mm/dd/yyyy'),'mm/dd/
yyyy') ORDER BY [MI_CCRBICOM].LAST_UPDT_DT Desc,[MI_CCRBICOM].
[MI_RBICOMPO_EQUIP_C] Asc
3. When prompted, enter the date on which the data load was performed.
Corrosion Loop
About the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader
GE Digital APM, through the Risk Based Inspection module, provides the functionality to carry out a Semi-
Quantitative Analysis (RBI Criticality Analysis) on Corrosion Loops, which are comprised of various types
of linked RBI Ccomponents. Using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader, you can
generate all Corrosion Loops for a Process Unit along with the related RBI Components and Reference
Documents.
Using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader, you can create or update Corrosion
Loops, link RBI Components, and Reference Documents.
Requirements
This documentation assumes that your organization has completed fully the deployment of the Risk
Based Inspection module. The Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader should only be
used after the Risk Based Inspection module has been implemented.

The data loader can be used to set up an RBI program during implementation. Because the RBI
Components must exist prior to the Corrosion Loop data load, the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 580 Data
Loader should be used before the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader.
When you create or update a Corrosion Loop, it is linked to a Functional Location, which must already
exist, and then linked to Criticality RBI Components and Reference Documents that you specify.
The following data must be defined prior to loading Corrosion Loop data:
• Site References
• Equipment Taxonomies
• Functional Location Families
Security Settings
The Security User performing the data load operation must be associated with either the MI Data Loader
User or MI Data Loader Admin Security Role, and must also be associated with the MI RBI Analyst Security
Group or a Security Role that is associated with this Security Group.
About the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader Data
Model
General Loading Strategy
Best Practices
When importing data using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader, you must use the
following best practices:
• ID fields (Row 2 of each worksheet) must not include special characters or spaces.
Text.
• Import a maximum of 500 records in each data load.
• For Oracle databases, valid cell values are case-sensitive.
• For a Corrosion Loop to have associated RBI Components, the RBI Components that will be linked to
the Corrosion Loop must already exist in the GE Digital APM system.
• If RBI Components do not exist, the Corrosion Loop Data Loader will create or update Corrosion Loop
data, but it will not have any associated RBI Components.
Load Sequence
The RBI Corrosion Loop data load is performed in a specific sequence to create all necessary relationships
between records:
Note: Prior to deploying the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader, the Risk Based
Inspection (RBI) 580 Data Loader must be implemented. The Corrosion Loop Data Loader uses the values
in the Functional Location field, the Corrosion Loop field, the Equipment field, and the Component field to
look up the associated component record and to link said RBI Component to a Corrosion Loop. . For
RBI Components to be linked to a Corrosion Loop, the RBI Components must already exist and be present

in the Components worksheet. If RBI Components do not exist, the Corrosion Loop Data Loader will create
or update Corrosion Loop data, but it will not have any associated RBI Components.
1. The Corrosion Loops worksheet is processed. An existing Functional Location will be looked up based
on the Functional Location (MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_ID_C) and the RBI Corrosion Loop ID
(MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_ID_C).
If a Corrosion Loop specified on the worksheets exists, it will be updated. If a Corrosion Loop cannot be
found, then a new Corrosion Loop will be created.
2. The RBI Components worksheet is processed. An existing RBI Component is looked up based on the
Equipment ID (MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_ID_C), the Equipment Technical Number
(MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_TECH_NBR_C), the Component (MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_C) and the Component
Type (MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_TYPE_C). If found, that RBI Component will be linked to the specified
Corrosion Loop (MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_ID_C). If no RBI Components exist, this worksheet is skipped.
If the RBI Component is specified in the worksheet, but that RBI Component cannot be looked up, an
error is added to the log.
3. The Reference Document worksheet is processed. The Corrosion Loop will be looked up by the
Functional Location (MI_FNCLOC00_FNC_LOC_C), the RBI Corrosion Loop
(MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_ID_C), and the Reference Document ID (CTIT_ID).
If a Reference Document specified on the worksheet exists, it will be updated. If a Reference Document
cannot be found, than a new Reference Document will be created.
Data that you specify in the field on each worksheet will be included in the new records.
Workbook Layout and Use
In order to import data using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader, GE Digital APM
provides an Excel workbook, Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop.xlsx, which supports baseline Risk
Based Inspection in GE Digital APM. This workbook must be used to perform the data load. You can modify
the Excel workbook to include custom fields used by your organization.
The following table lists the worksheets that are included in the data loader workbook.
Corrosion_Loops This worksheet is used to specify which Corrosion Loops the

user wants to link to Functional Locations.
Components This worksheet is used only to lookup fields for unique, existing
RBI Components to link to Corrosion Loops.
Reference_Document This worksheet is used to specify the Functional Location key

fields as well as the Corrosion Loop key fields.
Color Coding


Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data
Loader to look up and create records. If
these columns are removed from the
worksheets, the data load will fail. While
the worksheets require that these
columns be present, values are not
necessarily required in these columns.
Fields Required for Saving Records Indicates columns that contain values
that are required to save the record.

Digital APM Best Practice for Inspection
Management, should contain values.
Custom Fields Indicates columns in which you can

specify custom fields.
Limitations
The Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader has the following limitations:
• If you reimport data, the records that have been created by the Data Loader will be updated.
Therefore, while reimporting data, if you remove the data for a field in the data loader workbooks, the
value for the corresponding field in GE Digital APM will be either a default value or blank.
Corrosion_Loops Worksheet
On the Corrosion_Loops worksheet, you will specify which Corrosion Loops the user wants to link to
Functional Locations.
Functional Location MI_FNCLOC00_FNC_LOC_C Character (255) The value in this column is

used to break the data into
smaller data loads.
CMMS System MI_FNCLOC00_SAP_SYSTEM_C Character (255) A value is required for each

row.
RBI Corrosion Loop ID MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_ID_C Character (255) If this column is populated, the
Corrosion Loop referenced in
this column will be identified
by a combination of the
Functional Locations and
CMMS System.

RBI Corrosion Loop MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_DES Character (2000) This column is not required for
Description C_C calculations; however,
providing a value for this
column is considered Best
Practice.
RBI Corrosion Loop From MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_FRO Character (255) This column is not required for
M_C calculations; however,
Practice.
RBI Corrosion Loop To MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_TO_C Character (255) This column is not required for
calculations; however,
Practice.
Components Worksheet
On the Components worksheet, you will use lookup fields to find unique, existing RBI Components to link
to Corrosion Loops.
Functional Location MI_FNCLOC00_FNC_LOC_C Character (50) Values in this column must

Corrosion_Loop worksheet, if
they exist.
CMMS System MI_FNCLOC00_SAP_SYSTEM_C Character (255) Values in this column must

they exist.
RBI Corrosion Loop ID MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_ID_C Character (255) Values in this column must
they exist.
Equipment ID MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_ID_C Character (255) A value is required for each

row.
Equipment Technical Number MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_TECH_N Character (255) A value is required for each
BR_C row.

Component MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_C Character (250) A value is required for each

row.
Component Type MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_TYPE_ Character (60) A value is required for each

C row.

the Component Type field for
Criticality RBI Component
records.
Reference_Document Worksheet
On the Reference_Document worksheet, you will specify the Functional Location key fields as well as the
Corrosion Loop key fields.
Functional Location MI_FNCLOC00_FNC_LOC_C Character (255) Values in this column must

they exist.
CMMS System MI_FNCLOC00_SAP_SYSTEM_C Character (255) Values in this column must

they exist.
RBI Corrosion Loop ID MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_ID_C Character (255) Values in this column must
they exist.
Reference Document ID CTIT_ID Character (255) A value is required for each

row.
Description CTIT_DESC_TX Character (255) This column is not required for

Practice.
Document Path MIRD_DOC_PATH_CHR Character (1023) This column is not required for
Practice.

About the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data Loader Load
Verification
About This Task

Following a data load, you should perform the following steps in GE Digital APM to confirm the integrity
and accuracy of the data imported from the data loader workbook.
Procedure
1. Access the details of the import job. These details will indicate if any errors, minor or otherwise, were
encountered during the import job. The log may help account for any records that are unexpectedly
absent after the data load.
2. In Risk Based Inspection or Record Manager, access the Corrosion Loops specified in the data loader
workbook, and then verify that the expected components are present or updated, and that any
associated records that you expected to be created are also present in the database.
You can enter the following query in the SQL workspace of the Query page to review a list of
SELECT [MI_RBiSYS00].LAST_UPDT_DT "LAST_UPDT_DT", [MI_RBiSYS00].

[MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_ID_C] "RBI Corrosion Loop ID", [MI_RBiSYS00].
[MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_DESC_C] "RBI Corrosion Loop Description",
[MI_RBiSYS00].[MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_TO_C] "RBI Corrosion Loop To",
[MI_RBiSYS00].[MI_RBI_SYSTEM_RBI_SYS_FROM_C] "RBI Corrosion Loop
From", [MI_RBICOMPO].[MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_C] "RBI Component ID",
[MI_RBICOMPO].[MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_TYPE_C] "Component Type" FROM
[MI_RBiSYS00] LEFT JOIN {MIR_HSRBICMP} JOIN [MI_RBICOMPO] ON
{MIR_HSRBICMP}.SUCC_ENTY_KEY = [MI_RBICOMPO].ENTY_KEY ON
[MI_RBiSYS00].ENTY_KEY = {MIR_HSRBICMP}.PRED_ENTY_KEY WHERE
[MI_RBiSYS00].LAST_UPDT_DT >= CONVERT(VARCHAR(255),
(? :d :caption='Enter a Date'), 110)
RBI Components to TML Groups Relationship Data Loader

About the RBI Components To TML Groups Relationship Data Loader
You can map the corrosion rates used in RBI analysis from the TM Analysis at the TML Group level. To do
this, you must link the RBI Component to the TML Group. Using the RBI Components To TML Groups
Relationship Data Loader, you can link RBI Components to TML Groups. You can link multiple RBI
Components to a TML Group and multiple TML Groups to an RBI Component.
Note: The Corrosion rates are copied from TML Group to RBI analysis of the mapped component only if
the Source of Calculated Corrosion Rate of the component is set to Component. If the Source of
Calculated Corrosion Rate of the component is not set to Component, the Corrosion rates are not copied
from the TML Group to the RBI analysis. However, the records are linked.

Requirements
Before you use the RBI Components To TML Groups Relationship Data Loader, you must complete the
following steps:

• Ensure that the Risk Based Inspection and Thickness Monitoring modules are deployed.
• Ensure that the following records are available:
◦ RBI Components
◦ TML Groups
◦ Corrosion data of TM Analysis
◦ Equipment records
Security Settings
The Security User performing the data load operation must be associated with either the MI Data Loader
User or MI Data Loader Admin Security Role, and must also be associated with the MI RBI Analyst Security
Group or a Security Role that is associated with this Security Group.

General Loading Strategy
Best Practices
When importing data using the RBI Components To TML Groups Relationship Data Loader, you must use
the following best practices:
• ID fields must not include special characters or spaces.
Text.
• Import a maximum of 500 records in each data load.
Load Sequence
The data is loaded in the following sequence to create all necessary relationships between records:
1. The Assets worksheet is processed. The Data Loader searches for the asset that corresponds to the
Equipment ID, CMMS System, and Equipment Technical Number information that you provide in the
Assets worksheet. If an asset specified on the worksheet does not exist, the worksheet and all the
entries in the subsequent worksheets corresponding to that asset is skipped.
2. The RBIComponents_To_TMLGroups worksheet is processed. An existing RBI Component is looked up
based on the Equipment ID, Equipment Technical Number, Component, and Component Type. If found,
that RBI Component will be linked to the specified TML Group. If you do not specify any RBI
Component, this worksheet is skipped.
If any of the RBI Component or TML Group records specified in the worksheet is not available in the
database, an error is added to the log, and the row is skipped.

Workbook Layout and Use
To import data using the RBI Components To TML Groups Relationship Data Loader, GE Digital APM
provides an Excel workbook, RBI Components To TML Groups Relationship.xlsx, which supports baseline
Risk Based Inspection in GE Digital APM. This workbook must be used to link RBI Components to TML
Groups.
The following table provides a list of the worksheets that are included in the data loader workbook.

Assets This worksheet is used to specify existing Equipment records to

which components are linked.
RBIComponents_To_TMLGroups This worksheet is used to link RBI Components to TML Groups.
(PickList) This worksheet details the valid values available for fields that
have pick lists. When you load data using the data loader, the
data on this worksheet is not loaded.
Color Coding

Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop Data
Loader to look up and create records. If
these columns are removed from the
worksheets, the data load will fail. While
the worksheets require that these
columns be present, values are not
necessarily required in these columns.
Fields Required for Saving Records Indicates columns that contain values
that are required to save the record.

Digital APM Best Practice for Inspection
Management, should contain values.
Custom Fields Indicates columns in which you can

specify custom fields.
Limitations
The RBI Components To TML Groups Relationship Data Loader has the following limitations:
• If there are multiple components with same ID within an asset, the TML group is mapped only to the
first component and the remaining components are ignored.
Assets Worksheet
In the Assets worksheet, you can specify assets. You can link the RBI Components that belongs to the
assets specified in this worksheet to the TML groups. The columns that appear on this worksheet also
appear on every subsequent worksheet, and are used to identify the records that will be linked, directly or
indirectly, to the assets.
Note: Each row in this worksheet represents a unique asset. You should not include the same asset more
than once.

Equipment ID MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_ID_C Character (255) This column requires at least

one cell to have a value.
CMMS System MI_EQUIP000_SAP_SYSTEM_C Character (255) If the Equipment record for an

asset has a value in the CMMS
System field, that value is
required in this cell.
Equipment Technical Number MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_TECH_N Character (255) If you are required to enter a
BR_C value for the CMMS System
cell for an asset, and the
Equipment record for the
asset has a value in the
Equipment Technical Number
field, that value is required in
this cell.
If there is no value in the

CMMS System field, this cell
can be blank, even if the
Equipment record contains a
value for the Equipment
Technical Number field.
RBIComponents_To_TMLGroups
In the RBIComponents_To_TMLGroups worksheet, you can specify the RBI Components and the
corresponding TML Groups that you want to link.
Note: Each row represents a unique component, though multiple components may be related to the
same asset.

Assets worksheet.

BR_C match values entered on the
Component MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_C Character (250) A value is required.
Enter the RBI Component ID.

Component Type MI_RBICOMPO_COMPO_TYPE_ Character (60) A value is required.
C
contain one of the values
available in the (Picklist)
worksheet.
TML Group ID MI_TMLGROUP_ID_C Character (50) A value is required.
Enter the TML Group ID that

you want to link to the
specified RBI Component.

Chapter
14
Deployment
Topics:
• Deploy RBI 581 for the First

Time
• Upgrade RBI 581
• Add the RBI-581 Tab to
Criticality RBI Component
Datasheets
• Add Completion Comments
Field to RBI Recommendation
Datasheet

Deploy RBI 581 for the First Time
Before You begin
The following table outlines the steps that you must complete to deploy and configure this module for the
first time.
These tasks may be completed by multiple people in your organization. GE Digital recommends, however,
that the tasks be completed in the order in which they are listed.
Before you begin completing these tasks, review the system requirements for this module to identify the
supported features for this module in Predix APM.
Results
Step Task Notes
1 Assign Security Users to one or more of This step is required.

the Security Roles used in RBI.
2 Add the following types of RBI 581 users This step is required only if you are using
to at least one >TM Security Group: the integration between the RBI 581 and
Thickness Monitoring modules.
• Users who are responsible for
completing the steps necessary to
use TM Analysis values to calculate
RBI 581 corrosion rates.
• Users who should be able to navigate
to TM via RBI 581.
3 Select the Is a Unit? check box in This step is required, and marks
Functional Location records that Functional Location records as Process
represent units in your facility. Units.

Step Task Notes
4 Using the Belongs to a Unit relationship, This step is optional.

link Equipment records to Functional
Location records representing units to
which that equipment belongs (i.e., the Is
a Unit? check box is selected).
5 Add the RBI-581 tab to the datasheet of This step is required only for families for
the following families: which you have customized the
datasheet.
• Criticality RBI Component -
Cylindrical Shell
Exchanger Bundle
Exchanger Header
Exchanger Tube
• Criticality RBI Component - Piping
• Criticality RBI Component - Tank
Bottom
Upgrade RBI 581

Before You begin
The following tables outline the steps that you must complete to upgrade this module to the latest
version of Predix APM .
These tasks may be completed by multiple people in your organization. We recommend, however, that the
tasks be completed in the order in which they are listed.
After you upgrade:
• All RBI Assets with Active Analyses will have a related Inspection Plan record created.
• All RBI recommendations which are not in the Archived state for an RBI Asset with Active Analyses will
be related to Inspection Plan record of the RBI Asset.
• The state caption for RBI Recommendation family with State ID MI_ACCEPTED will be updated to
“Approved”.
• The Recommendation Methodology field on RBI Recommendation will be updated to RBI 581 where
previously the field had the value of "RBI 581 Recommendation”.
• All security users who belong to the 'MI RBI Analyst' security group will belong to the MI Inspection
Plan Approver security role.
• The MI Inspection Plan Approver security role will have the MI ASM Analyst security group assigned.
• Piping Stress updated
◦ In some of the Piping Stress records for B31.3, WPB was misspelled as WFB. These records are now
updated based on ASME standards.
◦ In some of the Piping Stress records for B31.3 and B31.1 for the year 2014, where the Material
Specification field contained the value B366 and B622, the Material Grade had the value NS instead
of N/A. These records are now updated based on ASME standards.

• The following new RBI 581 Representative Fluids will be added to match the API 581, 3rd Edition,
Addendum 1 specification:
◦ Acid-LP
◦ Acid-MP
◦ Acid-HP
◦ C1-C2
◦ C3-C4
◦ C6-C8
◦ C9-C12
For information on the new RBI 581 Representative Fluid Contents, refer to the RBI 581 Representative
Fluids on page 340 topic.
• RBI 581 Representative Fluid contents will be updated for the following fluids to match the API 581,
3rd Edition, Addendum 1 specification:
◦ C13-16 (Diesel)
◦ C17-25 (Gas Oil)
◦ C25+ (Resid)
◦ C5
◦ Chlorine
◦ CO
◦ EO
◦ H2
◦ H2O (Water)
◦ H2S
◦ HCl
◦ HF
◦ MEOH (Methanol)
◦ NH3
◦ Phosgene
◦ Steam
For information on the updated RBI 580 Representative Fluid Contents, refer to the RBI 581
Representative Fluids on page 340 topic.
• RBI 581 Representative Fluid content will be updated for the following families to match the API 581,
3rd Edition, Addendum 1 specification:
◦ Component Damage Flammable
◦ Toxic Release Constants HFH2S
◦ Toxic Cons Eq Constant
◦ Toxic Cons Eq Misc Chem
Procedure
• Upgrade to the latest version of Predix APM
This module will be upgraded to the current version of Predix APM automatically. No additional steps
are required.

Add the RBI-581 Tab to Criticality RBI Component Datasheets
Before You begin
Note: You must repeat this procedure for each Criticality RBI Component datasheet that you have
customized.
If you have customized the datasheet for one or more of the Criticality RBI Components, after activating
the RBI 581 license, you must perform the following procedure to add the RBI-581 section to those
customized datasheets. The following table indicates the fields that must appear on each datasheet.
Caption Field ID Criticality Criticality Criticality Criticality Criticality Criticality

RBI RBI RBI RBI RBI RBI
Component - Component - Component - Component - Component - Component -
Cylindrical Exchanger Exchanger H Exchanger Piping Tank Bottom
Shell Bundle eader Tube
Base Material Base ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

MaterialMI_C
CRBICOM_BA
SE_MATER_C
Cladding MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Material _CLADDING_
MATERIL_C
Cladding MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Present _CLADDING_P
RESENT_L
CM MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Corrosion Rat _CM_COR_RT_
e C
Coefficient Y MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Material _COEFFICNT_Y
_MTRL_C
Corrosion MI_RBICOMP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Allow O_CORRO_AL
LOW_N
Detection MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
System _DETECTION_
SYSTEM_C
Fluid Velocity MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

_FLUID_VELO
CITY_N
Furnished MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cladding Thk _FRNSHD_CL
DDG_THK_N

Caption Field ID Criticality Criticality Criticality Criticality Criticality Criticality
RBI RBI RBI RBI RBI RBI
Component - Component - Component - Component - Component - Component -
Cylindrical Exchanger Exchanger H Exchanger Piping Tank Bottom
Shell Bundle eader Tube
Geometry MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Type _GEOMETRY_T
YPE_C
GFF MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Component _GFF_COMPO_
Type TYPE_CHR
Has Release MI_CCRBICTB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Prevention Ba _HAS_RELEA_
rrier? PREVE_F
Is Intrusive? MI_RBICOMP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
O_IS_INTRU_C
HR
Isolation Syst MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

em _ISOLA_SYSTE
_CHR
Liner Present MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

_LINER_PRESE
_CHR
Liner Type MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

_LINER_TP_C
Minimum MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Structural _MNMM_STR
Thickness CTRL_THS_N
Mitigation MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
System _MITIGATION_
SYSTM_C
Percent Liquid MI_RBICOMP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Volume O_PER_LIQ_V
OL_N
pH of Water MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_PH_OF_WATE
R_N
Specified MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Tmin _SPECIFIED_T
MIN_N
Total Acid MI_CCRBICOM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Number _TOTAL_ACID_
NUMBR_N

Procedure
1. Access the Family Management page.
2. In the left section, select the Criticality RBI Component whose datasheet you want to modify.
In the workspace, the corresponding Criticality RBI Component family appears, displaying the
Information section.
3. In the workspace, select the Datasheets tab, and then select Manage Datasheets.
The Datasheet Builder page appears, displaying the datasheet layout of the selected Criticality
RBI Component family.

4. In the upper-right corner of the page, select
A new section tab appears at the top of the workspace, displaying a blank section.

5. On the new tab, rename new section to RBI-581.
6. In the RBI-581 section, select .
7. In the right column, in the top cell, enter Value(s).
8. In the left pane, locate a field that corresponds to the table at the beginning of this topic, and then add
that field into the empty cell in the Value(s) column using the drag-and-drop method.
In the cell, an input box that corresponds to the selected field appears.
9. In the left column, enter the caption that corresponds to the field. For example, if you added the
Coefficient Y Material field to the Value(s) column, then enter Coefficient Y Material in the
corresponding cell in the left column.
10. In the upper-right corner of the page, select .
In the RBI-581 section, in the table, a new row appears.
11. Repeat steps 8 to 10 for each of the fields specified in the table at the beginning of this topic.
12. In the upper-right corner of the page, select Save.
The datasheet for the Criticality RBI Component that you selected in step 2 is saved, and the RBI-581
tab appears on the selected Criticality RBI Component datasheet.

Add Completion Comments Field to RBI Recommendation
Datasheet
Procedure
1. In the module navigation menu, select Admin > Configuration Manager > Family Management.
The Family Management page appears, displaying the list of already existing families.
2. In the left pane, in the Entity section, select the RBI Recommendation entity.
The workspace for the RBI Recommendation entity appears.
3. In the workspace, select the Datasheets tabs.
4. Select Manage Datasheets.
The Datasheet Builder page appears.
5. On the Datasheet Caption drop-down menu, select the RBI Recommendation datasheet.
The datasheet appears in the Datasheet Builder workspace.
Note: If you have a custom datasheet, select the custom datasheet.
6. In the Available Items pane, select the Completion Comments field and drag it into the Datasheet
Builder workspace.
The field is added to that datasheet.
7. Select Save.
The datasheet is saved.

Chapter
15
Reference
Topics:
• General Reference
• Data Models
• Family Field Descriptions
• Calculations
• ASM Integration
• Inspection Strategies
• RBI Policies
• Catalog Items

General Reference
Fields Required to Calculate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis
Fields Required for Consequence of Failure (COF) Calculations

About Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDM)

Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDM) records are used to represent ways in which a component
might fail (e.g., mechanical fatigue). These records can be linked to RBI Components and are used to
predict and prevent mechanical failure. Each Potential Degradation Mechanisms record that is linked to a
Corrosion Loop represents a degradation mechanism, or a way in which the components in that Corrosion
Loop might fail.
After a Corrosion Loop is linked to PDMs, as you link RBI Components to the Corrosion Loop, those RBI
Components will be linked automatically to all of the Potential Degradation Mechanisms that are linked to
the Corrosion Loop. Each PDM that is linked to an RBI Component represents a way in which that
component can fail.
Baseline Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs)

GE Digital APM provides several quantitative Potential Degradation Mechanisms.
All of the PDMs apply to RBI Components.
GE Digital APM provides the following Potential Degradation Mechanisms:

• 581-High Temperature Hydrogen Attack
• 581-High Temperature Sulfidic and Napthenic Acid
• 581-Hdrofluoric Acid Corrosion
• 581-Piping Mechanical Fatigue
Valid Fluids for an RBI 581 Risk Analysis

This topic provides a list of valid representative fluids and toxic fluids for RBI 581. On the datasheet of an
RBI 581 Risk Analysis, in the Representative Fluid and Toxic Model boxes, if you select a fluid that is not
valid for RBI 581, an error message appears when you calculate the analysis.
When you select a Representative Fluid that is valid for RBI 581, the Fluid Valid for 581 Analysis check
box is selected, indicating that you have selected a valid fluid. Similarly, when you select a toxic model that
is valid for RBI 581, the Toxic Fluid Valid for 581 Analysis check box is selected, indicating that you have
selected a valid toxic fluid.
Valid Representative Fluids

The following Representative Fluids are valid for RBI 581:
• Acid
• ALCL3
• C1-C2
• C3-C4
• C6-C8
• C9-C12
• C13-16 (Diesel)
• C17-25 (Gas Oil)
• C25+ (Resid)
• C5
• Chlorine
• CO
• DEE
• EE
• EEA
• EG
• EO
• H2
• H2O (Water)
• H2S

• HCI
• HF
• MEOH (Methanol)
• NH3
• Nitric Acid
• NO2
• Phosgene
• PO
• Pyrophoric
• Steam
• Styrene (Aromic)
• TDI
Valid Toxic Models

The following Toxic Models are valid for RBI 581:
• ALCL3
• Chlorine
• CO
• EO
• EE
• HCl
• HF
• H2S
• NH3
• Nitric Acid
• NO2
• Phosgene
• Propylene Oxide
• TDI
RBI 581 Representative Fluids
New RBI 581 Representative Fluids
Fluid MolW Liqui BoilPt Ambi Specif Ideal Ideal Ideal Ideal Ideal AIT Fluid Is Is
t d ent ic Gas Gas Gas Gas Gas Type Valid valid
Densi State Heat Const Const Const Const Const 581 for toxic
ty Equat A B C D E 581 mode
ion Analy l for
Refer sis 581
ence
Acid- 18 62.3 212 Liquid Note 3 2.76E -2.09E 8.125 -1.41E 9.37E- 0 Type0 Y N
LP +05 +03 -02 06
MP +05 +03 -02 06

ion Analy l for
Refer sis 581
ence
HP +05 +03 -02 06
C1-C2 23 15.63 -193 Gas Note 1 12.3 1.150 -2.87E -1.30E 1036 Type0 Y N
9 E-01 -05 -09
C3-C4 51 33.61 -6.3 Gas Note 1 2.632 0.318 -1.347 1.466 696 Type0 Y N
8 E-04 E-08
C6-C8 100 42.70 210 Liquid Note 1 -5.146 6.762 -3.65E 7.658 433 Type0 Y N
2 E-01 -04 E-08
C9- 149 45.82 364 Liquid Note 1 -8.5 1.01E -5.56E 1.180 406 Type0 Y N
C12 3 +00 -04 E-07
Updated RBI 581 Representative Fluid Contents in GE Digital APM Version V4.3.1.0.0
ion Analy l for
Refer sis 581
ence
C13-1 205 47.72 502 Liquid Note 1 -11.7 1.39E -7.72E 1.67E- 396 Type0 Y N
6 8 +00 -04 07
(Diese
l)
C17-2 280 48.38 651 Liquid Note 1 -22.4 1.94E -1.12E -2.53E 396 Type0 Y N
5 (Gas 3 +00 -03 -07
Oil)
C25+ 422 56.18 981 Liquid Note 1 -22.4 1.94E -1.12E -2.53E 396 Type0 Y N
(Resid 7 +00 -03 -07
)
C5 72 39.03 97 Liquid Note 1 -3.626 0.487 -2.60E 5.30E- 544 Type0 Y N

3 -04 08
CO 28 50 -312 Gas Note 2 2.91E 8.77E 3.09E 8.46E 1.54E 1128 Type1 Y Y
+04 +03 +03 +03 +03
EO 44 55 51 Gas Note 2 3.35E 1.21E 1.61E 8.24E 7.37E 804 Type1 Y Y

+04 +05 +03 +04 +02
H2 2 4.433 -423 Gas Note 1 27.1 9.27E- -1.38E 7.65E- NULL 752 Type0 Y N
03 -05 09

ion Analy l for
Refer sis 581
ence
H2O 18 62.3 212 Liquid Note 3 2.76E -2.09E 8.125 -1.41E 9.37E- 0 Type0 Y N
(Wate +05 +03 -02 06
r)
H2S 34 61.99 -75 Gas Note 1 31.9 1.44E- 2.43E- -1.18E NULL 500 Type0 Y Y
3 03 05 -08
HCl 36 74 -121 Gas Note 1 29.24 -2.62E 1.12E- 4.97E- -2.50E 3200 Type0 Y Y
4 -03 06 09 -12
HF 20 60.37 68 Gas Note 1 29.1 6.61E- -2.03E 2.50E- NULL 0 Type0 Y Y

04 -06 09
MEOH 32 50 149 Liquid Note 2 3.93E 8.79E 1.92E 5.37E 8.97E 867 Type1 Y N
(Meth +04 +04 +03 +04 +02
anol)
NH3 17.03 38.55 -28.2 Gas Note 1 27.26 2.31E- 2.24E- 2.17E- 5.41E- 3200 Type0 Y Y
04 07 10 14
Phosg 99 86 181 Liquid NULL NULL NULL NULL NULL NULL 0 Type0 Y Y
ene
Steam 18 62.3 212 Gas Note 2 3.34E 2.68E 2.61E 8.90E 1.17E 0 Type0 Y N
+04 +04 +03 +03 +03
RBI 581 Representative Fluid Contents in GE Digital APM Versions Older than V4.3.1.0.0
ion Analy l for
Refer sis 581
ence
C13-1 200 47 500 Liquid Note 1 -11.7 1.39E -7.72E 1.67E- 400 Type0 Y N
6 +00 -04 07
(Diese
l)
C17-2 300 48 700 Liquid Note 1 -22.4 1.94E -1.12E -2.53E 400 Type0 Y N
5 (Gas +00 -03 -07
Oil)
C25+ 400 49 800 Liquid Note 1 -22.4 1.94E -1.12E -2.53E 400 Type0 Y N
(Resid +00 -03 -07
)

ion Analy l for
Refer sis 581
ence
C5 71 40 92 Liquid Note 1 -3.626 0.487 -2.60E 5.30E- 500 Type0 Y N

3 -04 08
CO 28 50.79 -312 Gas Note 2 2.91E 8.77E 3.09E 8.46E 1.54E 0 Type1 Y Y
+04 +03 +03 +03 +03
EO 44 55.37 56 Gas Note 2 3.35E 1.21E 1.61E 8.24E 7.37E 0 Y Y

+04 +05 +03 +04 +02
H2 2 4.4 -423 Gas Note 1 27.1 9.27E- -1.38E 7.65E- 500 Type0 Y N
03 -05 09
H2O 18 62.4 212 Liquid Note 3 2.76E -2.09E 8.125 -1.41E 9.37E- 0 Type0 Y N
(Wate +05 +03 -02 06
r)
H2S 34 6.64 -76 Gas Note 1 31.9 1.44E- 2.43E- -1.18E 0 Type0 Y Y
03 05 -08
HCl 36.47 74.5 -114 Gas 0 Type0 Y Y
HF 20 61.65 67 Gas Note 1 29.1 6.61E- -2.03E 2.50E- 0 Type0 Y Y

04 -06 09
MEOH 32 49.6 148 Liquid Note 2 3.93E 8.79E 1.92E 5.37E 8.97E 400 Type1 Y N
(Meth +04 +04 +03 +04 +02
anol)
NH3 17 50.9 -28 Gas 0 Type0 N Y
Phosg 99 86.86 47 Liquid 0 Type0 Y Y

ene
Steam 18 62.4 212 Gas Note 3 3.34E 2.68E 2.61E 8.90E 1.17E 0 Y N
+04 +04 +03 +03 +03
New Component Damage Flammable Records
Fluid Fluid Type CAINLA CAINLB CAILA CAILB IAINLA IAINLB IAILA IAILB
C1-C2 Gas 43 0.98 280 0.95 41 0.67 1079 0.62
C1-C2 Liquid 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
C3-C4 Gas 49.48 1 313.6 1 27.96 0.72 522.9 0.63
C3-C4 Liquid 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
C6-C8 Gas 29 0.98 312.4 1 13.98 0.66 275.7 0.61
C6-C8 Liquid 182 0.89 525 0.95 4.35 0.78 57 0.55

C9-C12 Gas 12 0.98 391 0.95 7.1 0.66 281 0.61
C9-C12 Liquid 130 0.9 560 0.95 3.3 0.76 6 0.53
Component Damage Flammable Fluid Contents in GE Digital APM Version V4.3.1.0.0
EE Liquid 173.1 0 0 0 72.21 0 0 0
EEA Liquid 117 0 0 0 69 1 0 0
EG Gas 7.721 0.973 0 0 6.525 0.667 0 0
EG Liquid 108 0 0 0 69 0 0 0
Styrene Liquid 103 0 0 0 70.12 0 701.2 0

(Aromatic)
Component Damage Flammable Fluid Contents in GE Digital APM Versions Older Than V4.3.1.0.0
EE Liquid 173.1 1 0 0 72.21 1 0 0
EEA Liquid 117 1 0 0 69 1 0 0
EG Gas 7.721 0.973 0 0 6.524 0.667 0 0
EG Liquid 108 1 0 0 69 1 0 0
Styrene Liquid 103 1 0 0 70.12 1 701.2 1

(Aromatic)
New Personal Injury Flammable CE Constants Records
Acid-HP Gas 6690 0.2469 0 0 0 0 0 0
Acid-HP Liquid 6690 0.2469 0 0 0 0 0 0
Acid-LP Gas 2699.5 0.2024 0 0 0 0 0 0
Acid-LP Liquid 2699.5 0.2024 0 0 0 0 0 0
Acid-MP Gas 3366.2 0.2878 0 0 0 0 0 0
Acid-MP Liquid 3366.2 0.2878 0 0 0 0 0 0
C1-C2 Gas 110 0.96 745 0.92 79 0.67 3100 0.63
C1-C2 Liquid 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
C3-C4 Gas 125.2 1 836.7 1 57.72 0.75 1769 0.63
C3-C4 Liquid 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

C6-C8 Gas 68 0.96 828.7 1 26.72 0.67 962.8 0.63
C6-C8 Liquid 516 0.89 1315 0.92 12.7 0.78 224 0.54
C9-C12 Gas 29 0.96 981 0.92 13 0.66 988 0.63
C9-C12 Liquid 373 0.89 1401 0.92 9.5 0.76 20 0.54
New Toxic Release Constants HFH2S Records
Fluid Release Type Continous Release Constant C Constant D

Duration
H2S Continous 0 0 0
HF Continous 0 0 0
Toxic Release Constants HFH2S in GE Digital APM Version V4.3.1.0.0

Duration
H2S Continous 1 0.228 0.7137
H2S Continous 2 0.456 1.4273
H2S Continous 3 0.6841 2.141
H2S Continous 4 0.9121 2.8546
H2S Continous 12.5 1.0977 3.908325
H2S Continous 15 1.0924 3.97355
H2S Continous 30 1.0879 4.21675
HF Continous 1 0.24822 0.79372
HF Continous 2 0.49644 1.58744
HF Continous 3 0.74466 2.38116
HF Continous 4 0.99288 3.17488
HF Continous 12.5 1.24 4.1306
HF Continous 15 1.239 4.1664
HF Continous 20 1.0816 4.104
HF Continous 30 1.23335 4.3003

Toxic Release Constants HFH2S in GE Digital APM Version Older Than V4.3.1.0.0

Duration
H2S Continous 1 0.24822 0.79372
H2S Continous 2 0.49644 1.58744
H2S Continous 3 0.74466 2.38116
H2S Continous 4 0.99288 3.17488
H2S Continous 12.5 1.24 4.1306
H2S Continous 15 1.239 4.1664
H2S Continous 30 1.23335 4.3003
HF Continous 1 0.228 0.7137
HF Continous 4 0.9121 2.8546
HF Continous 12.5 1.0977 3.908325
HF Continous 15 1.0924 3.97355
HF Continous 20 1.0879 4.21675
HF Continous 30 1.0816 4.104
New Toxic Consequence Equation Constants (Ammonia, Chlorine) Records
Fluid Release Type Continuous Release Constant C Constant D

Duration
Chlorine Continuous 0 0 0
Chlorine Continuous 3.5 10605 0.7679
NH3 Continuous 0 0 0
NH3 Continuous 3.5 1883 0.8281
Toxic Consequence Equation Miscellaneous Chemicals in GE Digital APM Version V4.3.1.0.0
Chemical Release Duration Gas Release Gas Release Liquid Release Liquid Release
Constant E Constant F Constant E Constant F
EE 1.5 3.8 1.171 0 0
EO 1.5 2.083 1.222 0 0
Phosgene 1 4386.7 0.408 1161 0.3604

Phosgene 2 8644.3 0.804 2287.9 0.7102
Phosgene 5 22976 1.29 6857.1 1.1
Toxic Consequence Equation Miscellaneous Chemicals in GE Digital APM Version Older Than
V4.3.1.0.0
EE 2 3.8 1.171 0 0
EO 2 2.1 1.222 0 0
Phosgene 1 4386.7 0.4 1161 0.4
Phosgene 2 8644.3 0.8 2287.9 0.7
Phosgene 5 22976 1.29 21215 1.12
New Toxic Consequence Equation Miscellaneous Chemicals Records
CO 30 4131.4 1.1 0 0
EE 30 137.9 1 30.1 1.1
EO 30 2744.5 1.2 0 0
HCl 30 2457.3 1.2 0 0
Phosgene 30 176484 1.3 121101 1.2
Propylene Oxide 30 2.8 1.2 115 1.1
TDI 30 0 0 4865.4 1.1
RBI Risk Matrix Mapping

Note: The RBI Risk Matrix Mapping family supports RBI 581 Risk Analyses. These mappings support only
the default Risk Matrix.
The records in the RBI Risk Matrix Mapping family are used to specify which Policies are used to populate
the default Risk Matrix, using data contained in RBI 581 Risk Analyses and related records. The
information in the following table reflects the baseline state and behavior of fields that exist in the RBI
Risk Matrix Mapping family.

RBI Risk Matrix Mapping
Field ID Field Caption Data Type Description Behavior and Usage
MI_RMMPG_ANALY_FA Analysis Family Character The Family ID of the This field is populated
MIL_C analysis. For baseline automatically in
RBI Risk Matrix Mapping baseline RBI Risk Matrix
records, this will always Mapping records.
correspond to
MI_581RANAL (the RBI
581 Risk Analysis
family).
MI_RMMPG_POLICY_NM Policy Name Character The name of the Policy This field is populated
_C that will be used to automatically in
populate the default baseline RBI Risk Matrix
Risk Matrix. Mapping records.
MI_RMMPG_RISK_CTG_ Risk Category Character The Risk Category that This field is populated
C will be populated on the automatically in
default Risk Matrix baseline RBI Risk Matrix
(Operations or Safety). Mapping records.
MI_RMMPG_POLIC_IN_ Policy Input Node Name Character The name of the input This field is populated
NODE_NM_C node that will be used automatically in
to deliver values from baseline RBI Risk Matrix
the Source Field and Mapping records.
Family to the Policy.
MI_RMMPG_SOURCE_F Source Family Character The Family ID of the This field is populated
ML_C family from which automatically in
values will be taken. baseline RBI Risk Matrix
Mapping records.
MI_RMMPG_SOURCE_FL Source Field Character The Field ID of the field This field is populated
D_C that belongs to the automatically in
Source Family from baseline RBI Risk Matrix
which values will be Mapping records.
taken.
The Policy Input Nodes that are used by the RBI Risk Matrix Mapping family to populate the default
Risk Matrix depend on the Risk Category that you choose. The information in the following tables
indicates which policy nodes and input fields will be used when populating the default Risk Matrix.
Risk Category - Operations

The following table provides a list of policy nodes and input fields that are used to plot risk on the
default Risk Matrix for the risk category Operations.

Policy Input Node Source Family ID Source Family Caption Source Field ID Source Field Caption
Financial Consequence MI_RBI_EVN0 RBI 581 Consequence MI_RBI_EVN0_CALCULA Calculated Total

Evaluation TD_TTL_FC_N Financial Consequence
POF MI_RBDEMECH RBI Degradation MI_RBDEMECH_TOTAL_ Total POF – RBI Date

Mechanisms PF_RBI_DTE_N
Risk Category MI_RRSKMAP Risk Analysis Mapping MI_RRSKMAP_RISK_CTG Risk Category

_C
Consequence of Failure (COF) Mapping Values: The following table provides the COF value based on the
Total Financial Consequence (FC) value.
Category COF Value Range
Very High 1000 FC > 10,000,000
High 500 1,000,000 < FC < 10,000,000
Medium 100 100,000 < FC < 1,000,000
Low 10 10,000 < FC < 100,000
Very Low 1 FC <= 10,000
Probability of Failure (POF) Mapping Values: The following table provides the POF value based on the POF
value that is derived from Damage Mechanism records.
Category POF Value Range
Frequent 5 POF > 0.0306
Probable 1 0.0306 < POF < 0.00306
Possible 0.3 0.00306 < POF < 0.000306
Remote 0.1 0.000306 < POF < 0.0000306
Improbable 0.05 POF <= 0.0000306
Risk Category - Safety

The following table provides a list of policy nodes and input fields that are used to plot risk on the
default Risk Matrix for the risk category Safety.
Policy Input Node Source Family ID Source Family Caption Source Field ID Source Field Caption
Consequence Area MI_RBI_EVN0 RBI 581 Consequence MI_RBI_EVN0_FL_CEAR_ Final Consequence Area
Evaluation INJ_N
POF MI_RBDEMECH RBI Degradation MI_RBDEMECH_TOTAL_ Total POF – RBI Date

Mechanisms PF_RBI_DTE_N
Risk Category MI_RRSKMAP Risk Analysis Mapping MI_RRSKMAP_RISK_CTG Risk Category

_C
Consequence of Failure (COF) Mapping Values: The following table provides the COF value based on the
Consequence Area (CA) value.

Category COF Value Range
Very High 1000 CA > 100,000
High 500 10,000 < CA < 100,000
Medium 100 1,000 < CA < 10,000
Low 10 100 < CA < 1,000
Very Low 1 CA <= 100
Probability of Failure (POF) Mapping Values: The following table provides the POF value based on the POF
value derived from Damage Mechanism records.
Category POF Value Range
Frequent 5 POF > .0306
Probable 1 .0306 < POF < .00306
Possible .3 .00306 < POF < .000306
Remote .1 .000306 < POF < .0000306
Improbable .05 POF <= .0000306
RBI Strategy Mapping Configuration
RBI Strategy Mapping Configuration Details
Field Data Type Description Behavior and Usage
Degradation Mechanism Character The value in the Degradation This field is populated by
Mechanism field linked to the default in each RBI Strategy
RBI Analysis for which you are Mapping Configuration that is
generating RBI delivered to the baseline GE
Recommendations. Digital APM database.
Policy Name Character The Record ID of the Policy This field is populated by
used to generate an RBI default in each RBI Strategy
Recommendation. Mapping Configuration that is
delivered to the baseline GE
Digital APM database.
RBI Strategy Mapping Details define the Policy Input nodes that are used to generate RBI
Recommendation records automatically from RBI Analyses. The information in the table reflects the
baseline state and behavior of fields in the RBI Strategy Mapping Details family.

RBI Strategy Mapping Details
Policy Input Node Name Character The ID of the Input node in the This field is populated by
Policy that is defined by the default in each RBI Policy that
RBI Strategy Mapping is delivered to the baseline GE
Configuration to which the RBI Digital APM database.
Strategy Mapping Details is
linked.
Source Family Character The family of the source record This field is populated by
whose values are used to default in each RBI Strategy
determine the output of the Mapping Details that is
Input node. delivered to the baseline GE
Source Field Character The field whose source value is This field is populated by
used to determine the output default in each RBI Strategy
of the Input node. Mapping Details that is
delivered to the baseline GE
RBI 581 Security Groups

The following table lists the baseline Security Groups available for users within this module, as well as the
baseline Roles to which those Security Groups are assigned. In Predix APM, Roles are assigned to Security
Users through permission sets.
Important: Assigning a Security User to a Role grants that user the privileges associated with all of the
Security Groups that are assigned to that Role. To avoid granting a Security User unintended privileges,
before assigning a Security User to a Role, be sure to review all of the privileges associated with the
Security Groups assigned to that Role.
Security Group Roles
RBI Security Groups
MI RBI Administrator MI Mechanical Integrity Administrator
MI RBI Analyst MI Mechanical Integrity Administrator
MI Mechanical Integrity Power
MI RBI Viewer MI APM Viewer
MI Mechanical Integrity Viewer
RBI Policy Security Groups
MI RBI Calculation Policy Designer None
MI RBI Calculation Policy Viewer MI Mechanical Integrity Administrator
MI RBI Recommendation Policy Designer None

Security Group Roles
MI RBI Recommendation Policy Viewer MI Mechanical Integrity Administrator
MI RBI Risk Mapping Policy Designer None
MI RBI Risk Mapping Policy Viewer MI Mechanical Integrity Administrator
The baseline family-level privileges that exist for these Security Groups are summarized in the following
table.
Security Group Privileges to the Policy Family
MI RBI Calculation Policy Designer View, Update, Insert, Delete
MI RBI Calculation Policy Viewer View
MI RBI Recommendation Policy Designer View, Update, Insert, Delete
MI RBI Recommendation Policy Viewer View
MI RBI Risk Mapping Policy Designer View, Update, Insert
MI RBI Risk Mapping Policy Viewer View
For more information about the State Management process for Inspection Plans, refer to Compliance
Management State Management.
The baseline family-level privileges that exist for the MI RBI Administrator, MI RBI Analyst, and MI RBI
Viewer Security Groups are summarized in the following table.
Note: If you have activated only the RBI 581 license (and not the Risk Based Inspection license), then
privileges to some of the following families do not exist for the MI RBI Administrator, MI RBI Analyst, and
MI RBI Viewer Security Groups.
Family MI RBI Administrator MI RBI Analyst MI RBI Viewer
Entity Families
Asset Group View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Compliance Recommendation View View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Consequence Evaluation View, Update, Insert, Delete View View

Factors
Corrosion View View View
Corrosion Analysis Settings View View View
Criticality Consequence View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Evaluation
Criticality Env. Crack. Deg. View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Mech. Eval.
Criticality Ext. Corr. Deg. Mech. View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Eval.

Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Mech. View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Eval.
Criticality Other Damage View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Mech. Eval.
Criticality RBI Component - View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Cylindrical Shell
Exchanger Bundle
Exchanger Header
Exchanger Tube
Piping
Tank Bottom
Data Mapping Column-Field View, Update, Insert, Delete View View

Pair
Data Mapping Group View, Update, Insert, Delete View View
Data Mapping Query View, Update, Insert, Delete View View
Degradation Mechanisms View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Evaluation Factors
Equipment View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Functional Location View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Grouping Element View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Inspection Plan View View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Inspection Plan Revision View View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Inspection Task View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Inventory Group Configuration View, Update, Insert, Delete View View
General Recommendation View View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Meridium Reference Tables View, Update, Insert, Delete View View
Policy View View View
Potential Degradation Mechani View, Update, Insert, Delete View View

sms
RBI 581 Admin Options View, Update, Insert, Delete View View
RBI 581 Brittle Fracture View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Damage Evaluation

RBI 581 Consequence View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Evaluation
RBI 581 Cracking Damage View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Evaluation
RBI 581 Damage Mechanism View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Evaluation
RBI 581 External Cracking View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Damage Evaluation
RBI 581 External Damage View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Evaluation
RBI 581 HTHA Damage View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Evaluation
RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Damage Evaluation
RBI 581 Risk Analysis View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
RBI 581 Thinning and Lining View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Evaluation
RBI Criticality Analysis View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
RBI Custom DM View, Update, Insert, Delete View View

Evaluation Configuration

Evaluation Configuration Detai
ls

Evaluation Validation

Evaluation Validation Details
RBI Degradation Mechanisms View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
RBI Inspection Auto-Selection View, Update, Insert, Delete View View

Criteria
RBI Recommendation View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
RBI Risk Matrix Mapping View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
RBI Strategy Mapping View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Configuration
RBI Strategy Mapping Details View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
RBI System View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Recommendation Revision View View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Reference Document View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View

Risk Assessment View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Risk Rank View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Risk Translation View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
SAP System View View View
Strategy Logic Case View, Update, Insert, Delete View View
Strategy Reference Table View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Task Type View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Time Based Inspection Interval View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Time Based Inspection Setting View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Relationship Families
Asset Has Inspection Plan View View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Belongs to a Unit View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Data Mapping has Column- View, Update, Insert, Delete View View
Field Pair
Data Mapping has Query View, Update, Insert, Delete View View
Data Mapping has Subgroup View, Update, Insert, Delete View View
Has Asset Group View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Has Child RBI Criticality View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Analysis
Has Consequence Evaluation View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Has Consolidated View View, Update, Insert, Delete View

Recommendations
Has Corrosion Analyses View View View
Has Corrosion Analysis View View View

Settings
Has Datapoints View View View
Has Degradation Mechanisms View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Has Inspections View View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Has Inspection Plan Revision View View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Has Inspection Scope View View View
Has View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Potential Degradation Mechani
sms
Has RBI Components View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Has RBI Criticality Analysis View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View

Has RBI Custom View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
DME Configuration
Has RBI Custom DME View, Update, Insert, Delete View View
Validation
Has RBI View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Evaluation
Has RBI Strategy Mapping View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Configuration
Has RBI Systems View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Implements Compliance View View, Update, Insert, Delete View

Recommendation
Inspection Plan Has View View, Update, Insert, Delete View

Recommendations
Has Tasks View, Update, Insert, Delete View, Update, Insert, Delete View
Note: Security privileges for all modules and catalog folders can be found in the APM documentation.
The following families are not used elsewhere in the RBI module. Privileges to these families support
integration with the Inspection Management module:
• Has Inspection Scope
• Has Time Based Inspection Interval
• Time Based Inspection Interval
• Time Based Inspection Setting
Specifically, certain features of the Time-Based Inspection Settings functionality, which you can use if the
Inspection Management license is active, are facilitated by these privileges.
State Management for Inspection Plans

The following state changes can be applied to the Inspection Plans based on user Security Roles.
The diagram below shows the workflow of the baseline State Management process as it applies to
Inspection Plans.
Details
• The Proposed state is the initial state of all Inspection Plans.
• When you change the state of an Inspection Plan from Approved to Modified, an Inspection Plan
Revision History record is created.

Reserved States and Operations for Inspection Plans
The following tables indicate whether the baseline states and operations are reserved. You cannot
remove or modify reserved states or operations.
State Caption Reserved State Security Roles
Approved No MI Inspection Plan Approver
Modified Yes • MI Compliance Analyst

Proposed No • MI Compliance Analyst

Note: In GE Digital APM the Compliance Approver Permission set should be added in place of the MI
Inspection Plan Approver Role.
Operation ID Reserved Operation Predecessor Successor
MI_APPROVE No Proposed Approved
MI_APPV_MODIFIED No Modified Approved
MI_MODIFY Yes Approved Modified
RBI Recommendation State Management

The following state changes can be applied to RBI Recommendation.
The diagram below shows the workflow of the baseline State Management process as it applies to RBI
Recommendations.
Reserved States and Operations for RBI Recommendations
State Caption State ID Reserved State
Proposed (Initial State) MI_PENDING Yes
Approved MI_ACCEPTED Yes

State Caption State ID Reserved State
Consolidated MI_CONSOLIDATED Yes
Superseded MI_SUPERSEDED Yes
Not Required MI_NOTREQUIRED Yes
Archived MI_ARCHIVED Yes
Operation Operation ID Reserved Operation Predecessor State Successor State
Approve MI_PROMOTE Yes Proposed Approved
Unlink from Master MI_UN_PROMOTE Yes Approved Proposed
Mark Not Required MI_NOTREQUIRED Yes Proposed Not Required
Supersede MI_SUPERSEDE Yes Proposed Superseded
Unlink from Master MI_UN_SUPERSEDE Yes Superseded Proposed
Consolidate MI_CONSOLIDATE Yes Proposed Consolidated
Unlink from Master MI_UN_CONSOLIDATE Yes Consolidated Proposed
Archived MI_PARCHIVED Yes Proposed Archived
RBI URLs
There is one URL route associated with Risk Based Inspection: rbi. The following table describes the
various paths that build on the route, and the elements that you can specify for each.
Element Description Accepted Value(s) Notes
rbi/unit : Opens the Risk Based Inspection Overview page.
rbi/unit/<UnitEntityKey> : Displays the selected unit on the Risk Based Inspection Overview page.
<UnitEntityKey> Specifies the level of the Asset Any Unit Entity Key that The Unit Entity Key must be
Hierarchy for the RBI unit that corresponds to an asset in the present in the URL to display
you want to view. Asset Hierarchy. the correct page.
rbi/processunit/<ProcessUnitEntityKey> : Opens the Unit Summary page for the selected process unit.
rbi/processunit/<ProcessUnitEntityKey>/corrosionloop/<CorrosionLoopEntityKey>: Displays the Corrosion Loop

Overview section.
rbi/processunit/<ProcessUnitEntityKey>/corrosionloop/<CorrosionLoopEntityKey>/component/
<ComponentEntityKey>: Displays the selected Component Overview section.
<ComponentEntityKey>/analysis/AnalysisEntityKey: Displays the selected Analysis Details section.
<ComponentEntityKey>/protectedasset/<ProtectedAssetEntityKey>: Displays the selected protected asset on the Asset
Summary page.
<ComponentEntityKey>/protectedcomponent/<ProtectedComponentEntityKey>: Displays the Component Overview
section for the selected protected component.

<ProcessUnitKey> Specifies the level of the Asset Any Process Unit Entity Key The Process Unit Entity Key
Hierarchy for the RBI Process that corresponds to an asset must be present in the URL to
Unit that you want to view. in the Asset Hierarchy. display the correct page.
<CorrosionLoopEntityKey> Specifies the level of the Asset Any Corrosion Loop Entity Key The Corrosion Loop Entity Key
Hierarchy for the Corrosion that corresponds to a must be present in the URL to
Loop that you want to view. Corrosion Loop in the Asset display the correct page.
Hierarchy.
<ComponentEntityKey> Specifies the level of the Asset Any Component Entity Key The Component Entity Key
Hierarchy for the RBI that corresponds to an must be present in the URL to
Component that you want to RBI Component in the Asset display the correct page.
view. Hierarchy.
<AnalysisEntityKey>> Specifies the level of the Asset Any Analysis Entity Key that The Analysis Entity Key must
Hierarchy for the RBI Analysis corresponds to an RBI Analysis be present in the URL to
that you want to view. in the Asset Hierarchy. display the correct page.
<ProtectedAssetEntityKey> Specifies the level of the Asset Any Protected Asset Entity The Protected Asset Entity Key
Hierarchy for the protected Key that corresponds to a must be present in the URL to
asset that you want to view. protected asset in the Asset display the correct page.
Hierarchy.
<ProtectedComponentEntityK Specifies the level of the Asset Any Protected Component The protected Component
ey> Hierarchy for the Protected Entity Key that corresponds to Entity Key must be present in
Component that you want to an Protected Component in the URL to display the correct
view. the Asset Hierarchy. page.
rbi/asset/<AssetEntityKey> : Displays the selected asset on the Asset Summary page.
rbi/asset/<AssetEntityKey>/component/<ComponentEntityKey> : Displays the selected Component Details section of the

Asset Summary page.
rbi/asset<AssetEntityKey>/component/<ComponentEntityKey>/analysis/<AnalysisEntityKey> :Displays the Analysis

Details section of the Asset Summary page.
rbi/analysis/<AnalysisEntityKey> : Displays the Analysis Details section of the Asset Summary page.
<AssetEntityKey> Specifies the level of the Asset Any Asset Entity Key that The Asset Entity Key must be
Hierarchy for the RBI asset corresponds to an asset in the present in the URL to display
that you want to view. Asset Hierarchy. the correct page.
<ComponentEntityKey> Specifies the level of the Asset Any Component Entity Key The Component Entity Key
Hierarchy for the RBI that corresponds to an must be present in the URL to
Component that you want to RBI Component in the Asset display the correct page.
view. Hierarchy.
<AnalysisEntityKey> Specifies the level of the Asset Any Analysis Entity Key that The Analysis Entity Key must
Hierarchy for the RBI Analysis corresponds to an RBI Analysis be present in the URL to
that you want to view. in the Asset Hierarchy. display the correct page.
rbi/<Context>/<ContextEntityKey>/isorisk: Displays the RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot page for the selected process unit, asset, or
corrosion loop.
<Context> Specifies whether the Entity • unit None

Key that you have entered • asset
corresponds to a process unit, • corrosionloop
asset, or corrosion loop.

<ContextEntityKey> Specifies the Entity Key of the The Entity Key of a Functional The Entity Key must be
process unit (i.e., Functional Location (set as a process present in the URL to display
Location), Asset, or the unit), Asset, or a Corrosion the correct page.
Corrosion Loop for which you Loop in the Asset Hierarchy.
want to access the RBI 581
ISO-Risk Plot page.
rbi/<Context/<ContextEntityKey>/component/<ComponentEntityKey>/isorisk: Displays the RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot page

for the selected component linked to an asset or a corrosion loop.
<Context> Specifies whether the • asset None

component is linked to an • corrosionloop
asset or a corrosion loop.
Asset or the Corrosion Loop Location (set as a process present in the URL to display
that is linked to the unit), Asset, or a Corrosion the correct page.
Component for which you Loop in the Asset Hierarchy.
want to view the RBI 581 ISO-
Risk Plot page.
<ComponentEntityKey> Specifies the Entity Key of the The Entity Key of the The Entity Key must be
Component for which you component. present in the URL to display
want to access the RBI 581 the correct page.
ISO-Risk Plot page.
rbi/corrosionloop/<CorrosionLoopEntityKey> :Displays the Corrosion Loop Summary page.
<CorrosionLoopEntityKey> Specifies the level of the Asset Any Corrosion Loop Entity Key The Corrosion Loop Entity Key
Hierarchy for the Corrosion that corresponds to a must be present in the URL to
Loop that you want to view. Corrosion Loop in the Asset display the correct page.
Hierarchy.
rbi/evergreen/<ContextEntityKey>: Accesses the Ready for Evergreening tab in the Evergreening workspace.
rbi/evergreen/<ContextEntityKey>/<JobKey>: Accesses the Created tab in the Evergreening workspace.
process unit or Functional Location or process unit in the present in the URL to display
Location. Asset Hierarchy. the correct page. A value of -1
can be used to access the
home level of the Asset
Hierarchy.
<JobKey> Specifies the scheduled job The Job Key of a scheduled job None.
that processes an RBI analysis for an RBI analysis duplication.
duplication.

URLs
Example URL Destination
rbi/unit The Risk Based Inspection

Overview page.
rbi/unit/2305330 The Risk Based Inspection

Overview page for the specified
unit.
rbi/processunit/64253024663 The Unit Overview section for

the specified process unit.
rbi/processunit/64253024663/ The Corrosion Loop Overview

corrosionloop/64253024702 section for the specified process
unit.
rbi/processunit/64253024663/ The Component Overview

corrosionloop/64253024702/ section for the specified process
component/64253024704 unit.
rbi/processunit/64253024663/ The Analysis Details section for

corrosionloop/64253024702/ the specified process unit.
component/64253024704/
analysis/64253024712
rbi/processunit64253024663/ The protected Asset Summary

corrosionloop/64253024702/ page for the specified process
component/64253024704/ unit.
protectedasset/2509506
rbi/processunit/64253024663/ The protected Component

corrosionloop/64253024702/ Overview page for the specified
component/64253024704/ process unit.
protectedcomponent/
64253024705
rbi/asset/2509505 The Asset Summary page for

the specified asset.
rbi/asset/2509505/component/ The Component Details

3476094 section of the Asset Summary
page for specified
RBI Component.
rbi/asset/2509505/component/ The Analysis Details section of

3476094/analysis/3221498 the Asset Summary page for
the specified RBI Analysis.
-or-
rbi/analysis/3221498
rbi/corrosionloop/4842819 The Corrosion Loop Summary

page for the specified Corrosion
Loop.

rbi/25926450/isoriskanalysis/ The RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot page

corrosionloop for the specified Corrosion Loop.
rbi/evergreening/25926450 The Ready for Evergreening

tab in the Evergreening
workspace.
rbi/evergreening/ The Created tab in the

25926450/5617a312-6b47-402 Evergreening workspace.
c-8766-1c5d854aa87a
Inspection Plan URLs

The following table describes the various paths that are used for the Inspection Plan workflow.
cm/asset/<assetKey>: Accesses the Inspection Plan for the specified asset.
cm/plans: Accesses the Inspection Plan Management page.

<assetKey> Specifies the entity key of the Any asset key that is You should use the asset key
asset record which you want to associated with an asset in the of an asset that has an
view. Asset Hierarchy Inspection Plan created. If you
select an asset that does not
have an Inspection Plan, a
warning message appears.
URLs
cm/asset/3290820029 The Inspection Plan for the

selected asset.
RBI 581 System Code Tables

The following table lists the System Code Tables that are used by RBI 581.
Table ID Table Description Function
581_AST_BOTTOM_TYPE 581_AST_BOTTOM_TYPE Populates the AST Bottom Type field in

RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation
records.
581_AST_Cathodic Protection 581_AST_Cathodic Protection Populates the Cathodic Protection field in

records.

581_AST_DRAINAGE_TYPE 581_AST_DRAINAGE_TYPE Populates the AST Drainage field in RBI
581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation
records.
581_AST_PAD_MAT_TYPE 581_AST_PAD_MAT_TYPE Populates the AST Pad field in RBI 581

Thinning and Lining Evaluation records.
581_Coating_Quality 581 Coating Quality Populates the Coating Quality field in the
following records:
• RBI 581 External Cracking Damage

Evaluation
581_Coating_Type 581_Coating_Type Populates the Coating Type field in RBI

records.
581_CORR_TYPE 581 Corrosion types Populates the Selected Base Material

Corrosion Rate and Selected Cladding
Material Corrosion Rate fields in RBI 581
581_Detection 581 Detection System Populates the Detection System field in

the following records:

• RBI Component
581_Isolation 581_Isolation Populates the Isolation System field in the

following records:

• RBI Component
581_Mitigation_System Mitigation System Populates the Mitigation System field in


• RBI Component
581_Primary_Soil_Type 581_Primary_Soil_Type Populates the Soil Type field in RBI 581

581_Product_Side_Condition 581_Product_Side_Condition Populates the Product Side Condition

field in RBI 581 Thinning and Lining
Evaluation records.
581_Release_Hole_Sizes Release Hole Sizes Provides the values for hole sizes in RBI
581 Consequence Evaluation records.
CORROSION TYPES Corrosion Types Populates the Thinning Type field in the
following records:

• RBI 581 Thinning and Lining
Evaluation

FLUID TYPES Fluid Types Populates the Initial Fluid Phase field in

• RBI Component
FOUNDATION TYPES Foundation Types Populates the Foundation Type field in


Evaluation
• RBI Component
MI_581_Adjustment_Branch_Diameter MI 581 Adjustment Branch Diameter Populates the Branch Diameter field in
RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage
Evaluation records.
MI_581_Adjustment_Condition_for_Pipe MI 581 Adjustment for Condition of Pipe Populates the Pipe Condition field in RBI
581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage
Evaluation records.
MI_581_Adjustment_Corrective_Action MI 581 Adjustment Corrective Action Populates the Corrective Action field in
RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage
Evaluation records.
MI_581_Adjustment_Joint_Type_Branch_ MI 581 Adjustment Joint Type Branch Populates the Joint Type or Branch
Design Design Design field in RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue
Damage Evaluation records.
MI_581_Adjustment_Pipe_Complexity MI 581 Adjustment Pipe Complexity Populates the Pipe Complexity field in RBI
Evaluation records.
MI_581_AdminOption_Families MI_581_AdminOption_Families Populates the drop-down list box in the

Target Family column in the RBI 581
Admin Options page.
MI_581_Amine_Solution_Types RBI 581 Amine Solution Types Populates the Amine Solution Type field
in RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation
records.
MI_581_Amine_Types RBI 581 Amine Types Populates the Amine Type field in the
following records:

Evaluation
MI_581_AST_STEAMCOIL_WATERDRWAS MI_581_AST_STEAMCOIL_WATERDRWAS Populates the AST Steam Coil Heater field

OFF OFF and Water Product Draws field in RBI 581
MI_581_Cathodic Protection Effectiveness MI 581 Cathodic Protection Effectiveness Populates the Cathodic Protection
Factors Factors Effectiveness field in RBI 581 Thinning and
Lining Evaluation records.
MI_581_Caustic_Types RBI 581 Caustic Types Populates the Caustic Type field in RBI
581 Cracking Damage Evaluation records.

MI_581_Coating_Quality RBI 581 Coating Quality Populates the Immersion Grade Coating
Quality field in RBI 581 Thinning and
MI_581_Coefficient_Materials RBI 581 Coefficient Y Materials List (Used Populates the Coefficient Y Material field
to determine Coefficient Y) in RBI 581 Risk Analysis records.
MI_581_Component_Geometry_Types RBI 581 Component Geometry Types Populates the Geometry Type field in the
following records:

• RBI Component
MI_581_Cooling_System MI_581_Cooling_System Populates the Cooling System Type field

in RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation
records.
MI_581_Corrosion_Rate MI 581 Corrosion Rate Populates the following fields:
• Selected External Corrosion Rate field

in RBI 581 External Damage
Evaluation records
• Selected Base Material Corrosion
Rate field in RBI 581 Thinning and
Lining Evaluation records
MI_581_Cracking_Susceptibility RBI 581 Cracking Susceptibility Populates the Susceptibility field in the
following records:

Evaluation
MI_581_Cracking_Susceptibility_Types RBI 581 Cracking Susceptibility Types Populates the Susceptibility Type field in

Evaluation
MI_581_Damage_States RBI 581 Damage States Provides the damage states in the
following records:

Evaluation
MI_581_Data_Confidence RBI 581 Data Confidence Levels Populates the Data Confidence field in
RBI 581 Risk Analysis records.
MI_581_Driving_Risk_Target RBI 581 Driving Risk Targets for Populates the Driving Risk Target field in
Inspection Planning RBI 581 Risk Analysis records.
MI_581_Environmental_Sensitivity RBI 581 Environmental Sensitivity Populates the Environmental Sensitivity

field in RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation
records.

MI_581_Environmental_Severity RBI 581 Environmental Severity Populates the Environmental Severity
field in RBI 581 Cracking Damage
Evaluation records.
MI_581_Environmental_Severity RBI 581 Failure Hole Size (gff as a function Displays the hole sizes that are used in an
of Hole Size in calculating failures/yr) RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation.
MI_581_GOV_THINNING_DAMAGE MI Gov Thinning Damage Populates the Governing Thinning

Damage Mechanism field in RBI 581
MI_581_H2S_Content_Of_Water RBI 581 H2S Content of Water Used to categorize H2S Content of Water
based on a the value in the H2S Content
of Water field in RBI 581 Cracking
MI_581_Heat_Treatment_History RBI 581 Heat Treatment History Populates the Thermal History (Heat
Treatment History) field in RBI 581
Cracking Damage Evaluation records.
MI_581_HTHA_Delta_Temperature MI_581_HTHA_Delta_Temperature Populates the Delta Temperature field in

RBI 581 HTHA Damage Evaluation
records.
MI_581_HYDROCARBON_TYPES MI 581 HYDROCARBON TYPES Populates the Hydrocarbon Type field in

records.
MI_581_Inspection_Effectiveness RBI 581 Inspection Effectiveness Populates the Highest Effective Insp field
in the following records:

Evaluation
Populates the Highest Effective

Inspection Level field in RBI 581 Thinning
and Lining Evaluation records.
MI_581_Lining_Condition RBI 581 Lining Conditions Populates the Liner Condition field in RBI
records.
MI_581_Lining_Types_And_Resistance RBI 581 Lining Types and Resistance Populates the Liner Type field in the
following records:

Evaluation
• RBI Component
MI_581_Material_Groups RBI 581 Material Groups Used to categorize the material of the
component based on the value in the
Base Material field in RBI Components.
MI_581_Material_Temperature_Exemptio MI_581_Material_Temperature_Exemptio Populates the Material Exemption Curve

n_Curves n_Curves field in RBI 581 Brittle Fracture Damage
Evaluation records.

MI_581_Max_Brinnell_Hardness RBI 581 Max Brinnell Hardness Used to categorize the value in the
Maximum Brinnell Hardness field in
RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation
records.
MI_581_Mechanical_Fatigue_Cyclic_Loadi MI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Cyclic Loading Populates the Cyclic Loading field in RBI
ng 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage
Evaluation records.
MI_581_Mechanical_Fatigue_Failures MI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Failures Populates the Previous Failure field in RBI
Evaluation records.
MI_581_Mechanical_Fatigue_Shaking MI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Shaking Populates the Visible/Audible Shaking

field in RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue
MI_581_Mechanical_Fatigue_Shaking_Dur MI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Shaking Populates the Shaking Frequency field in
ation Duration RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage
Evaluation records.
MI_581_No_High_Effec_Insp Number of Highest Level Effective Populates the Number of Highest

Inspections Effective Inspections field in various
records.
MI_581_ph_Water RBI 581 ph Water Used to categorize the values in the pH of

Water field in RBI 581 Risk Analysis
records.
MI_581_Product_Form RBI 581 Product Form Populates the Product Form field in RBI
581 Cracking Damage Evaluation records.
MI_581_Recirculating_System MI_581_Recirculating_System Populates the Recirculating System Type

field in RBI 581 Thinning and Lining
Evaluation records.
MI_581_Recorded_Settlement_Criteria RBI 581 Recorded Settlement Criteria Populates the Settlement Adjustment
(API 653) Inspection field in RBI 581 Thinning and
MI_581_RISKSUMMARY RBI 581 Risk Summary Type Populates the Risk Summary for an RBI
581 Risk Analysis record.
MI_581_Sigma_Percentage MI 581 Sigma Percentage Populates the Sigma Percentage field in

RBI 581 Brittle Fracture Damage
Evaluation records.
MI_581_Soil_Condition MI_581_Soil_Condition Populates the Soil Condition field in RBI

581 Thinning and Lining records.
MI_581_Soil_Types RBI 581 Soil Types Populates the Soil Type under Tank
bottom field in RBI 581 Consequence
Evaluation records.
MI_581_Sulfur_Content_Of_Steel RBI 581 Sulfur Content Of Steel Populates the Sulfur Content of Steel field
in RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation
records.

MI_581_Water_Treatment_Type MI_581_Water_Treatment_Type Populates the Water Treatment Type field
in RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation
records.
MI_581_Water_Type MI_581_Water_Type Populates the Water Type field in RBI 581

MI_ATMOSPHERIC_CONDITION Atmospheric Condition Populates the Atmospheric Condition

field in the following records:
Evaluation
MI DEGRADATION MECHANISM TYPES Degradation Mechanism Types Populates the Degradation Mechanism
MI_DEGRADATION_MECHANISM_TYPES field in Potential Degradation Mechanism
records.
MI_RBI_Area_Humidity MI RBI Area Humidity Populates the Area Humidity field in RBI
Components.
MI_RBI_CALC_CORRO_SRC RBI Calculated CR Source Populates the Source of

Calculated Corrosion Rates field in RBI
Components.
MI_STRESS_LOOKUP_TABLE MI_STRESS_LOOKUP_TABLE Populates the Stress Lookup Table field in

• RBI Components
MI_YES_NO MI Core, Yes-No Populates various fields in the RBI 581

module.
RBI 581 Risk Analysis State Assignments and Operations

The RBI 581 Risk Analysis uses specific states and operations from the baseline State Assignments of GE
Digital APM.
In RBI, State Configuration is used in the following families:
• RBI 581 Risk Analyses
• RBI Recommendations

RBI State Assignments and Operations Diagram
Notice that the some of the states are highlighted in Green. When an RBI Criticality Analysis is set to any
of these states, the analysis is active. When an RBI Criticality Analysis is set to any of the states
highlighted in Red, the analysis is inactive.
Additionally, in the diagram, you can see dotted lines and black lines.
• Dotted lines represent operations that are performed automatically when another RBI Criticality
Analysis that is linked to the same RBI Component is set to Risk Completed.
• Black lines represent operations that you can perform manually.
Note: While the preceding image includes the Reject operation and the Rejected state, this state and
operation are not valid in the RBI workflow and are, therefore, colored gray in the image. While they exist
in the baseline State Configuration, if you try to reject an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, an error message appears,
indicating that this operation is not valid.

Details
Initial State: The Created state is the initial state of all new RBI 581 Risk Analyses.
Datasheet Configuration: By default, states and operations will appear on the datasheet when you are
viewing an RBI 581 Risk Analysis in RBI, the Record Manager, or the Bulk Data Form.
Reserved States and Operations: The following tables state whether or not the baseline states and
operations are reserved. You cannot remove or modify reserved states or operations. You can, however,
add your own states and operations to the State Assignment.
States and Operations
States Is Reserved?
Approved Yes
Accepted by ASM Yes
Archived Yes
Created No
Implemented Yes
Pending Approval Yes
Re-Evaluating Yes
Rejected No
Risk Completed Yes
Operations Is Reserved?
Archive (all Archive operations) Yes
Implement No
Finalize Risk No
Reevaluate No
Approve No
Reject No
Reimplement No
Promote to ASM Yes
Submit for Approval No
State Assignment Roles: By default, no State Assignment Roles are assigned to any state in the RBI 581
Risk Analysis State Assignment.
Analysis Restrictions Based on State

The following table outlines the actions that you can perform on an RBI 581 RiskAnalysis based on its
state.

Analysis State Calculation is Analysis Can Be Analysis Fields RBI Degradation RBI
Allowed? Deleted? Can Be Modified? Mechanisms Can Recommendation
Be Added or s Can Be Created?
Deleted?
Created Yes Yes Yes Yes No
Risk Completed No No No No Yes
Pending Approval No No No No No
Approved No No No No No
Implemented No No No No No
Archived No No No No No
Rejected No No No No No
Re-Evaluating No No No No No
Accepted by ASM No No No No No
If an RBI 581 Risk Analysis is set to Risk Completed, however, the value in the Mitigated Risk field in the
RBI Degradation Mechanism to which it is linked can be modified.
RBI Site Filtering

The RBI Component family, and all the families that are linked to it, use the GE Digital APM Site Control.
You can access or modify only the records in RBI that are assigned to the same site to which you are
assigned.
Important: You cannot modify the site assignment for a record within the RBI user interface. You can
change the site assignment by accessing an RBI record in Record Manager. Since it may lead to data
integrity issues, however, RBI Best Practices warn against changing site assignments on created records.
Site Filtering
Consider an organization that has three sites, Site X, Site Y, and Site Z.
Scenario 1: User assigned to only Site X.
This user can access or modify records that are linked to assets only in Site X.
However, this user can access all the Potential Degradation Mechanisms in the
database.
Scenario 2: User assigned to only Site X and Site Y.
This user can access or modify records that are linked to assets only in Site X or Site Y.
However, this user can access all the Potential Degradation Mechanisms in the
database.
Scenario 3: Super User
This user can access or modify records that are linked to assets in Site X, Site Y, or Site
Z.

Data Models
Data Models
This topic provides a listing of all the data models in the RBI 581 module.
Criticality Calculator RBI Component Data Model

RBI Corrosion Loop Data Model

RBI Data Model

RBI Recommendation Data Model

RBI 581 Risk Analysis Data Model

Family Field Descriptions

Criticality Calculator RBI Components Records
Criticality Calculator RBI Components

Criticality Calculator RBI Component records store information about the component on which you will
perform an RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the Criticality Calculator
RBI Components family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these
fields. If the component type is Exchanger Bundle, then, for each field on the RBI Component, there are
two fields on the datasheet - one for the channel, and the other for the shell.
The following families are enabled for site filtering, which means that the records in these families can be
assigned to a specific site, and will then only be accessible to users who are assigned to the same site and
have the appropriate license and family privileges. See the Site Filtering section of the documentation for
more information on using this feature.

The ID Section
Component Character Identifies the RBI Component. This field is disabled and
populated automatically with
a value in the following format:
RBICOMP-<Equipment>-
<Component Type>-
<Number>
...where:
• <Equipment> is the value

in the Equipment field.
• <Component Type> is a
value based on the type of
the component, defined as
follows:
◦ CS: Cylindrical Shell

◦ EB: Exchanger Bundle
◦ HD: Exchanger Header
◦ ET: Exchanger Tube
◦ PP: Piping
◦ TB: Tank Bottom
◦ RV: Relief Valves
◦ RD: Rupture Disks
◦ PC: Pump Compressor
Casing
• <Number> is the
sequence number of the
component.
Component Comments Text Comments about the None

component.
Component Date in Service Date The date on which the You can use the Calendar
component was first put into feature to select the date.
service.
Component Description Character A description used to identify None

the Component.
Component Status Character Indicates whether a This field is disabled and

component is active or populated automatically with
inactive. the value Active.

Component Type Character Identifies which part of the The value in this field must be
asset the component stored in the Criticality Item
represents. Type field in one of the
Equipment Types records
delivered in the GE Digital APM
database.
This field is disabled and

Equipment Character Identifies the asset. This field is populated

automatically.
Equipment Family Character Identifies the asset family. This field is disabled and
Functional Location Character Identifies the Functional This field is disabled and
Location of the asset. populated automatically.
Operating and Process Section
Area Humidity Character A value based on the This field contains the
geographical location in which description of all the System
the asset is operated. Codes in the
MI_RBI_Area_Humidity System
Code Table. You can choose
from the following baseline
values:
• Low
• Medium
• High
Calculated Inventory Numeric A calculated value based on This field is disabled and
process fluid properties and populated automatically. This
dimensions of the component. value is derived from asset
dimensions that have been
entered in the system instead
of an estimated volume.
Detection Time Numeric The time, in minutes, that is None

required to detect loss of
containment.
Fluid Valid for 581 Analysis Boolean Indicates whether the process This check box is disabled and
fluid is valid for an RBI 581 Risk selected if the fluid that you
Analysis. have selected in the Process
Fluid field is valid for RBI 581.
If this check box is cleared, and

you perform an RBI 581 Risk
Analysis, you will not be able
to calculate the analysis.

Foundation Type Character If the component is a storage The value in this field is used
tank, then specify the to calculate an analysis if the
foundation type of the tank. component type is Storage
Tank.
This field contains the

description of all the System
Codes in the FOUNDATION
TYPES System Code Table. You
can choose from the following
baseline values:
• Clay
• Concrete
• Double Floor
• Gravel
• Sand
• Silt
Initial Fluid Phase Character The phase that the The value in this field is used
representative fluid is in while to populate the Initial Fluid
under containment in current Phase field on an associated
operating conditions. RBI 581 Risk Analysis
datasheet.

Codes in the FLUID
baseline values:
• Liquid
• Gas
Inventory Numeric The volume of the asset that The value in this field is
could potentially be released calculated and used to
in the event of a failure. populate the Inventory
Component Mass field in the
RBI Consequence Evaluation
that is linked to an analysis
performed on this component.
Inventory Group Character The name of the inventory If the component is linked to
group to which the component an inventory group, then this
is linked. field is disabled and populated
with the value in the Inventory
Group Name field in the
associated Inventory Group
Configuration record.
Isolation Time Numeric The time, in minutes, that is None

required to isolate loss of
containment.

Operating Pressure Numeric The internal pressure of the The value in this field is used
asset under normal operating to populate the Operating
conditions. It is measured in Pressure field in the
pounds per square inch gauge. associated analysis.
Operating Temperature Numeric The temperature of the asset The value in this field is used
under normal operating to populate the Operating
conditions. It is measured in Temperature field in the
degrees Fahrenheit. associated analysis.
Percent Toxic Numeric The amount of toxic This field is enabled only if the
substances by volume in the Toxic Mixture check box is
process stream. selected.
Process Fluid Character The fluid that represents or The value in this field must be
makes up the greatest volume stored in the Fluid field in one
of the asset. In some cases, of the Representative Fluids
the fluid that represents the records in the GE Digital APM
greatest cause of failure may database.
be selected.
If you select a fluid that is valid
Important: If you are going to for RBI 581, the Fluid Valid for
perform an RBI Criticality 581 Analysis check box is
Analysis, you must select a selected automatically.
fluid that is valid for RBI 580.
Similarly, if you are going to
Type field isStorage Tank
perform an RBI 581 Risk
Bottom, then this field must
Analysis, you must select a
values:
• C6-C8
• C9-C12
• C13-16 (Diesel)
• C17-25 (Gas Oil)
• C25+ (Resid)
Toxic Fluid Character The fluid that represents or This field is enabled only if the
makes up the greatest toxic Toxic Mixture check box is
volume of the asset. In some selected.
cases, the fluid that
The value in this field must be
contributes to the greatest
stored in the Process Fluid
Consequence of Failure (CoF)
field in one of the
may be selected.
Representative Fluids records
delivered in the GE Digital APM
baseline database.
Toxic Fluid Valid for 581 Boolean Indicates whether the toxic This check box is disabled and
Analysis fluid is valid for an RBI 581 Risk selected if the fluid that you
Analysis. have selected in the Toxic
Model field is valid for RBI 581.

Toxic Mixture Boolean Indicates whether or not the If you select this check box,
process stream contains toxic the Toxic Fluid and Percent
substances. Fluid boxes are enabled.
Design Details Section
Code Year Character The year in which the design The value in this field must be
code that corresponds to the stored in the Code Year field in
component was defined. the GE Digital APM Reference
Table that corresponds to the
value in the Stress Lookup
Table field in the RBI
Component record.
The value in this field is used

to populate the Base Material
Code Year field on the
datasheet of the associated
analysis.
Construction Code Character The code to which the The value in this field is used
component was originally to populate the Base Material
constructed. Construction Code field on the
datasheet of the associated
analysis.

to calculate the values in the
Allowable Stress, Flow Stress,
and Material Yield Strength
fields on the datasheet of the
associated analysis, if the
Stress Override check box is
not selected, and if the
analysis is linked to the
following DMs:
Embrittlement
Evaluation
581 External Damage
Evaluation

Design Pressure Numeric The pressure at which the The value in this field is used
component is designed to to populate the Design
operate. It is measured in Pressure field in the
pounds per square inch gauge. associated analysis.
Tip: This value is provided by

the manufacturer of the
component. You can find it on
the nameplate or the UI Form.
Design Temperature Numeric The temperature at which the The value in this field is used
component is designed to to populate the Design
operate. It is measured in Temperature field in the
degrees Fahrenheit. associated analysis.

Inside Diameter Numeric The measurement of the inner The value in this field is used
diameter to:
of a circular or cylindrical asset • Populate the Diameter
, in inches. InnerDiameter field on the
datasheet of an
associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis.
• Calculate the value in the
Inventory Component
Mass field on an RBI 581
Consequence Evaluation
datasheet if you have
selected the Use
Calculated Inventory
check box.
Insulated? Boolean Indicates whether or not the If you select or clear this check
component is insulated. box, the Insulated check box
on the datasheet of an
associated RBI Analysis is
selected or cleared
accordingly.

Insulation Type Character Identifies the insulating This field is enabled only if the
material used in the Insulated? check box is
component. selected. The value in this field
is used to populate the
Insulation Type field on an
Analysis datasheet.
This field must contain one of

the following values:
• Asbestos
Free)
• Pearlite
• Unknown
Is Entry Possible? Boolean Indicates whether it is possible This field contains the
to physically enter an asset for description of all the System
the purposes of performing an Codes in the
inspection. MI_YES_NO System Code
Table. You can choose from
the following baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Length Numeric The total length, in inches, of This value is used to:
an asset measured in a • Populate the Length field
straight line from head seam on the datasheet of an
to head seam. associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis.
• Calculate the value in the
Inventory Component
Mass field on an RBI 581
datasheet if you have
selected the Use
Calculated Inventory
check box.

Material Grade Character Identifies the grade of the The value in this field must be
material of the component stored in the Material Grade
provided by the manufacturer. field in the GE Digital APM
You can find it on the Reference Table that
nameplate or the U1 Form. corresponds with the value
the Stress Lookup Table field
in the RBI Component.

Grade field on the datasheet of
the associated analysis.
Material Spec Character Identifies the material of the The value in this field must be
component that is provided by stored in the Material Spec
the manufacturer. You can find field in the GE Digital APM
it on the nameplate or the U1 Reference Table that
Form. corresponds with the value
the Stress Lookup Table field
in the RBI Component.

Spec field on the datasheet of
Nominal Thickness Numeric An estimated or measured The value in this field is used
thickness used as the starting to populate the Furnished
point for thickness based Base Material Thk (Nominal
Remaining Life calculations. Thickness) field on the
datasheet of an associated RBI
581 RiskAnalysis.
PWHT Boolean Indicates whether or not Post The value in this field is used
Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) to populate the PWHT field on
has been performed to relieve an associated RBI 581 Risk
residual stresses from the Analysis.
construction of the asset.

Stress Lookup Table Character Identifies the type of asset This field contains the
being assessed so that the description of all the System
appropriate design codes are Codes in the
used. MI_STRESS_LOOKUP_TABLE
System Code Table. You can
choose from the following
baseline values:
• Piping
• Pressure Vessels
• Tanks

to populate the Stress Lookup
Table field on the datasheet of
Weld Joint Efficiency Numeric Indicates the type of This field is used to populate
inspection used to ensure the the Weld Joint Effy field on the
quality of welds and the type datasheet of an RBI 581 Risk
of weld joints used during Analysis.
construction.
• 0.35
• 0.4
• 0.45
• 0.5
• 0.55
• 0.6
• 0.65
• 0.7
• 0.75
• 0.8
• 0.85
• 0.9
• 0.95
• 1.0
Corrosion Data Section
Corrosion Type Character The type of corrosion to which You can specify a value for this
equipment is susceptible. field using the datasheet.
Corrosive Product Character Identifies the elements in the None

process stream that are
responsible for the most
aggressive corrosion.

Estimated External Corrosion Numeric The rate of external The value in this field is used
Rate degradation given by the to populate the Base Material
subject matter expert during Estimated Corrosion Rate field
the corrosion study. This value on an associated RBI 581
is used in the absence of External Damage Evaluation
quality data from the field. datasheet.
Estimated Internal Corrosion Numeric The rate of internal The value in this field is used
Rate degradation provided by the to populate the Base Material
subject matter expert during Estimated Corrosion Rate field
the corrosion study. This value on an associated RBI 581
is used in the absence of Thinning and Lining Damage
quality data from the field. Evaluation datasheet.
Internal Corrosion Type Character Used in inspection planning to This field contains the
drive different activities for descriptions of all the System
localized and general thinning Codes in the
mechanisms. CORROSION TYPES System
values:
• General
• Localized
• Pitting
Measured External Corrosion Numeric The corrosion rate, in inches None

Rate per year, identified by
Ultrasonic Thickness or Profile
Radiography in the field.
Predictable Corr. Location Boolean Indicates whether or not it is None

known where the most
aggressive corrosion is
happening in the asset.
Predictable Int. Corr. Location Boolean Indicates whether or not it is None

known where the most
aggressive internal corrosion is
happening in the asset.

Source of Calculated Corrosion Character The source of the Thickness The value in this field is used
Rate Monitoring Calculated while integrating this module
Corrosion Rate. with Thickness Monitoring.
descriptions of all the System
Codes in the
MI_RBI_CALC_CORRO_SRC
baseline values:
• Asset
• Component
• Manual Entry
The following table provides

the behavior of the Controlling
Corrosion Rate, Short Term
Corrosion Rate, and Long Term
Corrosion Rate fields in the
associated RBI 581 Thinning
and Lining Evaluation or
Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Mech.
Eval. based on your selection
in this field.
Sour Cont Long Shor

ce of rolli Term t
Calc ng Avg Term
ulate Corr Corr Avg
d osio Rate Corr
Corr n Rate
osio Rate
n
Rate
Asset Disab Disab Disab

led led led
and and and
popul calcu calcu
ated lated lated
base
d on
the
value
in
the
Cont
rollin
g
Corro
sion
Rate
field
© 2020 General Electric Company in 383
the
asso
ciate
d
RBI-581 Section
Base Material Character The base material that is used This field contains a list of the
in the component. types of base material that are
generally used in a
component. The value in this
field is used to populate the
Base Material field on the
581 Risk Analysis.
Cladding Material Character The material that is used in This field contains a list of the
cladding. types of cladding material that
are generally used for cladding.

to populate the Cladding
Material field on the datasheet
of an associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis.
Cladding Present Character Indicates whether cladding is This field contains the
present in the component. description of all the System
Codes in the
MI_YES_NO System Code
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

to populate the Cladding is
Present? field on the
581 Risk Analysis.
CM Corrosion Rate Character The corrosion rate of the The value in this field is used
cladding material. to calculate an analysis if the
analysis is linked to a DM that
belongs to the RBI 581
Thinning and Lining Evaluation
family. This value is populated
in the Cladding Material
Estimated Corrosion Rate field
on the associated RBI 581
Thinning and Lining Evaluation
datasheet.
Corrosion Allow Numeric The metal thickness that is The value in this field is used
allowed considering metal loss to populate the Corrosion
due to corrosion. Allow field on the datasheet of
an associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis.

Detection System Character The safety system that is used The value in this field is
to detect a failure of the populated in the Detection
component. System field on the datasheet
of the associated RBI 581
Consequence Evaluation.

description of all System
Codes in the 581_Detection
baseline values:
• Loss of Pressure or Flow

(A)
• Pressure Envelope (B)
• Visual Detection (C)
Is Intrusive? Character Indicates whether you can The value in this field is used
inspect the component from to populate the Is Intrusive?
inside. field on the datasheet of an
Analysis.
Isolation System Character The safety system that is used The value in this field is used
to isolate the component in to calculate the consequence
case of a leakage. of failure. This value is
populated in the Isolation
System field on the datasheet

Codes in the 581_Isolation
baseline values:
• Auto Shutdown
• Leakage Shutdown (This
value appears only if the
value in the Detection
System field isPressure
Envelope (B) orVisual
Detection (C))
• Manual Shutdown (This
System field isVisual
Detection (C))

Fluid Velocity Character The velocity, in feet per This value is used to populate
second, of the fluid that is the Fluid Velocity field on an
used in the component. associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis.
Furnished Cladding Thickness Character The furnished thickness of the The value in this field is used
cladding material. to populate the Furnished
Cladding material Thk
(Nominal Thickness) in an
Geometry Type Character The geometry type of the The value in this field is used
component. to populate the Geometry
Type field on an associated RBI
581 Risk Analysis datasheet.

descriptions of all System
Codes in the
y_Types System Code Table.
You can choose from the
following baseline values:
• Cylinder
• Spherical Head
• Hemispherical Head
• Piping
• Head
• PLT (Only for Tank
Bottom)

GFF Component Type Character The General Fail Frequency The value in this field is used
(GFF) component type. to calculate an analysis.

Value GFF
Component
Type
COLBTM Vessel/FinFan
COLMID Vessel/FinFan
COLTOP Vessel/FinFan
COMPC Compressor
COMPR Compressor
COURSE-1-10 Tank650 (only

for an
AST Shell
component)
DRUM Vessel/FinFan
FILTER Vessel/FinFan
FINFAN Vessel/FinFan
HEXSS Heat
Exchanger
HEXTS Heat
Exchanger
KODRUM Vessel/FinFan
PIPE-1 Pipe
PIPE-10 Pipe
PIPE-12 Pipe
PIPE-16 Pipe
PIPE-2 Pipe
PIPE-4 Pipe
PIPE-6 Pipe
PIPE-8 Pipe
PIPEGT16 Pipe
PUMP1S Pump
PUMP2S Pump
PUMPR Pump
REACTOR Vessel/FinFan
TANKBOTTOM Tank650 (only
if the value in
the
Component
Has Release Prevention Boolean Indicates whether the This field is enabled only if the
Barrier? component has a release component type is Storage
prevention barrier. Tank Bottom.
If you select this check box,

then the value in the
field in the associated RBI 581
record is populated with the
value 0.25 feet.
Liner Present Character Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
component has a liner. to populate the Liner is
Present field on the datasheet
of an associated RBI 581
Thinning and Lining Evaluation.

Codes in the
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Liner Type Character The type of the liner that is This field is enabled only if the
used in the component. value in the Liner Present field
is Yes (Y). The value in this field
is used to populate the Liner
Type field on an associated RBI
Evaluation datasheet.

Codes in the
istance System Code Table.
• Strip Lined Alloy

• Organic Coating (typically
> 0.762mm / 30 mils)
• Thermal Resistant Service
- Castable Refractory
• Severe/Abrasive Service -
Castable Refractory
• Glass Linings
• Acid Brick
• Fiberglass

Minimum Structural Thickness Numeric The minimum permissible The value in this field is used
structural thickness of the to populate the Minimum
component. Structural Thickness field on
an associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis datasheet.
Mitigation System Character The safety system that is used The value in this field is used
to mitigate the severity of a to calculate the consequence
leakage. of failure. This value is
populated in the Mitigation
System field on the datasheet

descriptions of all the system
codes in the
baseline values:
• Inventory Blowdown
• Fire water deluge system
• Fire water monitors only
• Foam spray system
• No mitigation system
Percent Liquid Volume Numeric The percentage of liquid in the The value in this field is used
component. to calculate inventory.
pH of Water Numeric The pH of the water that is The value in the field is used to
used in the component. populate the pH of Water field
on an associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis datasheet.
Specified Tmin Numeric The minimum thickness of the This value is used to populate
component that is specified by the Specified Tmin field on the
the user. datasheet of an associated RBI
581 Risk Analysis.
Total Acid Number Numeric The total acid number of the This value is used to calculate
process fluid that is used in an RBI 581 analysis if the
the component. analysis is linked to the 581-
High Temperature Sulfidic and
Naphthenic Acid DM.
Piping Stress Records

Records in the Piping Stress family make up the Piping Stress reference table, which GE Digital APM uses
to locate the appropriate Allowable Stress value for RBI 581 Risk Analyses that are linked to RBI
Components whose Stress Lookup Table field contains the value Piping. These values are used to
calculate Pressure T-min values in RBI and Thickness Monitoring.

This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist in the Piping Stress family.
The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields. The Material Type,
Minimum Tensile Strength, and Minimum Tensile Yield fields exist in the Piping Stress family, but they are
not used to determine the Allowable Stress value.
This family is not enabled for site filtering, which means that records in this family can be accessed by any
user with the appropriate license and family privileges. For more information, refer to the Sites section of
the documentation.
Allowable Stress Override Numeric The maximum amount of This value in this field, in
pressure that can a addition to the following other
component can safely Piping Stress fields, is used to
withstand. determine the value that is
populated in the Allowable
Stress field in the associated
RBI 581 Risk Analysis:
• Base Material Code Year

• Base Material
Construction Code
• Design Temperature
• Base Material Grade
• Base Material Spec
• Stress Lookup Table
Code Year Character The year in which the design The value in this field is used
code that corresponds to the to populate the Base Material
component was defined. Code Year field in the
Analysis:
This field must contain a value

in order for GE Digital APM to
retrieve:
• The value in the Allowable

Stress field in the Piping
Stress record from the
Piping Stress reference
table.
• Values in the Base
Material Spec list in the
Piping Stress record.

Design Code Character The design code associated The value in this field is used
with the component. to populate the Base Material
Construction Code field in the
Analysis.

retrieve the value in the
Allowable Stress field in the
Piping Stress record from the
Piping Stress Reference table.
Material Grade Character The material grade of the The value in this field is used
component. to populate the Base Material
Grade field in the associated

Piping Stress Reference table.
If there is no material grade

value in the specification, then
this field is populated with the
value NS, which implies not
specified.
For Construction Code B31.3

or B31.1 and Code Year 2014,
if two or more Piping Stress
records have the same values
for Material Specification and
Material Grade, then the value
in this field is populated with a
value in the following format:
<Material Grade>-<Class>-
<Size>-<Notes>

Material Specification Character The material specification of The value in this field is used
the component. to populate the Base Material
Spec field in the associated RBI
581 Risk Analysis.

retrieve:

Stress field in the Piping
Stress record from the
Piping Stress reference
table.
• Values in the Material
Grade list in the Piping
Stress record.
Metal Temperature Numeric The temperature of the metal The value in this field is used
of which the component is to populate the Design
made. Temperature field in the
Analysis.

Piping Stress reference table.
PV Stress Records
Records in the PV Stress family make up the PV Stress reference table, which GE Digital APM uses to
locate the appropriate Allowable Stress value for RBI 581 Risk Analyses that are linked to RBI Components
whose Stress Lookup Table field contains the value Pressure Vessel.
This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist in the PV Stress family. The
information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields. The Material Type,
Minimum Tensile Strength, and Minimum Tensile Yield fields exist in the PV Stress family, but they are not
used to determine the Allowable Stress value.
the documentation.

Allowable Stress Numeric The maximum amount of This value in this field, in
pressure that can safely be addition to the following other
withstood by a component. PV Stress fields, is used to
determine the value that is
populated in the Allowable
RBI 581 Risk Analysis:
• Base Material Code Year

• Base Material
Construction Code
• Design Temperature
• Base Material Grade
• Base Material Spec
code that corresponds to the to populate the Code Year field
component was defined. in the associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis:

retrieve:

Stress field in the PV
Stress record from the PV
Stress reference table.
• Values in the Base
Material Spec list in the PV
Stress record.
with the component. to populate the Base Material
Construction Code field in the
Analysis.

Allowable Stress field in the PV
Stress Reference table.

component. to populate the Base Material
Grade field in the associated

Stress Reference table.
the component. to populate the Base Material
Spec field in the associated RBI
581 Risk Analysis.

retrieve:

Stress field in the PV
• Values in the Material
Grade list in the PV Stress
record.
Metal Temperature Numeric The temperature of the metal The value in this field is used
of which the component is to populate the Design
made. Temperature field in the
Analysis.

Minimum Tensile Strength Numeric The minimum tensile strength

of the material of the
component.
Minimum Yield Strength Numeric The minimum yield strength of

the material of the
component.
RBI Corrosion Loop Records

RBI Corrosion Loop records are used to identify the components contained in a Corrosion Loop. This topic
provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI Corrosion Loop family. The
information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields.

This family is enabled for site filtering, which means that records in this family can be assigned to a
specific site, and will then only be accessible to users who are assigned to the same site and have the
appropriate license and family privileges. For more information, refer to the Sites section of the
documentation.
Comments Text Details about the None

corrosion loop.
Created By Character The name of the user who This field is disabled and
created the RBI Corrosion populated automatically with
Loop. the name of the person logged
in to GE Digital APM.
Created On Date The date on which the RBI This field is disabled and
Corrosion Loop was created. populated automatically.
Last Updated By Character The first and last name of the This field is disabled and
most recent user to update populated automatically with
the RBI Corrosion Loop. the name of the person logged
in to GE Digital APM while
modifying the record.
Last Updated On Date The date on which the most This field is disabled and
recent update was made to populated automatically.
the RBI Corrosion Loop.
RBI Corrosion Loop Character Information about the purpose None

Description and contents of the corrosion
loop.
RBI Corrosion Loop From Character The origin designation of the This field identifies the asset
corrosion loop. or feed source of the corrosion
loop.
RBI Corrosion Loop ID Character A unique value that identifies This field is disabled and
the RBI Corrosion Loop. populated automatically.
RBI Corrosion Loop To Character The termination designation of This field identifies the asset
the RBI Corrosion Loop. or landmark at which the
corrosion loop ends.
RBI Degradation Mechanisms (DMs) Records

RBI Degradation Mechanisms records are used to determine the corrosion rate and damage factor caused
on the component because of a particular DM. This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of
the fields that exist for the Degradation Mechanisms family. The information in the table reflects the
baseline state and behavior of these fields.
documentation.

Combined Consequence Character The category of the combined The value in this field is
consequence of failure. calculated by comparing the
four consequence categories,
and assigning the combined
consequence category the
same value as the most severe
of the four. The value A
indicates the most severe
consequence category, and
the value E indicates the least
severe.
Deg Mech Comments Character Comments about the DM. None
Degradation Mechanism Character A process that induces This field contains the
deleterious micro and macro description of all the System
material changes over time Codes in the
that are harmful to the MI_DEGRADATION_MECHANIS
material condition or M_TYPES System Code Table.
mechanical properties.
Degradation Mechanism Character A short description of the None

Description degradation mechanism.
Probability of Failure Character Extent to which an event is None

likely to occur within the time
frame under consideration.
The mathematical definition of
probability is a real number in
the scale 0 to 1 and is
attached to a random event.
RBI Recommendation Records

RBI Recommendation records store information about the recommended actions to mitigate the risk. This
topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI Recommendation
family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields.
documentation.

Analysis ID Character The ID of the RBI 581 Risk This field is populated with the
Analysis that is linked to the value in the Analysis ID field of
RBI Recommendation. the associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis.
Author Name Character The name of the user who This field is populated with the
created the RBI last and first names of the
Recommendation. Security User that you
represent.
Completion Comments Text Comments about the This field is required when
completion of an RBI superseding the RBI
Recommendation. Recommendation.
Create Task? Boolean Indicates whether or not you None

want to create a task for the
RBI Component.
Damage Mechanism Character A process that induces This field is populated with the
deleterious micro or macro Degradation Mechanism that
material changes over time is linked to the associated RBI
that are harmful to the Criticality Analysis.
material condition or
mechanical properties.
Functional Location Character The ID of the Functional This field is populated with the
Location that the RBI value in the Equipment ID field
Component belongs to. in the associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis.
Inspection Confidence Character A value that indicates how This field does not appear on
effective prior inspections the datasheet. The value in
were at identifying the this field appears on the Asset
degradation mechanism and Risk Report.
the rate of degradation.
Inspection Strategy ID Character The unique ID of the This field does not appear on
Inspection Strategy. the datasheet. This field is
used to map the RBI
Recommendation with the
Inspection Strategy.
Intrusive/Non Intrusive Character Determines whether or not When you generate a

the asset can be inspected Recommendation, this field is
from the inside. populated with the value in
the Is Intrusive? field on the
RBI 581 Risk Analysis
datasheet.
Nonrecurring Boolean Indicates whether the This check box is selected by

inspection task that you create default.
for the recommendation is
recurring.

Originating Reference Character The ID of the RBI 581 Risk When you generate an RBI
Analysis that is linked to the Recommendation, this field is
RBI Recommendation. populated with the ID of the
RBI Component Character The description of the This field is populated with the
component that is associated value in the Component
with the RBI Recommendation. Description field of the
associated RBI Component.
RBI Recommendation Character Indicates the methodology This field is populated with the
Methodology that is used to generate the value RBI 581.
RBI Recommendation.
Recommendation Basis Character Defines what is driving the RBI When you generate an
Recommendation. RBI Recommendation, this
value in the Inspection
Strategy Description field in
the associated Inspection
Strategy.
Recommendation Headline Character Identifies the purpose of the This field is populated with a
recommendation. value in the following format:
RBI - <Component> - <Damage

Mechanism>
...where:
• <Component> is the value

in the Component field in
the RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
• <Damage Mechanism> is
the value in the Damage
Mechanism field in the RBI
Recommendation.
Recommended Interval Scope Numeric Defines what should be done When you generate an RBI
during this inspection event. Recommendation, this field is
populated with the value 0.

Recommended Interval Text Defines the time period When you generate an RBI
between inspection events. Recommendation, this field is
populated with one of the
following values:

Recommended Inspection
Interval field. This happens
if the value in the Use
Calculated Data field in
the Inspection Strategy
field is set to False.
• The value in the Estimated
Half Life field. This
happens if the value in the
Use Calculated Data field
in the Inspection Strategy
field is set to True.
Status Character Defines the status of the This field is populated with the
recommendation in the value Created.
process flow.
Superseded By Character Identifies the recommendation When you supersede this

Recommendation Number that will be performed and RBI Recommendation with
tracked rather than the another one, this field is
selected recommendation. populated with the ID of the
latter.
Target Completion Date Date The date on which the For an RBI Recommendation
recommendation has to be associated with an RBI 581
implemented. Cracking Damage Evaluation,
this field is populated
automatically with the earliest
of the dates in the Cracking
Inspection Date and Target
Inspection Date fields on the
datasheet.
For other DMEs, this field is

the value in the Target
Inspection Date field on the
datasheet.
Task Type Character Defines the inspection When you generate an

methodology used. RBI Recommendation, this
value in the Inspection Task
Type field in the associated
Inspection Strategy.

Recommendation Revision Records
The Recommendation Revision family stores information from the related RBI and Compliance
Recommendation records and their related Inspection Tasks. These records store information when an
Inspection Plan that is in the Approved state is moved to the Modified state.
This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the Recommendation
Revision family and appear in the Recommendation Revision datasheet unless otherwise specified. This
list is not comprehensive.
documentation.
Damage Mechanism Character (50) Stores the Damage This field is disabled.
Mechanism of the original
Recommendation.
Inspection Strategy ID Character (255) Stores the ID of the Inspection This field is disabled.
Strategy record from which
the original Recommendation
was generated.
Inspection Task Type Character (255) Stores the Task Type from the This field is disabled.
related Inspection Task.
Non Recurring? Boolean Indicates whether the This field is disabled.

Recommendation is to recur.
RBI Recommendation Character (255) Indicates the methodology • For RBI

Methodology used to create the Recommendations, the
Recommendation. value in this field can be
RBI 580 or RBI 581.
• For Compliance, the value
in this field is set to the
name of the Compliance
Strategy Template.
Recommendation ID Character (255) Indicates the unique ID that is This field is populated by
assigned to the automatically by business
Recommendation. rules.
This field is disabled.
Recommended Inspection Text Stores the Inspection Scope This field is disabled.
Scope that populated the original
Recommendation.
State Character (255) Stores the State ID of the This field is populated by the
original Recommendation. caption of the state.
The field is disabled and does

not appear in the datasheet.

Task Description Text Stores the description from This field is disabled.
the related Inspection Task.
Task Desired Interval Numeric Stores the Desired Interval This field is disabled.
field value from the related
Inspection Task.
Task Desired Interval Basis Character (1000) Stores the Desired Interval The value in this field is the
Basis from the related description of the
Inspection Task. corresponding system code
from the INSM System Code
Table.
The field is disabled.
Task Desired Interval UOM Character (50) Stores the Desired Interval This field is disabled.
UOM from the related
Inspection Task.
Task Details Text Stores the details from the This field is disabled.
Task ID Character (255) Stores the Task ID from the This field is disabled.
Task Last Date Date Stores the Last Date from the This field is disabled.
Task Override Interval Boolean Stores the Override Interval This field is disabled.
from the related Inspection
Task.
Task Next Date Date Stores the Next Date from the This field is disabled.
Task Reoccurring Boolean Stores the Reoccurring flag This field is disabled.
value from the related
Inspection Task.
RBI 581 Brittle Fracture Damage Evaluation Records

RBI 581 Brittle Fracture Damage Evaluation records store information about the evaluation that you have
performed on the following degradation mechanisms (DMs):
This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI 581 Brittle
Fracture Damage Evaluation family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior
of these fields. This list is not comprehensive.
documentation.

The 581 Brittle Fracture Section
Critical Exposure Temperature Numeric The critical exposure The value in this field is
(CET) temperature, in degrees required to calculate the value
Fahrenheit, to which the in the CET - Tref field if you are
component is subject. evaluating the 581-Brittle
Fracture DM.
Fracture Appearance Numeric The fracture appearance The value in this field is
Transition Temperature (FATT) transition temperature, in required to calculate value in
degrees Fahrenheit, of the the Base Damage Factor field if
fracture. you are evaluating the 581-
Low Alloy Steel Embrittlement
DM.
Is CET at the MAWP >= -29°C Boolean Indicates whether the critical The value in this field is used
exposure temperature at to calculate the value in the
maximum allowable working Damage Factor Adjustment
pressure is greater than or Service Experience ( FSE) field
equal to 29 degrees if you are evaluating the 581-
Centigrade for a pressure Brittle Fracture DM.
vessel.
Is Cyclic service Design Boolean Indicates whether cyclic The value in this field is used
Requirement service is a design to calculate the value in the
requirement for the Damage Factor Adjustment
component. Service Experience ( FSE) field
if you are evaluating the 581-
Brittle Fracture DM.
Is Equipment Or Circuit Boolean Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
Subject to EVN Cracking component is subject to to calculate the value in the
environmental cracking. Damage Factor Adjustment
Service Experience ( FSE) field
Is Equipment Or Circuit Boolean Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
Subject to Shock Chilling component is subject to shock to calculate the value in the
chilling. Damage Factor Adjustment
Is Fabricated From P-1 and P-3 Boolean Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
Steels component is fabricated from to calculate the value in the
P-1 and P-3 steels, where the Damage Factor Adjustment
design temperature is less Service Experience ( FSE) field
than or equal to 650 degrees if you are evaluating the 581-
Fahrenheit. Brittle Fracture DM.

Is Nominal Operating Boolean Indicates whether the normal The value in this field is used
Conditions Changed operating conditions have to calculate the value in the
changed for the component. Damage Factor Adjustment
Is Nominal Uncorroded Boolean Indicates whether the nominal The value in this field is used
Thickness < 50.8 mm (2 inch) thickness of the component to calculate the value in the
before corrosion is less than 2 Damage Factor Adjustment
inches. Service Experience ( FSE) field
Is Satisfied All Requirements Boolean Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
For Fabrication component satisfies all the to calculate the value in the
requirements of a recognized Damage Factor Adjustment
code or a standard at the time Service Experience ( FSE) field
of fabrication. if you are evaluating the 581-
Material Exemption Curve Character The material exemption curve The value in this field is
to which the base material of required to calculate the value
the component is related. in the Reference Temperature
field if you are evaluating the
581-Brittle Fracture or the
581-Low Alloy Steel
Embrittlement DM.

Codes in the
MI_581_Material_Temperature
_Exemption_Curves System
values:
• Temperature Exemption A
Curve
• Temperature Exemption B
Curve
• Temperature Exemption C
Curve
• Temperature Exemption D
Curve

Minimum Allowable Numeric The minimum temperature, in The value in this field is
Temperature degrees Fahrenheit, that is required to calculate the
allowed in the component. analysis if you are evaluating
any of the following DMs:
• 581-Sigma Phase
Embrittlement
Embrittlement
Minimum Design Metal Numeric The minimum design metal The value in this field is
Temperature (MDMT) temperature of the required to calculate the
component in degrees damage factor for the
Fahrenheit. 581-885F Embrittlement or
the 581-Low Alloy Steel
Embrittlement DM.
Sigma Percentage Numeric The percentage of sigma. The value in this field is
required to calculate the
damage factor if you are
evaluating the 581-Sigma
Phase Embrittlement DM.

Codes in the
MI_581_Sigma_Percentage
baseline values:
• 1
• 2
• 3
• 4
• 5
• 6
• 7
• 8
• 9
• >=10
The Output Section
Base Damage Factor Numeric The base damage factor of the This field is disabled and
component. calculated based on the values
in the Brittle Fracture
section.

CET-Tref Numeric The difference between the This field is disabled and
critical exposure temperature calculated as follows:
and reference temperature of
CET-Tref = Critical Exposure
the component.
Temperature (CET) - Reference
Temperature

Damage Factor Adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor based This field is disabled and
Service Experience ( FSE) on the operating and design populated automatically.
conditions of the component.
If the value in the Nominal
Thickness field is less than or
equal to 0.5 inches or the
values in the following fields
are as follows, then the value
in this field is 0.01. Otherwise,
it is 1.0.
Field Value
Is CET at the True

MAWP >= -29?
C
Is Cyclic False
service Design
Requirement
Is Equipment False
Or Circuit
Subject to EVN
Cracking
Is Equipment False
Or Circuit
Subject to
Shock Chilling
Is Fabricated True
From P-1 and
P-3 Steels
Is Nominal False
Operating
Conditions
Changed
Is Nominal True
Uncorroded
Thickness <
50.8 mm (2
inch)
Is Satisfied All True

Requirements
For Fabrication
Final Damage Factor Numeric The final damage factor of the This field is disabled, and
component. calculated based on the value
in the Base Damage Factor
field.

Material Yield Strength Numeric The material yield strength of This field is disabled and
the base material used in the populated automatically.
component.
Reference Temperature Numeric The reference temperature of This field is disabled and
the component in degrees calculated based on the values
Fahrenheit. in the Brittle Fracture
section.
Tmin Numeric The minimum design metal This field is disabled and
temperature of the populated automatically with
component in degrees the value in the Minimum
Fahrenheit. Design Metal Temperature
(MDMT) field.
Tmin-Tref Numeric The difference between the This field is disabled and
minimum design metal calculated as follows:
temperature and the reference
Tmin-Tref = Minimum Design
temperature of the
Metal Temperature (MDMT) -
component in degrees
Reference Temperature
Fahrenheit.
Tmpt Numeric The minimum allowable This field is disabled and

temperature of the populated automatically with
component in degrees the value in the Minimum
Fahrenheit. Allowable Temperature field.
Tmpt-(Tref+FATT) Numeric The difference between the This field is disabled and
minimum allowable calculated as follows:
temperature and the sum of
Tmpt-(Tref+FATT) = Minimum
reference temperature and
Design Metal Temperature
fracture appearance transition
(MDMT) - (Reference
temperature in degrees
Temperature + Fracture
Fahrenheit.
Appearance Transition
Temperature (FATT))
RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation Records

RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation records store information about the evaluation that you have performed
on the consequence of failure.
This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI 581 Consequence
Evaluation family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields. This
list is not comprehensive.
documentation.

The Common Section
Allow override of Total Boolean Indicates whether you want to If you select this check box,
Financial Consequence override the total loss the User Total Financial
calculated by GE Digital APM Consequences field is enabled.
(populated in the User Total
Financial Consequences field).
Detection System Character The safety system that is used The value in this field is
to detect a failure of the populated with the value in
component. the Detection System field on
the datasheet of the
associated component.

description of all System
Codes in the 581_Detection
baseline values:
• Loss of Pressure or Flow

(A)
• Pressure Envelope (B)
• Visual Detection (C)
Environmental Clean-up Costs Numeric The cost incurred because of The value in this field is used
cleaning up the damage done to calculate the value in the
to the environment due to the Financial Consequence
failure. Environmental Clean-up Cost
field.
Equipment Cost Numeric The cost incurred because of The value in this field is used
loss or damage of equipment to calculate the value in the
due to the failure. Damage Cost Surrounding
Equipment field.
Include Personnel Injury Boolean Indicates whether there is cost If you select this check box,
of injury to personnel due to the Injury Cost field is enabled.
the failure.
Injury Cost Numeric The cost incurred because of This field is enabled only if the
injury to personnel due to the Include Personnel Injury
failure. check box is selected. The
value in this field is used to
calculate the value in the
Financial Injury Cost field.
Inventory Component Mass Numeric The inventory mass, in pounds, If the Use Calculated
of the associated component. Inventory check box is
selected, then this field is
disabled and calculated
automatically.

Inventory Group Character The name of the inventory This field is populated with the
group to which the component value in the corresponding
belongs. field in the associated
component.
Inventory Group Mass Numeric The total inventory mass, in If the Use Calculated
pounds, of the components in Inventory check box is
an inventory group. selected, then this field is
disabled and calculated
automatically.
Isolation System Character The safety system that is used The value in this field is
to isolate the component in populated with the value in
case of a hazard. the Isolation System field on

Codes in the 581_Isolation
baseline values:
• Auto Shutdown
• Leakage Shutdown (This
System field isPressure
Envelope (B) orVisual
Detection (C))
• Manual Shutdown (This
System field isVisual
Detection (C))

Mitigation System Character The safety system that is used The value in this field is
to mitigate the risk of a failure. populated with the value in
the Mitigation System field on

codes in the
baseline values:
• Inventory Blowdown
• Fire water deluge system
• Fire water monitors only
• Foam spray system
• No mitigation system
Population Density Numeric The density of population, per This field is disabled and
square foot, in the area that populated with the value in
the process unit is set up. the Numeric Field Value
column for Population Density
on the RBI 581 Admin
Options page.
Production Cost Numeric The cost incurred because of The value in this field is
loss of production. required to calculate the value
in the Lost Production On the
Unit field.
Use Calculated Inventory Boolean Indicates whether you want If the component is linked to
GE Digital APM to calculate the an inventory group, and, if you
values in the Inventory create or apply an RBI 581 Risk
Component Mass and Analysis, this check box is
Inventory Group Mass fields. selected automatically. If this
check box is selected, the
Inventory Component Mass
and Inventory Group Mass
fields are disabled and

User Total Financial Numeric The total financial loss, in USD, This field is enabled only if the
Consequences that is incurred due to the Allow override of Total
failure. Financial Consequence
Otherwise, this field is
disabled and calculated as the
sum of the values in the Injury
Cost, Equipment Cost,
Production Cost, and
Environmental Clean-up Cost
fields.
The AST Inputs Section
Distance from Tankbottom to Numeric The distance, in feet, from the The value in this field is
Groundwater tank bottom to ground water. required to calculate the
analysis if the component type
is Storage Tank Bottom.
Environmental Sensitivity Character The sensitivity of the The value in this field is
environment. required to calculate the
financial environmental cost
for a rupture if the component
type is Tank Bottom.

codes in the
MI_581_Environmental_Sensiti
vity System Code Table. You
baseline values:
• Low
• Medium
• High
Fluid Percent Leaving Dike Numeric The percentage of fluid leaving None
dike.
Fluid Percent Offsite Numeric The percentage of fluid leaving None

dike but not entering the
water near the tank.
Fluid Percent Onsite Numeric The percentage of fluid leaving None

dike that remains onsite.

Maximum Fill Height in AST Numeric The maximum fill height, in If the Has Release
feet, in the tank bottom. Prevention Barrier? check
box in the associated analysis
is selected, this field is
disabled and populated with
the value 0.25 feet. Otherwise,
this field is enabled and blank.
The value in this field is

analysis if:
• The component type is

Storage Tank
-or-
• The component type
isStorage Tank Bottom,
and the Has Release
Prevention check box on
component is cleared.
Soil Type under Tank bottom Character The type of soil under the The value in this field is
storage tank bottom. required to calculate the
analysis if the component type
is Storage Tank Bottom.

codes in the
MI_581_Soil_Types System
values:
• Clay
• Coarse Sand
• Concrete Asphalt
• Fine Sand
• Gravel
• Sand Clay
• Silt
• Very Fine Sand
Tank Course Height Numeric The height of the tank course. The value in this field is
analysis. This field is enabled
only if the component type is
Storage Tank and the
component family is Tank
Bottom.
The Intermediate Outputs Section

Adjusted Release Rate Large Numeric The rate of release of the fluid This field is disabled and
in the component through a calculated as follows:
large-sized hole after
Adjusted Release Rate Large =
considering the release
Release Rate Large * (1 -
reduction factor.
Release Reduction Factor)
Adjusted Release Rate Numeric The rate of release of the fluid This field is disabled and
Medium in the component through a calculated as follows:
medium-sized hole after
Adjusted Release Rate
Medium = Release Rate
reduction factor.
Medium * (1 - Release
Reduction Factor)
Adjusted Release Rate Numeric The rate of release of the fluid This field is disabled and
Rupture in the component through a calculated as follows:
rupture after considering the
release reduction factor.
Rupture = Release Rate
Rupture * (1 - Release
Reduction Factor)
Adjusted Release Rate Small Numeric The rate of release of the fluid This field is disabled and
in the component through a calculated as follows:
small-sized hole after
Adjusted Release Rate Small =
Release Rate Small * (1 -
reduction factor.
Release Reduction Factor)
Component Damage Cost Numeric The total damage cost, in USD, This field is disabled and
of the component. calculated automatically.
Damage Cost Large Numeric The damage cost, in USD, This field is disabled and
incurred because of a large- calculated automatically.
sized hole in the component.
Damage Cost Medium Numeric The damage cost, in USD, This field is disabled and
incurred because of a calculated automatically.
medium-sized hole in the
component.
Damage Cost Rupture Numeric The damage cost, in USD, This field is disabled and
incurred because of a rupture calculated automatically.
in the component.
Damage Cost Small Numeric The damage cost, in USD, This field is disabled and
incurred because of a small- calculated automatically.
sized hole in the component.

Damage Cost Surrounding Numeric The financial consequence of This field is disabled and
Equipment damage, in USD, to the calculated as follows:
surrounding equipment in the
Damage Cost Surrounding
unit.
Equipment = Weighted
Component Damage
Consequence Area *
Equipment Cost
Detection System Character The classification of the This field is disabled and
Classification detection system that is populated automatically.
installed on the component.
Energy Efficiency Correction Numeric The correction factor for This field is disabled and
Factor Large energy efficiency to be applied calculated automatically.
on the consequence area for a
large-sized hole in the
component.
Factor Medium energy efficiency to be applied calculated automatically.
medium-sized hole in the
component.
Factor Rupture energy efficiency to be applied calculated automatically.
rupture in the component.
Factor Small energy efficiency to be applied calculated automatically.
small-sized hole in the
component.
Equipment Outage Large Numeric The number of days of This field is disabled and
downtime that is required to calculated automatically. The
repair the piece of equipment value in this field is used to
(that is, the component) in the calculated the values in the
case of a large-sized hole. Lost Production On the Unit
and the Total Financial
Consequence fields.
Equipment Outage Medium Numeric The number of days of This field is disabled and
case of a medium-sized hole. Lost Production On the Unit
Consequence fields.

Equipment Outage Multiplier Numeric The multiplier that is used to This field is disabled and
calculate the equipment populated automatically with
outage. the value 1. The value in this
field is used to calculated the
values in the Lost Production
On the Unit and the Total
Financial Consequence fields.
Equipment Outage Rupture Numeric The number of days of This field is disabled and
case of a rupture. Lost Production On the Unit
Consequence fields.
Equipment Outage Small Numeric The number of days of This field is disabled and
case of a small-sized hole. Lost Production On the Unit
Consequence fields.
Financial Consequence Numeric The cost, in USD, incurred This field is disabled and
Environmental Clean-up Cost because of cleaning up the calculated automatically. The
environment after a hazard. value in this field is used to
calculated the value in the
field.
Financial Injury Cost Numeric The potential loss, in USD, This field is disabled and
incurred due to personal calculated as follows:
injury.
Financial Injury Cost =
Population Density * Weighted
Personnel Injury Consequence
Area * Injury Cost

to calculated the value in the
field.
Isolation System Classification Character The classification of the This field is disabled and
isolation system that is populated automatically.
installed on the component.

Lost Production On the Unit Numeric The financial loss, in USD, This field is disabled and
incurred due to outage of the calculated as follows:
equipment and the
Lost production On the Unit =
surrounding equipment in
(Outagecmd + Outageaffa) *
repair.
Prodcost
...where:
• Outagecmd is the
equipment outage.
• Outageaffa is the
surrounding equipment
outage.
• Prodcost is the value in
the Production Cost field.

to calculated the value in the
field.
Mitigation Factor Numeric The adjustment factor based This field is disabled and
on the mitigation system that populated automatically. The
is used in the component. following table provides the
values of Mitigation Factor
based on the value in the
Mitigation System field.
Mitigation Mitigation Fa
System ctor
Inventory 0.25
Blowdown
Fire water 0.20

deluge system
Fire water 0.05

monitors only
Foam spray 0.15

system
No mitigation 0
system

to calculate the value in the
Weighted Component Damage
Consequence Area field.

Release Hole Diameter (Large) Numeric The diameter, in inches, of a This field is disabled and is
large-sized hole in the populated with the value from
component. API RBI 3rd Edition
specification based on the
component type.
Release Hole Diameter Numeric The diameter, in inches, of a This field is disabled and is
(Medium) medium-sized hole in the populated with the value from
component type.
Release Hole Diameter Numeric The diameter, in inches, of a This field is disabled and is
(Rupture) rupture in the component. populated with the value from
API RBI 3rd Edition
component type.
Release Hole Diameter (Small) Numeric The diameter, in inches, of a This field is disabled and is
small-sized hole in the populated with the value from
component type.
Release Mass Large Numeric The mass of the fluid that is This field is disabled and
released from a large-sized calculated automatically. The
hole. value in this field is used to
calculate the value in the Toxic
Release Mass Large field.
Release Mass Medium Numeric The mass of the fluid that is This field is disabled and
released from a medium-sized calculated automatically. The
Release Mass Medium field.
Release Mass Rupture Numeric The mass of the fluid that is This field is disabled and
released from a rupture. calculated automatically. The
Release Mass Rupture field.
Release Mass Small Numeric The mass of the fluid that is This field is disabled and
released from a small-sized calculated automatically. The
Release Mass Small field.
Release Rate Large Numeric The rate of release of the fluid This field is disabled and
in the component through a calculated automatically. The
large-sized hole. value in this field is used to
Release Rate Large field.

Release Rate Medium Numeric The rate of release of the fluid This field is disabled and
medium-sized hole. value in this field is used to
Release Rate Medium field.
Release Rate Rupture Numeric The rate of release of the fluid This field is disabled and
rupture. value in this field is used to
Release Rate Rupture field.
Release Rate Small Numeric The rate of release of the fluid This field is disabled and
small-sized hole. value in this field is used to
Release Rate Small field.
Release Reduction Factor Numeric The reduction factor that will This field is disabled and
be applied to the release rate calculated automatically. The
or mass based on the type of value in this field is used to
detection and isolation calculate the values in the
systems. Adjusted Release Rate Large,
Medium, Adjusted Release
Rate Rupture, and Adjusted
Release Rate Small fields.
Release Type Large Numeric Indicates whether the release This field is disabled and
from a large-sized hole is populated with the value I
continuous or instantaneous. (Instantaneous) if the release
time is less than or equal to
180 seconds, and the value in
the Release Mass Large is
greater than 10,000 pounds.
Otherwise, the value in this
field is C (Continuous).
Release Type Medium Numeric Indicates whether the release This field is disabled and
from a medium-sized hole is populated with the value I
the Release Mass Medium is

Release Type Rupture Numeric Indicates whether the release This field is disabled and
from a rupture is continuous populated with the value I
or instantaneous. (Instantaneous) if the release
the Release Mass Rupture is
Release Type Small Numeric Indicates whether the release This field is disabled and
from a small-sized hole is populated with the value I
the Release Mass Small is
Total Toxic Release Mass Large Numeric The mass of the release of a This field is disabled and
toxic fluid in the component calculated as follows:
from a large-sized hole.
Total Toxic Release Mass Large
= Release Mass Large * Mass
Fraction
...where Mass Fraction is the

toxic percentage of toxic
component in the release fluid.
Total Toxic Release Mass Numeric The mass of the release of a This field is disabled and
Medium toxic fluid in the component calculated as follows:
from a medium-sized hole.
Total Toxic Release Mass
Medium = Release Mass
Medium * Mass Fraction

Total Toxic Release Mass Numeric The mass of the release of a This field is disabled and
Rupture toxic fluid in the component calculated as follows:
from a rupture.
Total Toxic Release Mass
Rupture = Release Mass
Rupture * Mass Fraction


Total Toxic Release Mass Small Numeric The mass of the release of a This field is disabled and
toxic fluid in the component calculated as follows:
from a small-sized hole.
Total Toxic Release Mass Small
= Release Mass Small * Mass
Fraction

Toxic Release Rate Large Numeric The rate of release of a toxic This field is disabled and
fluid in the component from a calculated as follows:
large-sized hole.
Toxic Release Rate Large =
Release Rate Large * Mass
Fraction

Toxic Release Rate Medium Numeric The rate of release of a toxic This field is disabled and
medium-sized hole.
Toxic Release Rate Medium=
Release Rate Medium * Mass
Fraction

Toxic Release Rate Rupture Numeric The rate of release of a toxic This field is disabled and
rupture.
Toxic Release Rate Rupture=
Release Rate Rupture * Mass
Fraction

Toxic Release Rate Small Numeric The rate of release of a toxic This field is disabled and
small-sized hole.
Toxic Release Rate Large =
Release Rate Small * Mass
Fraction

The Output Data Section

Final Consequence Area Numeric The final consequence are in This field is disabled and
square feet. populated with the maximum
value among the values in the
following fields:
• Weighted Component
Damage Consequence
Area
• Weighted NFNT
Consequence Area
• Weighted Personnel Injury
Consequence Area
• Weighted Toxic
Consequence Area

to plot the financial risk on the
RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot.
Total Financial Consequence Numeric The total financial loss, in USD, This field is disabled and
incurred due to the failure. calculated as the sum of the
following values:
• Financial Injury Cost

• Lost Production On the
Unit
• Financial Consequence
Environmental Clean-up
Cost
• Surrounding Equipment
Outage
• Equipment Outage

to plot the financial risk on the
Weighted Component Damage Numeric The final component damage This field is disabled and
Consequence Area consequence area in square calculated automatically.
feet.
Weighted NFNT Consequence Numeric The weighted equipment This field is disabled and
Area damage consequence area for calculated automatically.
non-flammable, non-toxic
releases such as steam or
acids in square feet.
Weighted Personnel Injury Numeric The weighted personnel injury This field is disabled and
Consequence Area flammable consequence area calculated automatically.
in square feet.
Weighted Toxic Consequence Numeric The weighted personnel injury This field is disabled and
Area toxic consequence area in calculated automatically.
square feet.

RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation Records
RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation records store information about the evaluation that you have
performed on the following damage mechanisms (DMs):
This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI 581 Cracking
Damage Evaluation family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these
fields. This list is not comprehensive.
documentation.
The General Section
Calculated Susceptibility Character The calculated susceptibility This field is disabled and
level for the damage calculated automatically.
mechanism.
Damage Mechanism Character The damage mechanism that This field is disabled and
you want to evaluate. populated automatically.
Date in Service Date The date and time on which This value is populated with
the component is in service. the value in the Component
Date in Service field on the RBI
Component datasheet. You
can, however, change this
value using the calendar
feature. The value in this field
is used to calculate the value
in the Age field if there is no
value in the Last Known
Inspection Date field.

Highest Effective Inspection Character The highest level of effective The value in this field is
Level inspections. required to calculate the value
field. If you select the Use
Combined Confidence check
box, then the value in this field
is calculated automatically.

Codes in the
ss System Code Table. You can
baseline values:
• Highly Effective
• Usually Effective
• Fairly Effective
• Poorly Effective
• InEffective (None)
Hydrogen Probes Character Indicates whether hydrogen This field is enabled only if the
probes are present. value in the Online Monitoring
Flag is Yes (Y). The value in this
field is used to calculate the
value in the Online Monitoring
Adjustment field.

Codes in the MI_YES_NO
baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

Key Process Variable? Character Indicates whether there are This field is enabled only if the
any key process variables value in the Online Monitoring
monitored for the damage Flag is Yes (Y). The value in this
mechanism. field is used to calculate the
Adjustment field.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Last Known Inspection Date Date The date on which the This field is populated by the
component was last inspected value in the Completion Date
for cracking. field for the Inspection. If there
is more than one linked
Inspection, the latest date is
used. If there are no linked
Inspections, this field will be
blank. You can also enter a
value in this field manually.
Number of Highest Effective Numeric The number of inspections You can enter a value between
Inspections with the level that is specified 0 and 6. If you enter 0, then
in the Highest Effective Insp the Highest Effective
field. Inspection Level field is
the value InEffective (None).

required to calculate the value

Online Monitoring Flag Character Indicates whether the This field is used to calculate
component is monitored the analysis if you are
online to check for damage. evaluating the 581-HIC/SOHIC
- H2S or the 581-HIC/SOHIC -
HF DM.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Severity Index Adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor for This field is enabled only if you
Factor severity index. are evaluating the 581-Other
Cracking DM. Otherwise, this
field is disabled and populated
automatically. In the case of
581-Other Cracking, the value
in this field is used to calculate
the value in the Base Severity
Index field.

• 1
• 0.2
• 0.02

Susceptibility Character The susceptibility level for the The value in this field is used
damage mechanism. to calculate the value in the
Base Damage Factor field. This
field contains the descriptions
of all System Codes in the
y System Code Table. You can
baseline values:
• High
• Medium
• Low
• None
If the value in the

Susceptibility Type field is:
• Detected, then this field is

disabled and populated
with the value High.
• Estimated, then this field
is enabled, and you can
select a value manually.
• Calculated, then this field
is disabled and blank.

Susceptibility Type Character Indicates whether you want to The value in this field is
provide an estimated value of required to populate the value
susceptibility or have GE in the Susceptibility field.
Digital APM calculate the
value.
Codes in the
• Estimated: If you select

this value, then you can
select a value in the
Susceptibility field.
• Detected: If you select this
value, then the
Susceptibility field is
disabled, and populated
with the value, High.
• Calculated: If you select
this value, then the value
in the Susceptibility field is
calculated based on the
values in the fields in the
Susceptibility Inputs
section.
Use Combined Confidence Boolean Indicates whether you want If you select this check box,
GE Digital APM to calculate the then the values in the Highest
highest effective inspection Effective Inspection Level and
level and number. Number of Highest Effective
Inspections fields are
calculated automatically.
The Susceptibility Inputs Section

Amine Solution Type Character The type of the amine solution This field contains the
that is used in the component. descriptions of all System
Codes in the
MI_581_Amine_Solution_Types
baseline values:
• Fresh
• Lean
• Rich

Susceptibility field if the
following conditions are
satisfied:
• You are evaluating the

581-Amine Cracking DM.
Susceptibility Type field is
Calculated.
If the value in the Amine Type

field is Fresh or Rich, then the
value in the Final Susceptibility
field is None. If the value in the
Amine Type field is Lean, then
the value in the Final
calculated based on the value
in the Amine Type field.

Amine Type Character The type of amine that is used The value in this field is used
in the component. to calculate the value in the
Susceptibility field if:

581-Amine Cracking DM.
-and-
Calculated.

Codes in the
values:
• MEA
• DIPA
• DEA
• Other Amine
Caustic Type Character Indicates the area that the The value in this field is used
component falls into as to calculate the value in the
plotted on the Susceptibility of Susceptibility field if:
Caustic Cracking in Carbon
Steel graph.
581-Caustic Cracking DM.
-and-
Calculated.

Codes in the
MI_581_Caustic_Types System
values:
• Area A
• Area B
• Area C

Chloride Concentration Water Numeric The concentration of chloride, The value in this field is used
Process in ppm, in the water that is to calculate the value in the
used in the component. Susceptibility field if:

581-Chloride Stress
Corrosion Cracking DM.
-and-
Calculated.
CO3 Concentration in Water Numeric The concentration of The value in this field is used
carbonate, in ppm, in the to calculate the value in the
water that is used in the Susceptibility field if:
component.
581-Alkaline Carbonate
DM.
-and-
Calculated.
Cyanides Boolean Indicates if cyanides are The value in this field is used
present in the fluid that is used to calculate the value in the
in the component. Susceptibility field if:

581-Sulfide Stress
Cracking or the 581-HIC/
SOHIC - H2S DM.
-and-
Calculated.

Downtime Protection Used Character Indicates if downtime The value in this field is used
protection is used in the to calculate the value in the
component. Susceptibility field if:

581-Polythionic Acid
Cracking DM.
-and-
Calculated.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Exposure to Oxygen During Character Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
Operation/Downtime component is exposed to to calculate the value in the
oxygen when the component Susceptibility field if:
is operating or when it is shut
down.
Cracking DM.
-and-
Calculated.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

Exposure to Sulfur During Character Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
Operation/Downtime component is exposed to to calculate the value in the
sulfur when the component is Susceptibility field if:
operating or when it is shut
down.
Cracking DM.
-and-
Calculated.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Exposure to Water During Character Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
Operation/Shutdown component is exposed to to calculate the value in the
water when the component is Susceptibility field if:
operating or when it is shut
down.
Cracking DM.
-and-
Calculated.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
H2S Water Content Numeric The concentration of H2S, in The value in this field is used
ppm, in water that is used in to calculate the value in the
the component. Susceptibility field if:

581-HIC/SOHIC - H2S DM.
-and-
Calculated.

Heat Traced? Character Indicates whether heat tracing The value in this field is used
is used in the component. to calculate the value in the

581-Amine Cracking, 581-
Corrosion Cracking, or the
-and-
Calculated.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
HF Present? Character Indicates whether HF is The value in this field is used

present in the fluid that is used to calculate the value in the

581-HIC/SOHIC - HF or the
581-Hydrogen Stress
Cracking DM.
-and-
Calculated.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

Maximum Brinnell Hardness Numeric The maximum brinnell The value in this field is used
hardness of the material used to calculate the value in the

581-Hydrogen Stress
Cracking or the 581-
Sulfide Stress Cracking
DM.
-and-
Calculated.
NaOH Caustic Concentration Numeric The concentration, in weight The value in this field is used
percentage, of NaOH in the to calculate the value in the
fluid used in the component. Susceptibility field if:

-and-
Calculated.
Product Form Character The form of the material that The value in this field is used
is used in the component. to calculate the value in the

-and-
Calculated.

Codes in the
MI_581_Product_Form System
values:
• Seamless/Extruded Pipe
• Rolled Plate

Steam Out? Character Indicates whether steam is The value in this field is used
released from the component. to calculate the value in the

581-Amine Cracking, 581-
Corrosion Cracking, or the
-and-
Calculated.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Sulfur Content of Steel Character The content of sulfur, in ppm, The value in this field is used
in the steel that is used in the to calculate the value in the

-and-
Calculated.

Codes in the
MI_581_Sulfur_Content_Of_Ste
el System Code Table. You can
baseline values:
• High Sulfur Steel (>0.01%

S)
• Low Sulfur Steel (<=0.01%
S)

Thermal History (Heat Character The heat treatment that has The value in this field is used
Treatment History) been conducted on the to calculate the value in the

Cracking DM.
-and-
Calculated.

Codes in the
MI_581_Heat_Treatment_Histo
ry System Code Table. You can
baseline values:
• Solution Annealed
• Stabilized Before Welding
• Stabilized After Welding
The Outputs Section
Age Numeric The time, in years, since the This field is disabled and
last inspection was performed. populated automatically.
If no inspection has been
performed, then the value in
the Date in Service field is
used.
Base Damage Factor Numeric The damage factor of the This field is disabled and
component before considering calculated automatically.
adjustment factors.
Base Severity Index Numeric The base severity index of the This field is disabled and
DM. calculated automatically.
Final Damage Factor Numeric The damage factor of the This field is disabled and
component after considering calculated automatically.
the adjustment factors.
Final Susceptibility Numeric The susceptibility level that This field is disabled and
the component is subject to calculated automatically.
because of damage.

Online Monitoring Adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor for This field is disabled and
online monitoring. populated automatically based
on the values in the Key
Process Variables and
Hydrogen Probes fields:
Key Hydrog Online

Process en Monitor
Variabl Probes ing
es Adjust
ment
No (N) No (N) 1
Yes (Y) No (N) 2
No (N) Yes (Y) 2
Yes (Y) Yes (Y) 4
Time Since Last Inspection Numeric The time since you last This field is disabled and
performed inspection for populated automatically.
cracking on the component.
RBI 581 External Cracking Damage Evaluation Records

RBI 581 External Cracking Damage Evaluation records store information about the evaluation that you
have performed on the following damage mechanisms (DMs):
This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI 581 External
Cracking Damage Evaluation family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior
of these fields. This list is not comprehensive.
documentation.
The General Section


Codes in the
baseline values:
• Ineffective (None)
for external cracking. Ideally, field for the Inspection. If there
the valid thickness is also is more than one linked
measured on this date. Inspection, the latest date is

Number of Highest Effective Numeric The number of highest You can enter a value between
Inspections effective inspections. 0 and 6.

GE Digital APM to calculate the the values in the Highest
The Inputs Section
Atmospheric Condition Character The atmospheric condition in The value in this field is used
which the component exists. to calculate the value in the
Calculated Susceptibility field
if the value in the Selected
External Corrosion Rate field is
Calculated.

Codes in the
N System Code Table. You can
baseline values:
• Dry
• Marine
• Severe
• Temperate
Calculated Susceptibility Character The susceptibility value that is This field is disabled and
calculated by GE Digital APM. calculated if the value in the
Calculated.

Chloride Free Insulation Character Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
insulation contains chlorides. to calculate the value in the
Final Susceptibility field if the
DM that you are evaluating is

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Coating Installation Date Date The date and time on which The value in this field is used
coating has been installed on to calculate the value in the
the component. Coating Age field. This field is
enabled only if the value in the
Coating Present? field is Yes
(Y). You can use the Calendar
feature to select the date and
time.
Coating Present? Character Indicates if external coating is The value in this field is used
installed on the component. to calculate the analysis.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

Coating Quality Character The quality of the coating that The value in this field is used
is installed on the component. to calculate the value in the
Coating Adjustment field. This
field is enabled only if the
value in the Coating present?
field is Yes (Y).

Codes in the
values:
• High
• Medium
• Low
• None
Insulation Condition Character The condition of the insulation. The value in this field is used

• Above Average
• Average
• Below Average
Pipeline Segment Type Character The complexity of the piping The value in this field is used
system in the component. to calculate the value in the

• Above Average
• Average
• Below Average

Susceptibility Character The level of susceptibility to The value in this field is used
cracking that the component to calculate the analysis if the
is subject to. value in the Susceptibility Type
is Estimated.

Codes in the
y System Code Table. You can
baseline values:
• High
• Medium
• Low
• None
Susceptibility Type Character Indicates whether you want to The value in this field is
provides an estimated value of required to populate the value
susceptibility or have GE in the Susceptibility field.
Digital APM calculate the
value.
Codes in the
• Estimated: If you select

this value, you can select a
value in the Susceptibility
field.
• Detected: If you select this
value, the Susceptibility
field is disabled, and
populated with the value,
High.
• Calculated: If you select
this value, the value in the
values in the Atmospheric
Condition and Operating
Temperature fields.

Age Numeric The duration, in years, in which This field is disabled and
the component is subject to calculated as follows:
damage after the coating has
Age = Component Age -
been determined to be
Coating Adjustment
ineffective.
...where Component Age is the
time since the date in the Last
Known Inspection Date field. If
this value is not specified, then
the date in the Component
Start Date field is considered.
component before considering calculated automatically.
adjustment factors.
Coating Adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor for This field is disabled and
coating age. calculated automatically.
Coating Age Numeric The duration between the This field is disabled and
date on which coating was calculated as follows:
installed and the date on
Coating Age = Calculation Date
which you calculate the
- Coating Installation Date
analysis (RBI Date or Plan
Date). ...where Calculation Date is the
value in the RBI Date field on
datasheet.
Final Damage Factor Numeric The damage factor of the This field is disabled and
adjustment factors.
Final Susceptibility Numeric The level of susceptibility to This field is disabled and
external cracking that the calculated automatically.
component is subject to, after
considering the adjustment
factors.
Severity Index Numeric The severity index of the DM. This field is disabled and
Time Since Last Inspection Numeric The time since you have last This field is disabled and
performed inspection on populated automatically.
external cracking on the
component.
RBI 581 External Damage Evaluation Records

RBI 581 External Damage Evaluation records store information about the evaluation that you have

This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI 581 External
documentation.
The General Section
Base Material Calculated Numeric The corrosion rate of the This field is disabled and
Corrosion Rate component that is calculated populated automatically.
by GE Digital APM.
Final Corrosion Rate field if the
value in the Selected External
Corrosion Rate field is
Calculated.
Base Material Estimated Numeric The corrosion rate of the This field is populated with the
Corrosion Rate component that is estimated value in the Estimated
by a subject matter expert. External Corrosion Rate field
on the RBI Component
datasheet.

Final Corrosion Rate field if the
Estimated.
Base Material Measured Numeric The corrosion rate of the The value in this field is used
Corrosion Rate component measured while to calculate the value in the
carrying out inspection. Final Corrosion Rate field if the
Measured.

Inspection Date and Last
Known Thickness fields.
Selected External Corrosion Character Indicates whether you want to The value in this field is
Rate enter measured or estimated required to calculate the
corrosion rate manually, or you analysis.
want GE Digital APM to
calculate the corrosion rate.
Codes in the
MI_581_Corrosion_Rate
baseline values:
• Estimated
• Calculated
• Measured
Thinning Type Character The type of thinning in the The value in this field is
component. required to calculate the value
in the Final Damage Factor
field.

Codes in the CORROSION
baseline values:
• General
• Localized
The External section

Atmospheric Condition Character The atmospheric condition in The value in this field is used
which the component has to calculate the value in the
been installed. Base Material Calculated Rate
if the value in the Selected
External Corrosion Rate field is
Calculated.

Codes in the
N System Code Table. You can
baseline values:
• Marine
• Temperate
• Dry
• Severe
Coating Installation Date Date The date and time on which This field is enabled only if the
external coating has been value in the Coating Present?
installed on the component. field is Yes (Y). The value in this
value in the Coating Age field.
You can use the calendar
feature to select the date and
time.
Coating Present? Character Indicates whether external This field contains the
coating is present on the descriptions of all System
component. Codes in the MI_YES_NO
baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

Coating Quality Character The quality of the coating that This field is enabled only if the
has been installed on the value in the Coating present?
component. field is Yes (Y). The value in this
value in the Coating
Adjustment field.

Codes in the
values:
• None
• Poor
• Medium
• High
Corrosion Rate Adjustment for Boolean Indicates if adjustment should The value in this field is
bad Design/Fabrication be accounted for bad design or required to calculate the value
fabrication of the component. in the Corrosion rate
Adjustment factor for bad
equipment design/fabrication
field in the Outputs section of
the datasheet.
Insulation Condition Character The condition of the insulation. The value in this field is used
to populate the Corrosion rate
adjustment factor for
Insulation Condition field if the
581-Ferritic Component

• Above Average
• Average
• Below Average
for external corrosion. Ideally, field for the Inspection. If there

Last Known Thickness Numeric The thickness of the This field is required if you
component (in inches) that selected a date in the Last
you have measured on the Known Inspection Date field.
date specified in the last The value in this field is used
Known Inspection Date field. to calculate the value in the
Expected Metal Loss Fraction
(Art) field. If you do not enter a
value in this field, the value in
the Furnished Base Material
Thk (Nominal Thickness) field
on the RBI 581 Risk Analysis
datasheet is used.
Number of A Level Inspections Numeric The number of highly effective If you have assigned an
inspections. Inspection to the DM, then this
field is populated
automatically. The value in this
Effectiveness - 1, Inspection
Effectiveness - 2, and
Inspection Effectiveness - 3
fields.
Number of B Level Inspections Numeric The number of usually If you have assigned an
effective inspections. Inspection to the DM, then this
field is populated
fields.
Number of C Level Inspections Numeric The number of fairly effective If you have assigned an
field is populated
fields.

Number of D Level Inspections Numeric The number of poorly effective If you have assigned an
field is populated
fields.
Piping System Complexity Character The complexity of the piping The value in this field is used
system (applicable only if the to populate the Corrosion rate
component type is Piping). adjustment factor for
Insulation Condition field if the

• Above Average
• Average
• Below Average
Soil to Air Interface Present? Boolean Indicates whether soil to air The value in this field is
interface is present in the required to calculate the value
component. in the Corrosion rate
adjustment factor for interface
for soil and water field in the
Outputs section of the
datasheet.
Use Related Inspections Boolean Indicates whether you want If you select this check box,
GE Digital APM to consider and if you have assigned
inspections on related DMEs. Inspections to the DM, then
the values in the Number of A
Level Inspections, Number of B
Level Inspections, Number of C
Level Inspections, and Number
of D Level Inspections fields
are populated automatically.
The Outputs Section

Age Numeric Age is the duration in years, in This field is disabled and
which the time since last calculated as follows:
inspection was performed. In
Age = Component Age -
order to satisfy an inspection,
Coating Adjustment
there should be values in the
Last Known Inspection Date ...where Age is the time since
and Last known Thickness the last inspection was
fields. If the last inspection performed. In order to satisfy
date or last known thickness an inspection, there should be
value is null, then age will be values in the Last Known
calculated from the date in the Inspection Date and Last
Date in Service field. Known Thickness fields. If the
last inspection date or Last
known thickness value is null,
then the age will be calculated
from the date in the Date in
Service field.
Beta Reliability Indices 1 Numeric The beta reliability index for This field is disabled and
damage state 1. calculated automatically.
Coating Adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor for This field is disabled and
coating age. calculated automatically.
Coating Age Numeric The duration between the This field is disabled and
date on which coating has calculated as follows:
been installed and the date on
Coating Age = Calculation Date
- Coating Installation Date
analysis (RBI Date or Plan
Date). ...where Calculation Date is the
value in the RBI Date field on
datasheet.

Corrosion rate Adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor that is This field is disabled and
factor for bad equipment accounted for bad equipment populated automatically with
design/fabrication design or fabrication. the following values:
• 2 if the Corrosion Rate

Adjustment for bad
Design/Fabrication
• 1 if the Corrosion Rate
Adjustment for bad
Design/Fabrication
check box is cleared.

Final Corrosion Rate field.
Corrosion rate adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor that is This field is disabled and
factor for complexity accounted for complexity. populated automatically based
on the value in the Piping
System Complexity field. The
following table provides the
values of Corrosion rate
adjustment factor for
complexity based on the
values in the Piping System
Complexity field.
Piping Corrosion
System rate
Complexity adjustment
factor for
complexity
Above Average 1.25
Average 1.0
Below Average 0.75


Corrosion rate Adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor that is This field is disabled and
factor for Insulation Condition accounted for the insulation populated automatically based
condition. on the value in the Insulation
Condition field. The following
table provides the values of
Corrosion rate adjustment
factor for complexity based on
the values in the Insulation
Condition field.
Insulation Corrosion
Condition rate
Adjustment
factor for
Insulation
Condition
Above Average 0.75
Average 1.0
Below Average 1.25

Corrosion rate adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor that is This field is disabled and
factor for interface for soil and accounted for the presence of populated automatically with
water soil to air interface in the the following values:
component.
• 2 if the Soil to Air
Interface Present? check
box is selected.
• 1 if the Soil to Air
Interface Present? check
box is cleared.

Corrosion Rate Factor Damage Numeric The corrosion rate factor for This field is disabled and
State 1 damage state 1. populated automatically with
the value 1.
the value 2.
the value 4.

Expected Metal Loss Fraction Numeric The expected metal loss This field is disabled and
(Art) fraction since last inspection. calculated as follows:

= (Corrosion Rate * Age) /
Component Age
...where:
• Corrosion Rate is
values in the Operating
Temperature (RBI 581 Risk
Analysis datasheet) and
Atmospheric Condition
fields.
• Age is the value in the Age
field.
• Component Age is the
time since the date in the
Last Known Inspection
Date field. If this value is
not specified, then the
date in the Component
Start Date field is
considered.
Final Corrosion Rate Numeric The final corrosion rate of the This field is disabled and
all the adjustment factors.
Final Damage Factor Numeric The final damage factor of the This field is disabled and
Flow Stress Variance Numeric The variance of the flow stress. This field is disabled and
the value 0.20.
Inspection Effectiveness 1 Numeric The first order inspection This field is disabled and
effectiveness factor. calculated automatically.
Inspection Effectiveness 2 Numeric The second order inspection This field is disabled and
Inspection Effectiveness 3 Numeric The third order inspection This field is disabled and
Posterior Probability - 1 Numeric The posterior probability for This field is disabled and

Pressure Variance Numeric The variance of pressure. This field is disabled and
the value 0.05.
Strength Ratio Numeric The strength ratio of the This field is disabled and
material of the component. calculated automatically.
Thinning Variance Numeric The variance of thinning. This field is disabled and
the value 0.20.
Time Since Last Inspection Numeric The time since you have last This field is disabled and
performed external inspection populated automatically.
on the component.
RBI 581 HTHA Damage Evaluation Records

RBI 581 HTHA Damage Evaluation records store information about the evaluation that you have
performed on the 581-High Temperature Hydrogen Attack damage mechanisms (DMs).
This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI 581 HTHA
documentation.
The Inputs Section
Delta Temperature Character The proximity of temperature, The value in this field is
in degrees Fahrenheit, to the required to calculate the value
API 941 curve for materials of in the Susceptibility field.
construction.
Codes in the
MI_581_HTHA_Delta_Tempera
ture System Code Table. You
baseline values:
• >=0
• >= -50 and < 0
• >= -100 and < -50
• < -100
Exposure Hydrogen Partial Numeric The partial pressure of The value in this field is
Pressure hydrogen, in MPa (psia). required to calculate the value
in the Susceptibility field.

Is Component Replaced Character Indicates whether the This field is enabled only if the
component is replaced in case value in the Is HTHA Damage
of a high temperature Observed field is Yes (Y).
hydrogen attack.
baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Is HTHA Damage Observed Character Indicates whether high This field contains the
temperature hydrogen attack descriptions of all System
damage is observed on the Codes in the MI_YES_NO
component. System Code Table. You can
baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
The Outputs Section
Damage Factor Character The damage factor of the This field is disabled and
component. calculated based on the value
in the Susceptibility field.
Susceptibility Character The component's level of This field is disabled and

susceptibility to damage. calculated based on the values
in the Inputs section.
RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage Evaluation Records

RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage Evaluation records store information about the evaluation that you
have performed on the 581-Piping Mechanical Fatigue damage mechanism (DM).
This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI 581 Mechanical
Fatigue Damage Evaluation family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of
these fields. This list is not comprehensive.
documentation.

The RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage Evaluation Section
Branch Diameter Character The category of the pipe based The value in this field is
on the diameter of the required to populate the
branches. Adjustment for Branch
Diameter field.

Codes in the
MI_581_Adjustment_Branch_D
iameter System Code Table.
• All branches less than or

equal to 2 NPS
• Any branch greater than 2
NPS
Corrective Action Character The corrective action that has The value in this field is
been taken for the mechanical required to populate the
fatigue of the pipes. Adjustment for Corrective
Action field.

Codes in the
MI_581_Adjustment_Correctiv
e_Action System Code Table.
• Modification - Complete
Engineering Analysis
• Modification based on
experience
• No modifications

Cyclic Loading Character The type of cyclic loading to The value in this field is
which the pipe is subject. required to calculate the value
field.

Codes in the
MI_581_Mechanical_Fatigue_C
yclic_Loading System Code
• Reciprocating Machinery
• PRV Chatter
• Valve with high pressure
drop
• None
Joint Type or Branch Design Character The type of the joints that are The value in this field is
used in the piping system. required to populate the
Adjustment for Joint Type or
Branch Design field.

Codes in the
MI_581_Adjustment_Joint_Typ
e_Branch_ Design System
values:
• Sweepolets
• Piping tee
• Weldolets
• Saddle in fittings
• Socketweld
• Threaded
• Saddle on

Pipe Complexity Character The category of the piping The value in this field is
based on the number of pipe required to populate the
fittings. Adjustment for Pipe
Complexity field.

Codes in the
MI_581_Adjustment_Pipe_Co
mplexity System Code Table.
• 0 to 5 total pipe fittings

• 6 to 10 total pipe fittings
• More than 10 total pipe
fittings
Pipe Condition Character The condition of the pipe. The value in this field is
required to populate the
Adjustment for Condition of
Pipe field.

Codes in the
MI_581_Adjustment_Condition
_for_Pipe System Code Table.
• Missing or Damaged
supports or Broken
gussets
• Good Condition
Previous Failure Character The number of previous The value in this field is
failures that occurred in the required to calculate the value
pipe. in the Base Damage Factor
field.

Codes in the
MI_581_Mechanical_Fatigue_F
ailures System Code Table. You
baseline values:
• No Failures
• One Failure
• Two or more Failures

Shaking Frequency Character The frequency of shaking that The value in this field is
occurs in the pipe. required to calculate the value
field.

Codes in the
MI_581_Mechanical_Fatigue_S
haking_Duration System Code
• Shaking less than 2 weeks

• Shaking between 2 and 13
weeks
• Shaking between 13 and
52 weeks
Visible/Audible Shaking Character The severity of visible or The value in this field is
audible shaking that occurs in required to calculate the value
the pipe. in the Base Damage Factor
field.

Codes in the
MI_581_Mechanical_Fatigue_S
haking System Code Table. You
baseline values:
• Minor
• Moderate
• Severe

Adjustment for Branch Numeric The adjustment factor based The value in this field is used
Diameter on the category of the branch to calculate the value in the
diameter of the piping system. Final Damage Factor field. This
automatically as follows:
If the value in ...then the

the Branch value in the
Diameter Adjustment
field is... for Branch
Diameter
field is
All branches 1
less than or
equal to 2 NPS
Any branch 0.02

greater than 2
NPS
Adjustment for Condition of Numeric The adjustment factor based The value in this field is used
Pipe on the condition of the pipe. to calculate the value in the
Final Damage Factor field. This

the Pipe value in the
Condition Adjustment
field is... for Condition
of Pipe is
Good 1
Condition
Missing or 2
Damaged
supports or
Broken
gussets

Adjustment for Corrective Numeric The adjustment factor based The value in this field is used
Action on corrective action on the to calculate the value in the
pipe. Final Damage Factor field. This

the value in the
Corrective Adjustment
Action field for
is... Corrective
Action field is
Modification - 0.002
Complete
Engineering
Analysis
Modification 0.2
based on
experience
No 2
modifications
Adjustment for Joint Type or Numeric The adjustment factor based The value in this field is used
Branch Design on the joint type or branch to calculate the value in the
design of the piping system. Final Damage Factor field. This

the Joint value in the
Type or Adjustment
Branch for Joint Type
Design field or Branch
is... Design is
Threaded 2
Socketweld 2
Saddle on 2
Saddle in 1
fittings
Piping tee 0.2
Weldolets 0.2
Sweepolets 0.02

Adjustment for Pipe Numeric The adjustment factor based The value in this field is used
Complexity on the complexity of the piping to calculate the value in the
system. Final Damage Factor field. This

the Pipe value in the
Complexity Adjustment
field is... for Pipe
Complexity
field is
0 to 5 total 0.5
pipe fittings
6 to 10 total 1
pipe fittings
More than 10 2
total pipe
fittings
The Outputs Section
Base Damage Factor Numeric The damage factor of the pipe This field is disabled and
without considering the calculated automatically.
adjustment factors.
Final Damage Factor Numeric The damage factor of the pipe This field is disabled and
after considering the calculated automatically.
adjustment factors.
RBI 581 Risk Analysis Records

RBI 581 Risk Analysis records store information that is used to determine the results of RBI Analyses. This
topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI 581 Risk Analysis
family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields.
documentation.

Allowable Stress Numeric The maximum amount of If the Stress Override check
pressure that a component box is cleared, then this field is
can safely withstand. disabled and the value is
calculated.
Analysis ID Character Specifies the Record ID of the This field is disabled and
RBI 581 Risk Analysis. populated automatically. For a
What-If Analysis, the value in
this field is in the following
format:
W <Analysis ID of the main

analysis> <Number>
<Scenario ID>
...where <Number> is the

sequential number of the
What-If Analysis.
Analysis Type Character The type of the analysis that This field is disabled and
you have performed. populated with the value
RBI 581.
Base Material Character The base material that is used This field is populated with the
in the component. value in the Base Material field
in the associated component.
It contains a list of the types of
base material that are
generally used in a
component.
This value is used to calculate

the analysis if the component
type is Tank Bottom, and if the
analysis is linked the following
DMs:
• 581-HIC/SOHIC – HF (only
if the value in the Cladding
Present field is No (N))
field is No (N))
field is No (N))
Hydrogen Attack
• All Damage Mechanisms
(DMs) that belong to RBI
Evaluation

Base Material Code Year Character The year in which the design This field is populated with the
code that corresponds to the value in the Code Year field in
base material was defined. the associated component.
The value is this field is used to

calculate the analysis if the
cleared.
Base Material Construction Character The year in which the design This field is populated with the
Code code that corresponds to the value in the Construction Code
component was defined. field in the associated
component.

Allowable Stress and Flow
Stress fields if the Stress
Override check box is cleared,
and if the analysis is linked to
the at least one of the
following records:

Evaluation
Lining Evaluation
Base Material Grade Character The material grade of the This field is populated with the
component. value in the Material Grade
field in the associated
component.

at least one of the following
records:

Evaluation
Lining Evaluation

Base Material Spec Character The material specification of This field is populated with the
the component. value in the Material Spec field

at least one of the following
records:

Evaluation
Lining Evaluation
Calculated Tmin Character Indicates the pressure This field is disabled and
minimum thickness that is populated automatically.
calculated depending on the
geometry type of the
component.
Cladding is Present? Character Indicates whether cladding is This field is populated with the
present in the component. value in the Cladding Present
component.

Codes in the
Table.

Cladding Material Character The material that is used in This field is populated with the
cladding. value in the Cladding Material
component. It contains a list of
the types of cladding material
that are generally used for
cladding.

to calculate an RBI 581
analysis if it is linked to at least
one of the following DMs:

Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
H2/H2S Corrosion
Oxidation
Acid
Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
Coefficient Y Material Character The Coefficient Y value of the The value in this field is used
material used in the to calculate the analysis if the
component. component type is Piping.

Codes in the
MI_581_Coefficient_Materials
System Code Table.
Component Character The component on which you This field is populated with the
have performed the analysis. value in the Component field
Component Comments Character Additional information about None

the component on which you
have performed the analysis.

Component Description Character The description of the This field is populated with the
component on which you have value in the Component
performed the analysis. Description field in the
Component Start Date Date The date on which the This field is populated with the
component was installed and value in the Component Start
put in service. Date field in the associated
component. You can enter or
select a different date and
time.
Component Type Character The type of the component on This field is disabled and
which you have performed the populated automatically.
analysis.
Corrosion Allow Character The metal thickness that is This field is populated with the
allowed considering metal loss value in the Corrosion Allow
due to corrosion. field in the associated
component.
Course Number Numeric Identifies which shell course None

on the asset is being assessed.
The course number will impact
how the allowable stress data
is used.
Cracking Inspection Date Date The projected date on which a You can enter or select the
cracking inspection is required date and time.
during the plan period.
Data Confidence Character The level of confidence that This field is disabled and
you have on the data that is populated with the value in
entered while performing the the Character Field Value
analysis. column in the Data
Confidence row in the RBI
581 Admin Options
workspace.

Posterior Probability - 1,
Posterior Probability - 2, and
Posterior Probability - 3 fields
in the associated RBI 581
and RBI 581 Thinning and
Lining Evaluation.
Date Criticality Calculated Date The date on which the analysis This field is disabled and
was calculated. populated with the date on
analysis.

Design Pressure Numeric The pressure at which the This field is populated with the
component is designed to value in the Design Pressure
operate. It is measured in field in the associated
pounds per square inch gauge. RBI Component.


to calculate the analysis if it is
linked to a DM that belongs to
the following Damage
Mechanism Evaluations
(DMEs):

Evaluation
Lining Evaluation

and greater than or equal to
Pressure field.

Design Temperature Numeric The temperature at which the By default, this field is
component is designed to populated with the value in
operate. It is measured in the Design Temperature field
degrees Fahrenheit. in the associated
RBI Component.

greater than or equal to the
value in the Operating
Temperature field.


the following DMEs:

Evaluation
Lining Evaluation
If the value in this field is

greater than or equal to 0, the
value in the Operating
Temperature field must be less
than or equal to the value in
this field.
If the value in this field is less

than 0, you can calculate the
analysis with any value in the
Operating Temperature field.
Diameter InnerDiameter Numeric The measurement of the full This field is populated with the
diameter value in the Diameter field in
of a circular or cylindrical asset the associated component.
, in inches.
Driving Risk Target Character The driving risk target. This field is disabled and
Equipment Character The piece of equipment that is This field is disabled and
associated with the populated automatically.
component on which you are
performing the analysis.

Event Type Character Indicates whether the analysis For a What-If Analysis, this
is a What-If Analysis. field is populated with the
value W. For other types of
analyses, this field is blank.
By default, this field does not

appear on the datasheet.
Financial COF - RBI Date Numeric The financial consequence of This field is populated with the
failure calculated on the RBI value in the Total Financial
date. Consequence field in the
associated RBI 581

Financial COF - With Plan Numeric The financial consequence of This field is populated with the
failure calculated on the plan value in the Total Financial
date after mitigating the risk. Consequence field in the
associated RBI 581
Consequence Evaluation. The
value in this field is same as
the value in the Financial COF -
RBI Date field.

Financial COF - Without Plan Numeric The financial consequence of This field is populated with the
failure calculated on the plan value in the Total Financial
date before mitigating the risk. Consequence field in the
associated RBI 581
Consequence Evaluation. The
value in this field is same as
the value in the Financial COF -
RBI Date field.


Financial Risk Category - RBI Character The financial risk category This field is disabled and
Date calculated on the RBI date. contains the description of the
System Codes in the
MI_RBI_RISK_CATEGORY
System Code Table.

determined based on the
limits for each risk category
that you have specified in the
Financial Risk section in the
RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot
Preferences workspace

Financial Risk Category - With Character The financial risk category This field is disabled and
Plan calculated on the plan date contains the description of the
after mitigating the risk. System Codes in the
System Code Table.


Financial Risk Category - Character The financial risk category This field is disabled and
Without Plan calculated on the plan date contains the description of the
before mitigating the risk. System Codes in the
System Code Table.



Fluid Valid for 581 Analysis Boolean Indicates whether the process This check box is disabled and
fluid is valid for an RBI 581 selected if the fluid that you
analysis. have selected in the Process
Fluid field is valid for RBI 581.

if you calculate the analysis, an
error message appears.
Fluid Velocity Character Velocity of the fluid, in feel per This field is populated with the
second, that flows inside the value in the Fluid Velocity field
component. in the associated component.
This field is used to calculate

the analysis if the analysis is
linked to the following DMs:

Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
Acid
Corrosion
Corrosion
Flow Stress Character The flow stress value of the This field is disabled and
fluid used in the component. calculated if the Stress
Override check box is cleared.
This field is enabled if the

selected.

Furnished Base Material Thk Character An estimated or measured This field is populated with the
(Nominal Thickness) base material thickness used value in the Nominal Thickness
as the starting point for field in the associated
thickness based Remaining component.
Life calculations.
the following DMs:
Embrittlement
Evaluation
581 External Damage
Evaluation
Furnished Cladding Thk Character An estimated or measured This field is populated with the
cladding material thickness value in the Nominal Thickness
used as the starting point for field in the associated
thickness based Remaining component.
Life calculations.
to calculate the analysis if:
• It is linked to RBI 581

Thinning and Lining
Evaluation or RBI 581
Cracking Damage
Evaluation.
-and-
is Present? field is Yes(Y).
Generic Failure Frequency Character The generic failure frequency This field is disabled and
(GFF), per year, that occurs in calculated based on the value
the component. in the GFF Component Type
field.

Geometry Type Character The geometry type of the This field is populated with the
component on which you have value in the Geometry Type
performed the analysis. field in the associated
component. This field contains
the descriptions of all System
Codes in the the

linked to at least one of the
following records:

Lining Evaluation
• RBI 581 External Cracking
Damage Evaluation

GFF Component Type Character The Generic Failure Frequency The value in this field is
type of the component. required to calculate the
analysis.

• COLBTM
• COLMID
• COLTOP
• COMPC
• COMPR
• COURSE-1-10
• DRUM
• FILTER
• FINFAN
• HEXSS
• HEXTS
• KODRUM
• PIPE-1
• PIPE-10
• PIPE-12
• PIPE-16
• PIPE-2
• PIPE-4
• PIPE-6
• PIPE-8
• PIPEGT16
• PUMP1S
• PUMP2S
• PUMPR
• REACTOR
• TANKBOTTOM
Governing Brittle Fracture Numeric The highest among the This field is disabled and
Damage Factor - RBI Date damage factor values of all the populated automatically with
DMs in the analysis that the highest among the
belong to RBI 581 Brittle following values:
Fracture Damage Evaluation, • Damage factor for
calculated on the RBI date. 581-885F Embrittlement
• Damage Factor for 581-
Sigma Phase
Embrittlement
• Sum of the damage
factors for 581-Brittle
Fracture and 581-Low
Alloy Steel Embrittlement

Governing Brittle Fracture Numeric The highest among the Since RBI 581 Brittle Fracture
Damage Factor With Plan damage factor values of all the Damage Evaluation is not
DMs in the analysis that considered in inspection
belong to RBI 581 Brittle planning, this field is disabled
Fracture Damage Evaluation, and populated with the value
calculated on the plan date in the Governing Brittle
before mitigating the risk. Fracture Damage Factor
Without Plan field.
Governing Brittle Fracture Numeric The highest among the This field is disabled and
Damage Factor Without Plan damage factor values of all the populated with the highest
DMs in the analysis that among the following values:
belong to RBI 581 Brittle • Damage factor for
Fracture Damage Evaluation, 581-885F Embrittlement
calculated on the plan date
• Damage Factor for 581-
before mitigating the risk.
Sigma Phase
Embrittlement
• Sum of the damage
factors for 581-Brittle
Fracture and 581-Low
Alloy Steel Embrittlement
Governing Cracking Damage Numeric The highest among the This field is disabled and
Factor - RBI Date damage factor values of all the populated automatically.
DMs in the analysis that
belong to RBI 581 Cracking
Damage Evaluation, calculated
on the RBI date.
Factor With Plan damage factor values of all the populated automatically.
Damage Evaluation or RBI 581
External Cracking Damage
Evaluation, calculated on the
plan date after mitigating the
risk.
Factor Without Plan damage factor values of all the populated automatically.
plan date before mitigating the
risk.

Governing External Damage Numeric The highest among the This field is disabled and
Factor - RBI Date damage factor values of all the populated automatically.
belong to RBI 581 External
RBI date.
Factor With Plan damage factor values of all the populated automatically.
plan date after mitigating the
risk.
Factor Without Plan damage factor values of all the populated automatically.
risk.
Governing HTHA Damage Numeric The damage factor of the 581- This field is disabled and
Factor - RBI Date High Temperature Hydrogen populated automatically.
Attack DM, calculated on the
RBI date.
Governing HTHA Damage Numeric The damage factor of the 581- Since RBI 581 HTHA Damage
Factor With Plan High Temperature Hydrogen Evaluation is not considered in
Attack DM, calculated on the inspection planning, this field
plan date after mitigating the is disabled and populated with
risk. the value in the Governing
HTHA Damage Factor Without
Plan field.
Governing HTHA Damage Numeric The damage factor of the 581- This field is disabled and
Factor Without Plan High Temperature Hydrogen populated automatically.
Attack DM, calculated on the
risk.
Governing Mechanical Fatigue Numeric The damage factor of the 581- This field is disabled and
Damage Factor - RBI Date Piping Mechanical Fatigue DM, populated automatically.
calculated on the RBI date.

Governing Mechanical Fatigue Numeric The damage factor of the 581- Since RBI 581 Mechanical
Damage Factor With Plan Piping Mechanical Fatigue DM, Fatigue Damage Evaluation is
calculated on the plan date not considered in inspection
after mitigating the risk. planning, this field is disabled
and populated with the value
in the Governing Mechanical
Fatigue Damage Factor
Without Plan field.
Governing Mechanical Fatigue Numeric The damage factor of the 581- This field is disabled and
Damage Factor Without Plan Piping Mechanical Fatigue DM, populated automatically.
calculated on the plan date
before mitigating the risk.
Governing Thinning and Lining Numeric The highest among the This field is disabled and
Damage Factor - RBI Date damage factor values of all the populated automatically.
thinning DMs in the analysis,
calculated on the RBI date. If,
however, in addition to the
thinning DMs, you have
evaluated 581-Internal
Component Lining Damage,
then the minimum of the
damage factors between this
DM and the thinning DM with
the highest damage factor is
considered.
Governing Thinning And Lining Numeric The highest among the This field is disabled and
Damage Factor With Plan damage factor values of all the populated automatically.
belong to RBI 581 Thinning and
Lining Evaluation, calculated
on the plan date after
mitigating the risk.
Governing Thinning And Lining Numeric The highest among the This field is disabled and
Damage Factor Without Plan damage factor values of all the populated automatically.
belong to RBI 581 Thinning and
Lining Evaluation, calculated
on the plan date before
mitigating the risk.

Has Release Prevention Boolean Indicates whether the This field is enabled only if the
Barrier? component has a release component type is Storage
prevention barrier. Tank Bottom. The value in this
value in the corresponding
component.
If you select this check box,

then the value in the
record is disabled and
populated with the value 0.25
feet.
Inspection Will Mitigate Character Indicates whether This field is disabled and
implementing the inspection populated with the value Yes
plan will mitigate the risk to or No.
below the risk target before
the plan date.
Insulated Boolean Indicates whether the This field is populated with the
component is insulated. value in the Insulated? field in
the associated component.
If the analysis is linked to the

Corrosion Under Insulation or
the 581-Austenitic Cracking
Under Insulation DM, then this
check box must be selected.
Insulation Type Character Identifies the insulating This field is enabled only if the
material. Insulated check box is
selected. This field is
populated with the value in
the Insulation Type field in the
You can select one of the

following values:
• Asbestos
Free)
• Pearlite
• Unknown

Is Intrusive? Character Identifies whether there This field is populated with the
should be an intrusive or non- value in the Is Intrusive? field
intrusive inspection for the of the associated component.
component. It is used to calculate the
analysis if it is linked to a
DM that belongs to the
following DMEs:
• RBI 581 Cracking Damage

Evaluation
• RBI 581 External Cracking
Damage Evaluation
Evaluation
Lining Evaluation
Length Numeric The total length, in inches, of This field is populated with the
an asset measured in a value in the Length field in the
straight line from head seam associated component.
to head seam.
in the Inventory Component
Mass field in an RBI 581
Consequence Evaluation if the
Use Calculated Inventory
Management Factor Character The adjustment factor for the This field is disabled and
management system. calculated based on the value
in the Management Score field.
Management Score Numeric The score obtained from the This field is disabled and
management systems populated with the value in
evaluation. the Numeric Field Value
column in the Management
Score row in the RBI 581
Admin Options workspace.
Material Yield Strength Numeric The material yield strength This field is disabled and
value of the base material populated automatically.
used in the component.

Minimum Structural Thickness Character The minimum structural This field is populated with the
thickness of the component. value in the Minimum
Structural Thickness field in
the associated component.

the one of the following DMEs:

Evaluation
Lining Evaluation
Operating Pressure Numeric The internal pressure of the A value is required in this field.
asset under normal operating
By default, this field is
conditions. It is measured in
populated with the value in
pounds per square inch gauge.
the Operating Pressure field in
the associated RBI
Component.

less than or equal to the value
in the Design Pressure field.
Operating Temperature Numeric The temperature of the asset A value is required in this field.
under normal operating
By default, this field populated
conditions. It is measured in
with the value in the Operating
degrees Fahrenheit.
Temperature field in the
associated RBI Component.

Temperature field is greater
than or equal to zero, the value
in this field must be less than
or equal to the value in the
Design Temperature field.

Temperature field is less than
zero, you can calculate the
analysis with any value in this
field.
Override Minimum Required Boolean Indicates whether you want to None

Thickness override the Calculated T-min
value with the Specified T-min
value.
Percent Liquid Volume Character The percentage of the liquid This field is populated with the
used in the component. value in the Percent Liquid
Volume field on the datasheet
of the associated component.

Percent Toxic Character The amount of toxic This field is populated with the
substances by volume in the Percent Toxic field in the
process stream. associated component. This
Toxic Mixture check box is
selected.
pH of Water Character The pH of water that is used in This field is populated with the
the component. value in the pH of Water field
This value is used to calculate

an RBI 581 analysis if the
analysis is linked to any of the
following DMs:

Corrosion
Corrosion Cracking
Corrosion
Corrosion
Cracking
Piping Length Numeric The length of the component if This field is enabled only if the
the component type is Piping. component type is Piping. The
value in this field is populated
with the Piping Length field in
the associated component. It
in the Inventory Component
Mass field in the associated
RBI 581 Consequence
Evaluation if the Use
Calculated Inventory check
box is selected.
Plan Date Date The end date of the plan By default, this is set to ten
period. years from the RBI Date. You
can enter or select a different
date and time.
PWHT Boolean Indicates whether or not Post This field is populated with the
Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) value in the PWHT field in the
has been performed to relieve associated component.
residual stresses from the
construction of the asset.

RBI Date Date The date and time on which By default, it is set to the date
you have started conducting on which you create the RBI
the analysis. Analysis. You can enter or
select a different date and
time.
Release Fluid Phase Character The phase of the fluid when it This field is disabled and
is released to atmosphere. populated automatically.
Representative Fluid Character The fluid that represents or This field is populated with the
makes up the greatest volume value in the Process Fluid field
of the asset. In some cases, in the associated component.
the fluid that represents the
greatest cause of failure may
stored in the Fluid field in one
be selected.
of the Representative Fluids
records in the GE Digital APM
database.
If you select a fluid that is valid

for RBI 581, the Fluid Valid for
581 Analysis check box is
selected automatically.
Important: You must select a

Otherwise, an error message
appears when you calculate
the analysis.

Type field is Storage Tank
Bottom, then this field must
values:
• C6-C8
• C9-C12
• C13-16 (Diesel)
• C17-25 (Gas Oil)
• C25+ (Resid)
Risk Summary Description Character A description of the risk This field is disabled and
summary that appears in the populated automatically.
Risk Summary ID field.
Risk Summary ID Character A short description of the risk This field is disabled and
summary that is determined populated automatically with
after mitigating the risk. one of the risk summaries
defined in inspection planning.

Scenario ID Character The scenario for which you This field is used in the ID
have conducted the analysis. template of the RBI 581 Risk
Analysis family. Therefore, we
recommend that the value in
this field be unique among all
the RBI 581 Risk Analyses
linked to an RBI Component.
SHE COF - RBI Date Numeric The consequence of failure for This field is populated with the
the Safety, Health, and value in the Final
Environment (SHE) category Consequence Area field in the
calculated on the RBI date. associated RBI 581
SHE COF - With Plan Numeric The consequence of failure for This field is populated with the
the SHE category calculated value in the Final
on the plan date after Consequence Area field in the
mitigating the risk. associated RBI 581
SHE COF - Without Plan Numeric The consequence of failure for This field is populated with the
the SHE category calculated value in the Final
on the plan date before Consequence Area field in the
mitigating the risk. associated RBI 581
SHE Risk Category – RBI Date Character The category of the SHE risk This field contains the
calculated on the RBI date. description of all the System
Codes in the
MI_RBI_RISK_CATEGORY Syste
m Code Table.

SHE Risk section in the RBI
581 ISO-Risk Plot
SHE Risk Category – With Plan Character The category of the SHE risk This field contains the
calculated on the plan date description of all the System
after mitigating the risk. Codes in the
m Code Table.

581 ISO-Risk Plot

SHE Risk Category – Without Character The category of the SHE risk This field contains the
Plan calculated on the plan date description of all the System
before mitigating the risk. Codes in the
m Code Table.

581 ISO-Risk Plot
Specified Tmin Character Minimum thickness of the This field is populated with the
component that is specified by value in the Specified Tmin
the user. field in the associated
component.
Stress Lookup Table Character Identifies the type of asset This field is populated with the
being assessed so that the value in the Stress Lookup
appropriate design codes are Table field in the associated
used. component.

• Piping
• Pressure Vessel
• TANKS
If the Stress Override check

box is cleared, and if the
belongs to the following DMs,
then the value in this field is
used to calculate the values in
the Allowable Stress and Flow
Stress fields:
Embrittlement
Evaluation
581 External Damage
Evaluation
Stress Override Boolean Indicates whether you want to If you select this check box,
override the values in the the Allowable Stress and Flow
Allowable Stress and Flow Stress fields are enabled.
Stress fields calculated by GE
Digital APM.

Target Cracking Minimum Numeric The target set for the If you have specified a value in
Damage Factor minimum damage factor the Numeric Field Value
owing to cracking damage. column in the Target
Cracking Minimum Damage
Factor row in the RBI 581
Admin Options workspace,
then this field is populated
automatically with that value.
Target Damage Factor Max Numeric The maximum value among If you have specified a value in
the targets set for the damage the Numeric Field Value
factor for each DME. column in the Target
Maximum Damage Factor
row in the RBI 581 Admin
Options workspace, then this
field is populated
Target External Minimum Numeric The target set for the If you have specified a value in
Damage Factor minimum damage factor the Numeric Field Value
owing to external damage. column in the Target External
Minimum Damage Factor
field is populated
Target Financial Risk Numeric The financial risk target, in If you have specified a value in
USD per year, that is set by the the Numeric Field Value
analyst. column in the Target
Financial Risk row in the RBI
581 Admin Options page,
Target Inspection Date Date The date on which the actual This field is disabled and
risk equals the risk target. calculated automatically.
Normally, this date is after the
RBI date and before the plan
date. If this date is after the
plan date, however, the plan
date is considered as the
target inspection date.
Target SHE Risk Numeric The SHE risk target, in square If you have specified a value in
feet per year, that is set by the the Numeric Field Value
analyst. column in the Target SHE
Risk row in the RBI 581
Admin Options workspace,

Target Thinning And Lining Numeric The target set for the If you have specified a value in
Minimum Damage Factor minimum damage factor the Numeric Field Value
owing to thinning and lining column in the Target
damage. Thinning And Lining
Minimum Damage Factor
field is populated
Total Damage Factor - RBI Numeric The total damage factor for If the value in the Thinning
Date the component, calculated on Type field is General, then this
the RBI date. field is disabled and calculated
as the sum of the values in the
following fields:
• Governing Brittle Fracture

Damage Factor - RBI Date
• Governing Cracking
• Governing External
• Governing HTHA Damage
Factor - RBI Date
• Governing Mechanical
Fatigue Damage Factor -
RBI Date
• Governing Thinning and
Lining Damage Factor -
RBI Date
If the value in the Thinning

Type field is Localized, then
this field is disabled and
calculated as the sum of the

Factor - RBI Date
Fatigue Damage Factor -
RBI Date
• Governing Thinning and
Lining Damage Factor -
RBI Date or Governing
External Damage Factor -
RBI Date, whichever is
higher.

Total Damage Factor With Plan Numeric The total damage factor for If the value in the Thinning
the component, calculated on Type field is General, then this
the plan date after mitigating field is disabled and calculated
the risk. as the sum of the values in the
following fields:

Damage Factor With Plan
Factor With Plan
With Plan
• Governing Thinning And
Lining Damage Factor
With Plan


Factor With Plan
With Plan
With Plan or Governing
External Damage Factor
With Plan, whichever is
higher.

Total Damage Factor Without Numeric The total damage factor for If the value in the Thinning
Plan the component, calculated on Type field is General, then this
the plan date before mitigating field is disabled and calculated
the risk. as the sum of the values in the
following fields:

Damage Factor Without
Plan
Plan
Plan
Factor Without Plan
Without Plan
Without Plan


Plan
Plan
Factor Without Plan
Without Plan
Without Plan or Governing
External Damage Factor
Without Plan, whichever is
higher.

Total Financial Risk - RBI Date Numeric The total financial risk This field is disabled and
calculated on the RBI date. populated automatically. The
plot the financial risk on the
Total Financial Risk With Plan Numeric The total financial risk This field is disabled and
calculated on the plan date populated automatically. The
after mitigating the risk. value in this field is used to
plot the financial risk on the
Total Financial Risk Without Numeric The total financial risk of the This field is disabled and
Plan consequence, calculated on populated automatically. The
the plan date before mitigating value in this field is used to
the risk. plot the financial risk on the
Total POF - RBI Date Numeric The total probability of failure, This field is disabled and
calculated on the RBI date. calculated based on the values
in the Generic Failure
Frequency, Management
Factor, and Total Damage
Factor - RBI Date fields. The
plot the SHE risk and financial
risk on the RBI 581 ISO Risk
Plot.
Total POF With Plan Numeric The total probability of failure, This field is disabled and
calculated on the plan date calculated based on the values
after mitigating the risk. in the Generic Failure
Factor With Plan fields. The
Plot.
Total POF Without Plan Numeric The total probability of failure, This field is disabled and
calculated on the plan date calculated based on the values
before mitigating the risk. in the Generic Failure
Factor Without Plan fields. The
Plot.

Total SHE Risk - RBI Date Numeric The total SHE risk calculated This field is disabled and
on RBI date. populated automatically. The
value in this value is used to
plot the SHE risk on the
Total SHE Risk With Plan Numeric The total SHE risk calculated This field is disabled and
on the plan date after populated automatically. The
mitigating the risk. value in this field is used to
Total SHE Risk Without Plan Numeric The total SHE risk calculated This field is disabled and
on the plan date before populated automatically. The
mitigating the risk. value in this field is used to
Toxic Fluid Valid for 581 Boolean Indicates whether the toxic This check box is disabled and
Analysis fluid is valid for an RBI 581 Risk selected if the fluid that you
Analysis. have selected in the Toxic
Model field is valid for RBI 581.

you calculate the analysis, an
error message appears, stating
that the toxic model is not
valid.
Toxic Mixture Boolean Indicates whether or not the This field is populated with the
process stream contains toxic value in the corresponding
substances. field in the associated
component.
If this check box is selected,

the following fields are
enabled:
• Toxic Model
• Percent Toxic

Toxic Model Character The fluid that represents or This field is populated with the
makes up the greatest toxic value in the Toxic Fluid field on
volume of the asset. In some the datasheet of the
cases, the fluid that associated component. This
contributes to the greatest field is enabled only if the
Consequence of Failure (CoF) Toxic Mixture check box is
may be selected. selected.
Important: You must select a

Otherwise, an error message
appears when you calculate
the analysis.
Weld Joint Effy Character Indicates the type of This field is populated with the
inspection used to ensure the value in the Weld Joint
quality of welds and the type Efficiency field in the
of weld joints used during associated component.
construction.
• 0.35
• 0.4
• 0.45
• 0.5
• 0.55
• 0.6
• 0.65
• 0.7
• 0.75
• 0.8
• 0.85
• 0.9
• 0.95
• 1.0

to calculate an analysis if the
belongs to the following DMEs:

Evaluation
Lining Evaluation
RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation Records

RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation records store information about the evaluation that you have

This topic provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI 581 Thinning and
Lining Evaluation family, and appear on the RBI 581 Thinning and Lining datasheet. The information in the
table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields. This list is not comprehensive.
documentation.
The General Section
Base Material Calculated Numeric The corrosion rate of the base This field is disabled and
Corrosion Rate material of the component populated automatically.
that is calculated by GE Digital
APM.
(Art) field if the value in the
Selected Base Material
Calculated Rate.
Base Material Estimated Numeric The corrosion rate of the base This filed is populated with the
Corrosion Rate material of the component value in the Estimated Internal
that is estimated by a subject Corrosion Rate field on the RBI
matter expert. Component.

Selected Base Material
Estimated Rate.

Cladding Material Calculated Numeric The corrosion rate of the This field is disabled and
Corrosion Rate cladding material of the populated automatically.
component that is calculated
by GE Digital APM.
Selected Cladding Material
Calculated Rate.
Cladding Material Estimated Numeric The corrosion rate of the The value in this field is used
Corrosion Rate cladding material of the to calculate the value in the
component that is estimated Expected Metal Loss Fraction
by a subject matter expert. (Art) field if the value in the
Selected Cladding Material
Estimated Rate.

Controlling Corrosion Rate Numeric The controlling corrosion rate, The value in this field is used
in inches per year, of the Asset to calculate the damage factor
or the TML Group that is if the value in the Selected BM
associated with the Corrosion Rate or Selected
component. Cladding Corrosion Rate field
is Controlling Corrosion Rate.
This field is disabled. If the

value in the Source of
Calculated Corrosion Rates
Component is:
• Asset, then this field is

populated based on the
value in the Controlling
Corrosion Rate field in the
associated Asset
Corrosion Analysis in
Thickness Monitoring.
• Component, then this field
is populated based on the
highest value in the
Controlling Corrosion Rate
fields in the associated
Asset Corrosion Analyses
linked to the TML Groups.
• Manual Entry, then this
field is blank because
controlling corrosion rate
is always specified in
Thickness Monitoring. You
cannot enter a value in
this field.
Note: The value in the

Controlling Corrosion Rate
field in the Asset
Corrosion Analysis is in mils
per year. This value is
converted to inches per year,
and then used to populate this
field.
When you copy the analysis

without copying the
Recommendations, the value
in this field is not copied. It is
updated based on the Asset or
TML Group that is linked to the
component. When you copy
the analysis along with the
Recommendations, then the
value in this field is copied.

Governing Thinning Damage Character The damage mechanism of the If the damage mechanism that
Mechanism highest impact in the case of you are evaluating is 581-
thinning. Thinning Damage, then this
field is enabled, and contains
the description of all the
System Codes in the
MI_581_GOV_THINNING_DAM
AGE System Code Table.
For all the other damage

mechanisms, this field is
disabled and populated
automatically.
field. For 581-Atmospheric
Tank Bottom Corrosion, if you
select the Use Combined
Confidence check box, then
the value in this field is

Codes in the
baseline values:
• InEffective (None)

for internal corrosion. Ideally, field for the Inspection. If there
Last Known Thickness Numeric The thickness of the This field is enabled only if you
component (in inches) that select a date in the Last
you have measured on the Known Inspection Date field.
date specified in the last The value in this field is used
Known Inspection Date field. to calculate the value in the
(Art) field. If you do not enter a
value in this field, then the
value in the Furnished Base
Material Thk (Nominal
Thickness) on the RBI 581 Risk
Analysis datasheet is used.
Long Term Avg Corr Rate Numeric The measured corrosion rate The value in this field is used
as calculated in the Thickness to calculate the damage factor
Monitoring module. if the value in the Selected BM
Corrosion Rate or Selected
Cladding Material Corrosion
Rate field is Long Term Avg.
If the value in the Source of

Component is:

disabled and calculated.
is disabled and calculated.
field is enabled.

without copying the
the analysis, along with the

Number of A Level Inspections Numeric The number of highly effective If Inspections are assigned to
inspections. the DM, then this field is
populated automatically. The
Inspection Effectiveness - 1,
and Inspection Effectiveness -
3 fields.
For 581-Atmospheric Tank

Bottom Corrosion, if you select
the Use Combined
the value in this field is used to
calculate the values in the
Highest Effective Inspection
Level and Number of Highest
Effective Inspections fields.
Number of B Level Inspections Numeric The number of usually If Inspections are assigned to
effective inspections. the DM, then this field is
3 fields.

the Use Combined

Number of C Level Inspections Numeric The number of fairly effective If Inspections are assigned to
3 fields.

the Use Combined
Number of D Level Inspections Numeric The number of poorly effective If Inspections are assigned to
3 fields.

the Use Combined

Number of Highest Effective Numeric The number of inspections You can enter a value between
Inspections with the level that is specified 0 and 6. If you enter 0, then
in the Highest Effective Insp the Highest Effective
field. Inspection Level field is
the value InEffective (None).

values in the Inspection
fields.

the Use Combined
the value in this field is

Selected BM Corrosion Rate Character Indicates whether you want to This field appears as a drop-
enter estimated corrosion rate down list box labeled
manually, or you want GE Selected base Material
Digital APM to calculate the Corrosion Rate on the
corrosion rate. datasheet. The value in this
field is required to calculate
the analysis.

Codes in the 581_CORR_TYPE
baseline values:
• Estimated Rate: If you

select this value, then the
value in the Base Material
Estimated Corrosion Rate
field is used to calculate
the damage factor.
• Calculated Rate: If you
value in the Base Material
Calculated Corrosion Rate
field is used to calculate
the damage factor.
• Short Term Avg: If you
value in the Short Term
Avg Corr Rate field is used
to calculate the damage
factor.
• Long Term Avg: If you
value in the Long Term Avg
Corr Rate field is used to
calculate the damage
factor.
• Controlling Corrosion
Rate: If you select this
value, then the value in
the Controlling Corrosion
Rate field is used to
factor.

Selected Cladding Material Character Indicates whether you want to This field contains the
Corrosion Rate enter estimated corrosion rate descriptions of all System
of the cladding material Codes in the 581_CORR_TYPE
manually, or you want GE System Code Table. You can
Digital APM to calculate the choose from the following
corrosion rate. baseline values:
• Estimated Rate: If you

value in the Cladding
Material Estimated
used to calculate the
damage factor.
• Calculated Rate: If you
value in the Cladding
Material Calculated
used to calculate the
damage factor.
• Short Term Avg: If you
value in the Short Term
Avg Corr Rate field is used
to calculate the damage
factor.
• Long Term Avg: If you
value in the Long Term Avg
Corr Rate field is used to
factor.
• Controlling Corrosion
Rate: If you select this
value, then the value in
the Controlling Corrosion
Rate field is used to
factor.

Short Term Avg Corr Rate Numeric The measured corrosion rate The value in this field is used
as calculated in the Thickness to calculate the damage factor
Monitoring module. if the value in the Selected BM
Corrosion Rate or Selected
Cladding Material Corrosion
Rate field is Short Term Avg.
If the value in the Source of

Component is:

disabled and calculated.
is disabled and calculated.
field is enabled.

without copying the
the analysis, along with the
Thinning Type Character The type of thinning in the The value in this field is
component. required to calculate the value
in the Final Damage Factor
field.

Codes in the CORROSION
baseline values:
• General
• Localized
GE Digital APM to calculate the the values in the Highest

Use Related Inspections Boolean Indicates whether you want If you select this check box,
GE Digital APM to consider and if you have assigned
inspections on related DMEs. Inspections to the DM, then
the values in the Number of A
Level Inspections, Number of B
Level Inspections, Number of C
Level Inspections, and Number
of D Level Inspections fields
are populated automatically.
The Thinning Data Section
API 653 Maintenance Flag Boolean Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
component is maintained in to calculate the value in the
compliance with API 653. API 653 Maintenance
Adjustment field.
Corrosion Coupons? Character Indicates whether corrosion This field is enabled only if the
coupons are used to monitor value in the Online Monitoring
the corrosion in the Flag is Yes (Y). The value in this
component. field is used to calculate the
Adjustment field.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Deadleg Flag Character Indicates whether a deadleg is The value in this field is used
present in the component. to calculate the value in the
Deadleg Adjustment field if the
component type is Piping.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

Deadleg Inspection Character Indicates whether a highly The value in this field is used
effective inspection method is to calculate the value in the
used to address the potential Deadleg Adjustment field. This
of localized corrosion in the field is enabled only if the
deadleg. value in the Deadleg Flag is
Yes (Y).

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Electrical Resistance Probes? Character Indicates whether electrical This field is enabled only if the
resistance probes are used to value in the Online Monitoring
monitor corrosion in the Flag is Yes (Y). The value in this
component. field is used to calculate the
Adjustment field.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Foundation Type Character The foundation type of the The value in this field is used
storage tank bottom. to calculate the value in the
Settlement Adjustment field if
the component type is Storage
Tank Bottom.

Codes in the FOUNDATION
baseline values:
• Clay
• Silt
• Sand
• Gravel
• Concrete
• Double Floor

Injection Point Flag Character Indicates whether the piping The value in this field is used
circuit contains an injection to calculate the value in the
point. Injection Point Adjustment
field if the component type is
Storage Tank Bottom. This field
contains the descriptions of all
System Codes in the
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Injection Point Inspection Character Indicates the presence of a The value in this field is used
highly effective inspection for to calculate the value in the
injection point corrosion Injection Point Adjustment
within the injection point field. This field is enabled only
circuit. if the value in the Injection
Point Flag is Yes (Y).

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Key Process Variable? Character Indicates if key process This field is enabled only if the
variables are used to monitor value in the Online Monitoring
a thinning damage Flag is Yes (Y). The value in this
mechanism. field is used to calculate the
Adjustment field.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

Online Monitoring Flag Character Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
component is monitored to calculate the value in the
online to check for a damage. Online Monitoring Adjustment
field.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Settlement Adjustment Flag Character Indicates whether settlement The value in this field is used
is applicable to the component to calculate the value in the
of type Storage Tank Bottom. Settlement Adjustment field.
baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
If the value in the Foundation

Type field is Concrete,
however, this field is disabled.
Settlement Adjustment Character Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
Inspection recorded settlement meets or to calculate the value in the
exceeds the API 653 criteria, or Settlement Adjustment field.
has never been evaluated. This field is enabled only if the
value in the Settlement
Adjustment Flag field is Yes
(Y).

Codes in the
_Criteria System Code Table.
• Meets API 653

• Never Evaluated
• Exceeds API 653

Welded Construction Flag Character Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
component is welded or to calculate the value in the
riveted. Welded Construction
Adjustment field.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
The Thinning Supplements section
Acid Concentration Numeric The concentration of the The value in this field is used
Sulfuric acid, in percentage, to calculate the value in the
that is used in the component. Base Material Calculated
Corrosion Rate field if you are
evaluating the 581-Sulfuric
Acid Corrosion DM.
Acid Gas Loading Numeric The rate, in Mole Acid/Mole The value in this field is used
Active Amine, at which acid to calculate the value in the
gas loads in the component. Base Material Calculated
evaluating the 581-Amine
Corrosion DM.
Amine Concentration Numeric The concentration of the The value in this field is used
amine, in weight percentage, to calculate the value in the
that is used in the component. Base Material Calculated
Corrosion DM.

Amine Type Character The type of the amine that is The value in this field is used
used in the component. to calculate the value in the
Base Material Calculated
Corrosion DM.

Codes in the
values:
• MEA
• DEA
• MDEA
AST Bottom Type Character The type of the atmospheric The value in this field is used
tank bottom that the to calculate the value in the
component represents. Base Material Calculated
Corrosion Rate field if the
value in the Selected Base
Material Corrosion Rate field is
Calculated Rate.

Codes in the
581_AST_BOTTOM_TYPE
baseline values:
• RPB Not Per API 650

• RPB Per API 650
• Single Bottom

AST Drainage Character The type of the drainage that The value in this field is used
is used in the atmospheric to calculate the value in the
tank bottom component. Base Material Calculated
Calculated Rate.

Codes in the
581_AST_DRAINAGE_TYPE
baseline values:
• One Third Frequently

Underwater
• Storm Water Collects At
AST Base
• Storm Water Does Not
Collect At AST Base
AST Pad Character The type of the material of The value in this field is used
which the atmospheric tank to calculate the value in the
bottom pad is made. Base Material Calculated
Calculated Rate.

Codes in the
581_AST_PAD_MAT_TYPE
baseline values:
• Soil With High Salt

• Crushed Limestone
• Native Soil
• Construction Grade Sand
• Continuous Asphalt
• Continuous Concrete
• Oil Sand
• High Resistivity Low
Chloride Sand

AST Steam Coil Heater Character Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
atmospheric tank bottom to calculate the value in the
contains a steam coil heater. Base Material Calculated
Calculated Rate.

Codes in the
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Calcium Hardness Numeric The hardness of calcium, in This field is enabled only if one
milligrams per liter, in the of the following sets of
cooling water that is used in conditions is satisfied:
the component.
Set 1 Set 2
• The value • The value

in the in the
Cooling Cooling
System System
Type field Type field
is Once- is
Through. Recircula
• The value ting.
in the • The value

Water in the
Type field Water
is Fresh Treatmen
Water. t Type
• The value field is
in the Untreate
Water d.
Treatmen
t Type
field is
Untreate
d.

Cathodic Protection Character Indicates whether the The value in this field is used
component contains a to calculate the value in the
cathodic protection, and if it Base Material Calculated
complies with the standards in Corrosion Rate field if the
API 651. value in the Selected Base
Calculated Rate.

Codes in the
581_AST_Cathodic Protection
baseline values:
• None
• Yes and Not Per API 651
• Yes and Per API 651
Cathodic Protection Character The effectiveness of the The value in this field is used
Effectiveness cathodic protection that is to calculate the value in the
used in the component. Base Material Calculated
evaluating the 581-Soil Side
Corrosion DM.

Codes in the MI_581_Cathodic
Protection Effectiveness
Factors System Code Table.
• Cathodic Protection exists

not per NACE RP0169
• No Cathodic Protection
• Cathodic Protection is
tested annually
• No Cathodic Protection on
Structure
• Tested Cathodic
protection NACE RP0169
supported
Cl Concentration Numeric The concentration of chlorine, The value in this field is used
in Weight parts per million, in to calculate the analysis if you
the cooling water that is used are evaluating the 581-Cooling
in the component. Water Corrosion and 581-
Hydrochloric Acid Corrosion
DMs.

Coating Age Numeric The time, in years, since This field is enabled only if the
coating has been installed on value in the Coating present?
the component. field is Yes (Y).
Coating Maintenance Rare or Character Indicates whether coating This field is enabled only if the
None? maintenance is performed value in the Coating present?
frequently or rarely. field is Yes (Y).

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Coating Present? Character Indicates whether coating is The value in this field is used
installed on the component. to calculate the value in the
Corrosion DM.

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

Coating Type Character The type of the coating This field is enabled only if the
material on the component. value in the Coating present?
field is Yes (Y).

Codes in the
581_Coating_Type System
values:
• Fusion Bonded Epoxy

• Liquid Epoxy
• Asphalt Enamel
• Asphalt Mastic
• Coat Tar Enamel
• Extruded Polyethylene
with mastic rubber
• Mill Applied PE Tape with
mastic
• Field Applied PE Tape with
mastic
• Three-Layer PE or PP
Cooling System Type Character Indicates whether or not the The value in this field is used
cooling water used in the to calculate the value in the
component is recirculating. Base Material Calculated
evaluating the 581-Cooling
Water Corrosion DM.

Codes in the
MI_581_Cooling_System
baseline values:
• Once-Through
• Recirculating
Heat Stable Amine Salts Numeric The concentration, in weight The value in this field is used
(HSAS) percentage, of heat stable to calculate the value in the
amine salts in the amine Base Material Calculated
solution that is used in the Corrosion Rate field if you are
component. evaluating the 581-Amine
Corrosion DM.

HF Concentration Numeric The concentration of Hydrogen The value in this field is used
Fluoride, in ppm, that is used to calculate the value in the
in the component. Base Material Calculated
evaluating the 581-
Hydrofluoric Acid Corrosion
DM.
Hydrocarbon Type Character The type of the hydrocarbon The value in this field is used
that is used in the component. to calculate the value in the
evaluating the 581-High
Temperature H2/H2S
Corrosion DM.

Codes in the
MI_581_HYDROCARBON_TYPE
S System Code Table. You can
baseline values:
• NAPTHA
• GAS OIL
H2/H2S Content Numeric The mole percentage of The value in this field is used
H2/H2S in the component. to calculate the value in the
Temperature H2/H2S
Corrosion DM.
H2S Partial Pressure Numeric The partial pressure of The value in this field is used
Hydrogen Sulfide, in pounds to calculate the value in the
per square inch gage, that is Base Material Calculated
used in the component. Corrosion Rate field if you are
evaluating the 581-Alkaline
Sour Water Corrosion DM.

Is Air or Oxidant Present? Character Indicates whether air or The value in this field is used
oxidant is present in the to calculate the value in the
component. Base Material Calculated
evaluating any of the following
DMs:
Corrosion
Oxidation
Corrosion

baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
Maximum Coating Character Indicates whether the This field is enabled only if the
Temperature Rating maximum coating value in the Coating Present?
Exceeded? temperature rating has field is Yes (Y).
exceeded.
baseline values:
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

MO Alkalinity Numeric The concentration, in This field is enabled only if one

milligrams per liter, of Methyl of the following sets of
Orange alkalinity in the conditions is satisfied:
component.
Set 1 Set 2

in the in the
Cooling Cooling
System System
is Once- is
Through. Recircula
• The value ting.

Water in the
Type field Water
is Fresh Treatmen
Water. t Type
in the Untreate
Water d.
Treatmen
t Type
field is
Untreate
d.
NH4HS Concentration Numeric The concentration of The value in this field is used
Ammonium Hydrosulfide, in to calculate the value in the
weight percentage, that is Base Material Calculated
used in the component. Corrosion Rate field if you are
evaluating the 581-Alkaline
Sour Water Corrosion DM.
Oxygen in the Process Stream Numeric The amount of oxygen, in parts The value in this field is used
per billion, in the process to calculate the value in the
stream used in the Base Material Calculated
component. Corrosion Rate field if you are
evaluating the 581-Acid Sour
Water Corrosion DM.

Product Side Condition Character The condition of the product The value in this field is used
side. to calculate the value in the
Corrosion Rate field if:

581-Atmospheric Tank
Bottom Corrosion DM.
-and-
Base Material Corrosion
Rate field is Calculated
Rate.

Codes in the
581_Product_Side_Condition
baseline values:
• Wet
• Dry
Recirculating System Type Character Indicates whether the This field is enabled only if the
recirculating system of the value in the Cooling System
cooling water is open or Type field is Recirculating.
closed.
Codes in the
MI_581_Recirculating_System
baseline values:
• Open
• Closed
Soil Resistivity Numeric The resistivity, in Ohm-cm, of The value in this field is used
the soil that is used in the to calculate the value in the
Calculated Rate.

Soil Type Character The type of the soil that is The value in this field is used
used in the component. to calculate the value in the
Corrosion DM.

Codes in the
581_Primary_Soil_Type System
values:
• Sand
• Silt
• Clay
Sulphur Concentration Numeric The concentration of sulphur, The value in this field is used
in weight percentage, in the to calculate the value in the
Sulfidic and Naphthenic acid Base Material Calculated
that is used in the component. Corrosion Rate field if you are
Naphthenic Acid DM.
TAN Numeric The Total Acid Number value, The value in this field is used
in milligrams per gram, of the to calculate the value in the
acid that is used in the Base Material Calculated
component. Corrosion Rate field if you are
Naphthenic Acid DM.

Total Dissolved Solids Numeric The amount of the total This field is enabled only if one
dissolved salts, in milligrams of the following sets of
per liter, in the cooling water conditions is satisfied:
that is used in the component.
Set 1 Set 2

in the in the
Cooling Cooling
System System
is Once- is
Through. Recircula
• The value ting.

Water in the
Type field Water
is Fresh Treatmen
Water. t Type
in the Untreate
Water d.
Treatmen
t Type
field is
Untreate
d.
Water Product Draws Character Indicates whether water The value in this field is used
product draws exist in the to calculate the value in the
Calculated Rate.

Codes in the
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)

Water Treatment Type Character Indicates whether the water This field is enabled only if:
used in the cooling system is
treated or untreated.
System Type field is Once-
Through.
-and-
Type field is Fresh Water.

Codes in the
MI_581_Water_Treatment_Typ
e System Code Table. You can
baseline values:
• Treated
• Untreated
Water Type Character Indicates whether the type of This field is enabled only if the
water that is used in the value in the Cooling System
cooling system is fresh water Type field is Once-Through.
or sea water.
Codes in the
MI_581_Water_Type System
values:
• Fresh Water
• Sea Water
The Lining Data Section

Immersion Grade Coating Character The quality of the organic This field is enabled only if:
Quality coating.
• The value in the Liner is
Present field is Yes (Y).
-and-
• The value in the Liner Type
field is Organic Coating
(typically > 0.762mm / 30
mils).

Base Damage Factor field if the
value in the Liner Type field is
Organic Coating (typically >
0.762mm / 30 mils). This field
System Codes in the
MI_581_Coating_Quality
baseline values:
• High
• Medium
• Low
Liner Condition Character The condition of the liner. The value in this field is used
Final Damage Factor field. This
value in the Liner is Present
field is Yes (Y). It contains the
Codes in the
MI_581_Lining_Condition
baseline values:
• Good
• Average
• Poor
Liner Installation Date Date The date and time on which The value in this field is used
the liner has been installed in to calculate the value in the
the component. Age field. This field is enabled
only if the value in the Liner is
Present field is Yes (Y). You can
use the Calendar feature to
select the date and time.

Liner is Present Character Indicates whether liner is This field is populated with the
present in the component. value in the Liner Present field
on the datasheet of the
associated component. It
System Codes in the
• Yes (Y)
• No (N)
If you select Yes (Y), the

following fields are enabled:
• Liner Installation Date

• Liner Condition
• Liner Type
• Immersion Grade Coating
Quality (only if the value in
the Liner Type field is
Organic Coating (typically
> 0.762mm / 30 mils))
Liner Type Character The type of the liner that is This field is populated with the
used in the component. value in the Liner Type field on
associated component. It is
enabled only if the value in the
Liner is Present field is Yes (Y).
Base Damage Factor field.

Codes in the
istance System Code Table.
• Strip Lined Alloy

• Organic Coating (typically
> 0.762mm / 30 mils)
• Thermal Resistant Service
- Castable Refractory
• Severe/Abrasive Service -
Castable Refractory
• Glass Linings
• Acid Brick
• Fiberglass

The Outputs Section
Age Numeric Age is the time since the last This field is disabled and
inspection was performed. In calculated automatically. The
order to satisfy an inspection, value in this field is used to
there should be values in the calculate the value in the
Last Known Inspection Date Expected Metal Loss Fraction
and Last known Thickness (Art) field.
fields. If the last known
inspection date or last known
thickness value is null, then
the age will be calculated from
the date in the Date in Service
field.
API 653 Maintenance Numeric The adjustment factor based If you are evaluating 581-
Adjustment on whether the component is Atmospheric Tank Bottom
maintained in compliance with Corrosion, this field is disabled
API 653. and populated automatically
with the value:
• 1 if the API 653

Maintenance Flag check
box is selected.
• 5 if the API 653
Maintenance Flag check
box is cleared.

Final Damage Factor field.
component before considering calculated automatically. The
the adjustment factors. value in this field is used to
calculate the value in the Final
Damage Factor field.
damage state 1. calculated automatically. The
calculate the value in the Base

the value 1. The value in this
values in the Beta Reliability
Indices 1, Beta Reliability
Indices 2, and Beta Reliability
Indices 3 fields.
Indices 3 fields.
Indices 3 fields.
Deadleg Adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor for the This field is disabled and
presence of a deadleg. populated automatically with
the value:
• 1 if the value in the

Deadleg Flag field is No
(N).
Deadleg Flag field is Yes
(Y) and the value in the
Deadleg Inspection field is
No (N).
Deadleg Flag and Deadleg
Inspection fields is Yes (Y).

Expected Metal Loss Fraction Numeric The expected metal loss This field is disabled and
(Art) fraction since last inspection. calculated automatically. The
Beta Reliability Indices 1, Beta
Reliability Indices 2, and Beta
Reliability Indices 3 fields.

Final Damage Factor Numeric The final damage factor of the This field is disabled and
Flow Stress Variance Numeric The variance of flow stress. This field is disabled and
populated with the value 0.20.
Injection Point Adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor for This field is disabled and
injection point. populated with the value:

Injection Point Flag and
Injection Point Inspection
fields is Yes (Y).
Injection Point Flag field is
set to Yes (Y) and the
value in the Injection Point
Inspection field is No (N).
Injection Point Flag field is
No (N).

Inspection Effectiveness 1 Numeric The first order inspection This field is disabled and
effectiveness factor. calculated automatically. The
Posterior Probability - 3 fields.
Inspection Effectiveness 2 Numeric The second order inspection This field is disabled and

Inspection Effectiveness 3 Numeric The third order inspection This field is disabled and
Online Monitoring Adjustment Numeric The adjustment factor for the This field is disabled and
presence of online monitoring. calculated automatically. The
calculate the value in the Final
Pressure Variance Numeric The variance of pressure. This field is disabled and
the value 0.05. The value in
this field is used to calculate
the values in the Beta
Reliability Indices 1, Beta

Settlement Adjustment Flag Numeric The adjustment factor for This field is disabled and
settlement. populated automatically based
on the values in the
Settlement Adjustment Flag
and Settlement Adjustment
Inspection fields as follows if
the value in the Foundation
Type field is not Concrete.
Settlem Settlem Settlem

ent ent ent
Adjust Adjust Adjust
ment ment ment
Flag Inspecti
on
Yes (Y) Meets 1

API 653
Yes (Y) Never 1.5

Evaluate
d
Yes (Y) Exceeds 2

API 653
If the value in the Foundation

Type field is Concrete,
however, the value in the
Settlement Adjustment field is
1.

Strength Ratio Numeric The strength ratio of the This field is disabled and
material of the component. calculated automatically. The

Thinning Variance Numeric The variance of thinning. This field is disabled and
the value 0.20. The value in
this field is used to calculate
the values in the Beta
Reliability Indices 1, Beta
Welded Construction Flag Numeric The adjustment factor for the If you are evaluating 581-
presence of a welded Atmospheric Tank Bottom
construction in a tank bottom. Corrosion, this field is disabled
and populated automatically
with the value:

Welded Construction Flag
field is Yes (Y).
Welded Construction Flag
field is No (N).

Tank Stress Records

Tank Stress records are used in the Tank Stress reference table, which is used to determine the Allowable
Stress value for RBI 581 Risk Analyses linked to storage tank components (i.e., RBI Components whose
Stress Lookup Table field contains the value Tank). This topic provides a list and description of the fields
that exist in the Tank Stress family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of
these fields.
the documentation.

Allowable Stress Numeric The maximum amount of The value in this field is
pressure that the component calculated using values in the
can withstand. following fields:

• Constuction Code
• Code Year
• Material Spec
• Material Grade
• Course Number
• Tensile Strength
• Yeild Strength
The value in this fieldd is used

to populate the Allowable
code that corresponds to the to:
component was defined.
• Determine the value in the
Allowable Stress field.
• Filter the list of values in
the Material Specification
field.
• Populate the Code Year
field in the associated RBI
581 Risk Analysis.
with the component. to:

• Populate the Construction
Code field in the
Analysis.
component. to:

• Populate the Material
Grade field in the
Analysis.

the component. to:

the Material Grade field.
Spec field in the
Analysis.
Minimum Tensile Strength Numeric The minimum tensile strength None

component.
Minimum Yield Strength Numeric The minimum yield strength of None

the material of the
component.
Tank Stress records are used in the Tank Stress reference table, which is used to determine the Allowable
Stress value for RBI 581 Risk Analyses linked to storage tank components (i.e., RBI Components whose
Stress Lookup Table field contains the value Tank). This topic provides a list and description of the fields
that exist in the Tank Stress family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of
these fields.
the documentation.
Allowable Stress Numeric The maximum amount of The value in this field is
pressure that the component calculated and used to
can withstand. populate the Allowable Stress
Risk Analysis.
code that corresponds to the to:
component was defined.
the Material Specification
field.
• Populate the Code Year
field in the associated RBI
581 Risk Analysis.

with the component. to:

• Populate the Construction
Code field in the
Analysis.
component. to:

Grade field in the
Analysis.
the component. to:

the Material Grade field.
Spec field in the
Analysis.
Minimum Tensile Strength Numeric The minimum tensile strength None

component.
Minimum Yield Strength Numeric The minimum yield strength of None

the material of the
component.
Inventory Group Configuration Records

Inventory Group Configuration records store information about the process unit that an inventory group
belongs to and the components that are linked to the group. This topic provides an alphabetical list and
description of the fields that exist for the Inventory Group Configuration family. The information in the
table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields.
appropriate license and family privileges.
Tip: For more information, refer to the Site Filtering section of the documentation.

Comments Text Comments about the You can enter a value

inventory group. manually.
Created By Character The ID of the user who created This field is disabled and
the inventory group. populated automatically.
Created Date Date The date on which the This field is disabled and
inventory group has been populated automatically.
created.
Inventory Group Description Character Description of the inventory You can enter a value
group. manually.
Inventory Group Name Character The name of the inventory A value is required and must
group. be unique among all the
inventory groups in the
process unit. The value in this
field is used to populate the
Inventory Group field in each
component linked to the
group.
Last Updated Date The date on which the This field is disabled and
inventory group was last populated automatically.
modified.
Last Updated By Character The ID of the user who last This field is disabled and
modified the inventory group. populated automatically.
Process Unit Character The process unit in which the This field is disabled and
inventory group is created. populated automatically.
RBI Inspection Auto-Selection Criteria Records

RBI Inspection Auto-Selection Criteria records store details about the criteria that must be used to assign
Inspections automatically to a Damage Mechanism Evaluation (DME). This topic provides an alphabetical
list and description of the fields that exist for the RBI Inspection Auto-Selection Criteria family. The
information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields.
the documentation.

Analysis Family Character The type of the analysis for The value in this field is
which Inspections must be RBI 581 Risk Analysis. You
automatically assigned to the cannot modify this value.
DME.
Degradation Mechanism Character The DM that is related to the If you create, duplicate, or
analysis. apply an RBI 581 Risk Analysis,
the DM specified in this field,
then Inspections linked to the
same DM are automatically
assigned to the DME based on
the criteria in this record.
If this field is blank, all the DMs

related to the DME specified in
the DM Methodology and
Equivalent DM Methodology
are considered while assigning
Inspections to the DME.
DM Methodology Character The Degradation Mechanism Inspections that must be

Evaluation (DME) record to assigned to a DME are filtered
which the DM belongs. based on the values in the DM
Methodology and Equivalent
DM Methodology fields.

Equivalent DM Methodology Character The equivalent (or related) This field is disabled and
DME that is associated with populated based on the value
the DME specified in the DM in the DM Methodology field as
Methodology field. follows:
DM Methodol Equivalent
ogy DM
Methodology
RBI 581 Criticality Env.

Cracking Crack. Deg.
Damage Mech. Eval.
Evaluation
RBI 581 N/A

External
Cracking
Damage
Evaluation
RBI 581 Criticality Ext.

External Corr. Deg.
Damage Mech. Eval.
Evaluation
RBI 581 Criticality Int.

Thinning and Corr. Deg.
Lining Mech. Eval.
Evaluation
Years of Inspection History Numeric The duration, in years, that If the difference between the
should be considered while date on which the analysis is
assigning Inspections to a created and the value in the
DME. If an Inspection is Completion Date field in an
completed before the duration Inspection is greater than the
specified in this field, it is not value in this field, then the
assigned to the DME. Inspection is not assigned to
the DME.
Calculations
Calculating Combined Confidence
Calculating Flow Stress


Allowable Stress Calculation
Calculating Inventory Component Mass

The inventory component mass of a component is calculated using the values in the following fields in the
Criticality Calculator RBI Component record:
• Operating Pressure (P)
• Operating Temperature (T)
• Diameter (d)
• Length (L)
Note: If the component type is Piping, then the value in the Piping Length field is used instead of the
value in the Length field.
• Percent Liquid Volume (pc)
• Molwt (This value is stored in the RepresentativeFluids reference table for the fluid specified in the
Process Fluid field in the Criticality Calculator RBI Components record)
• Fluid Density (This value is specified in the RepresentativeFluids reference table for the fluid specified
in the Process Fluid field in the Criticality Calculator RBI Components record)
Note: If the component is linked to an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, then these values are taken from the
corresponding fields in the analysis record instead of the component record.
The inventory component mass of a component is calculated as follows:
Inventory Component Mass = (Liquid Volume x Fluid Density) + (Vapor Volume x Vapor Density)
Where:
• Liquid Volume = (pc/100) x Volume of the cylinder
Note: The volume of the cylinder is calculated from the values in the Diameter and Length fields in the
Criticality Calculator RBI Component record.
• Vapor Volume = (1-(pc/100)) x Volume of the cylinder
• Vapor Density = (Molwt x (P + 14.7)) / (10.73 x (T + 459.15) x z)
This value is populated in the Inventory Component Mass field in the Common section of the associated
RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation.
Example for Calculating Inventory Component Mass

Suppose a component has the following specifications:
• Component Type: Heat Exchanger (Shell)
• Process Fluid : C6-C8
• Operating Pressure: 101 Pounds/Sq Inch Gage
• Operating Temperature: 121 Degrees Fahrenheit
• Molwt of CO: 28
• Diameter: 97.625 inches
• Length: 360 inches
• Percent Liquid Volume: 50 percent
• Fluid Density: 42.704
Given these values:

• Volume of the cylinder = (pi x (d/12) x (d/12) x (L/12)) / 4
Volume of the cylinder = ((22/7) x (97.625/12) x (97.625/12) x (360/12)) / 4
Volume of the cylinder = 1560.075 Cubic feet
• Liquid volume = (pc/100) x Volume of the cylinder
Liquid volume = (50/100) x 1560.075
Liquid volume = 780.038 Cubic feet
• Vapor volume = (1 - (pc/100)) x volume of the cylinder
Vapor volume = (1 - (50/100)) x 1560.075
Vapor volume = 780.038 Cubic feet
• Vapor Density = (Molwt x (P + 14.7)) / (10.73 x (T + 459.15) x z)
Vapor Density = (100 x (101 + 14.7)) / (10.73 x (121 + 459.15) x 1)
Vapor Density = 1.859 Pounds per cubic feet
• Inventory Component Mass = (Liquid Volume x Fluid Density) + (Vapor Volume x Vapor Density)
Inventory Component Mass = (780.038 x 42.704) + (780.038 x 1.859)
Inventory Component Mass = 34760.526 Pounds
Note: The value in the Inventory Component Mass field on the RBI Component datasheet may slightly
differ from the value that is shown in the example. This happens because of rounding off some of the
values.
Calculating Inventory Group Mass

The inventory group mass is calculated as the sum of the inventory component mass values of all the
individual components in an inventory group. This value is populated in the Inventory Group Mass field in
the Common section in the associated RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation record. If the component is not
linked to an inventory group, then the value in the Inventory Group Mass field is the same as the value in
the Inventory Component Mass field.
Note: The value in the Calculated Inventory field in a component datasheet is calculated only for RBI 580.
It is not used in calculating inventory group mass.
For example, suppose you have created an inventory group, Group 1, and linked it to three components,
Component 1, Component 2, and Component 3. The inventory component mass values for each of these
components are shown in parentheses.

In this case, the inventory group mass is calculated as follows:
Inventory Group Mass of Group 1 = Inventory Component Mass of Component 1 + Inventory Component
Mass of Component 2 + inventory Component Mass of Component 3
Inventory Group Mass of Group 1 = 120 + 100 + 130
Inventory Group Mass of Group 1 = 350 Pounds
Suppose you have created an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, Analysis 1, for Component 1. GE Digital APM then
calculates the inventory component mass of Component 1 based on the input values in Analysis 1. In the
following diagram, this value is shown in parentheses next to Analysis1.
In this case, the inventory group mass is calculated as follows:

Inventory Group Mass of Group 1 = Inventory Component Mass calculated based on input values from
Analysis 1 + Inventory Component Mass of Component 2 + Inventory Component Mass of Component 3
Inventory Group Mass of Group 1 = 150 + 100 + 130
Inventory Group Mass of Group 1 = 380 Pounds

ASM Integration
About Values Mapped to RBI Recommendations
When you generate RBI Recommendations, the fields in RBI Recommendations are populated with values
from:
• The RBI 581 Risk Analysis to which the RBI Recommendation is linked.
• The RBI Components that are linked to the associated RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
• The Equipment that is linked to the associated RBI Components.
• The Degradation Mechanisms record that is linked to the associated RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
• The Inspection Strategy that was used to generate the RBI Recommendation.
RBI Recommendation Fields Populated from Related Records

The following table lists the RBI Recommendation fields that are populated automatically from these
sources.
Note: Some of the fields listed in the table are not available on any of the datasheets that are configured
for the RBI Recommendation family.
This RBI Recommendation field: ...is populated with: ...from the following record:
Analysis ID The value in the Analysis ID field. The associated RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
Asset ID The value in the Asset ID field. The related Asset.
Author Name The last and first name of the Security The Security User who initiated the
User who created the RBI generation of the RBI Recommendation.
Recommendation.
Damage Mechanism The value in the Degradation Mechanism The RBI Degradation Mechanism that is
field. linked to the associated RBI 581 Risk
Analysis.

This RBI Recommendation field: ...is populated with: ...from the following record:
Functional Location ID The value in the Equipment ID field. The associated RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
Intrusive/Non Intrusive The value in the Is Intrusive? field. The associated RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
Nonrecurring? TRUE None
Originating Reference The Recommendation ID. The associated RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
RBI Component The value in the Component Description The associated RBI Component.
field.
RBI Recommendation Methodology The value RBI 581. The associated RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
Recommendation Basis The value in the Inspection Strategy The Inspection Strategy that generated
Description field. the RBI Recommendation.
Recommendation Headline The value RBI- <RBI Components Record The associated RBI Component.
ID>-<Damage Mechanism>
...where:
• <RBI Components Record ID> is the

Record ID of the associated RBI
Component.
• <Damage Mechanism> is the value in
the Damage Mechanism field in the
RBI Recommendation.
For example, given the following values:
• RBI Components Record ID = Storage

Tank
• Damage Mechanism = Brittle
Fracture
The Recommendation Headline would be:
RBI- Storage Tank- Brittle Fracture
Recommended Inspection Scope The value in the Recommended The Inspection Strategy that generated
Inspection Scope field. the RBI Recommendation.
Recommended Interval Scope The value 0.
Status The value Created. None
Target Completion Date • The date specified in the Cracking The associated RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
Inspection Date or the Target
Inspection Date field, whichever is
the earliest, if the DM is related to RBI
581 Cracking Damage Evaluation.
• The date specified in the Target
Inspection Date field if the DM is not
related to RBI 581 Cracking Damage
Evaluation.
Task Type The value in the Inspection Task Type The Inspection Strategy that generated
field. the RBI Recommendation.

About Values Mapped to Risk
When you promote an asset to Asset Strategy Management (ASM), a Risk is created in ASM for each
Degradation Mechanisms record (DM) in active RBI 581 Risk Analyses. This Risk contains the details of
unmitigated and mitigated risks defined in the DM.
The following table provides a list of fields on the Risk datasheet that are populated from the DM or the
associated RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
This Risk field: ...is populated with: ...from the following associated
records:
Name A value in the following format: RBI 581 Risk Analysis and DM
<Equipment Description> ~ <Degradation
Mechanism>
If there is no value in the Equipment

Description field, then the value in the
Equipment Type field is used.
Description A value in the following format: RBI 581 Risk Analysis and DM
<Equipment Description> ~ <Degradation
Mechanism>
If there is no value in the Equipment

Description field, then the value in the
Equipment Type field is used.
Failure Mode The value in the Degradation Mechanism DM

field
Maintainable Item A value in the following format: <RBI RBI 581 Risk Analysis and Criticality
Component Entity ID> ~ <Equipment Calculator RBI Component
Description or Equipment Type>
Failure Cause The value in the Degradation Mechanism DM

field
Unmitigated Financial Risk The value in the Unmitigated Financial DM

Risk Rank field
Risk Basis The value Risk Based Inspection None
About Values Mapped to Action

When you promote an asset to Asset Strategy Management (ASM), an Action is created in ASM for each
RBI Recommendation in active RBI 581 Risk Analyses. This Action contains the details of the
Recommendation.
The following table provides a list of the fields on an Action datasheet that are populated from the
RBI Recommendation.
This Action field: ...is populated with:
Action Basis The value RBI 581 Recommendation.
Action Source The value RBI.

This Action field: ...is populated with:
Action Task Type The value in the Task Type field.
Action Basis The value in the Action Type field.
Cost The value in the Estimated Cost field.
Cost Basis The value in the Estimated Cost Basis field.
Description <Recommendation Inspection Scope> ~ <Recommendation

Basis>
Interval The value 0.
Interval Basis Undefined.
Interval Units The value Months.
Name <Damage Mechanism> ~ <Task Type>
Nonrecurring The value in the NonRecurring? field.
Shutdown Required The value in the Asset Shutdown Required? field.
Target Completion Date The value in the Target Completion Date field.
About Values Mapped to Inspection Task

When you promote an asset to Asset Strategy Management (ASM), and create an Inspection Task based
on an Action, the fields in the Inspection Task are populated with the values in the various records. The
following table provides a list of fields on an Inspection Task datasheet that are populated automatically
from these sources.
This Inspection Task field: ...is populated with: ...from the following record:
Asset ID The entity key of the Asset that is Asset Strategy

associated with the Asset Strategy.
Asset Key The entity key of the Asset that is Asset Strategy
associated with the Asset Strategy.
Desired Interval The value 0. • RBI Recommendation
• Degradation Mechanism Evaluation
• Asset Corrosion Analysis
Desired Interval Basis Undefined. Action
Next Date The earliest date among all the Target RBI Recommendation
Completion Date values of all RBI
Recommendations.
Next Date Basis The value RBI 581 Recommendation. RBI Recommendation
Override Interval FALSE None
Reason The value in the Action basis field Action

This Inspection Task field: ...is populated with: ...from the following record:
Rejectable • The value False if the value in the Action

Mandatory field is set to True.
• The value True if the value in the
Mandatory field is set to False.
Reoccurring FALSE . None
Task Details The value in the Description field. Action
Task ID The value in the Name field. Action
Task Type The value in the Action Task Type field. Action
Inspection Strategies
Inspection Strategies
About Inspection Strategies for Generating RBI Recommendations

Inspection Strategies for a Tank Bottom Component

Inspection Strategies used for Environmental Cracking Damage

Mechanisms
Inspection Strategies used for External Cracking Damage Mechanisms

Inspection Strategies used for External Damage Mechanisms

Inspection Strategies used for Thinning and Lining Damage Mechanisms


RBI Policies
RBI Policies
An RBI Policy allows you to develop and execute strategies based on historical data and dynamic data,
which is obtained by monitoring conditions in real time. The policies used in RBI are categorized as
follows:
• Policies used to calculate an analysis
• Policies used to generate recommendations
• Policies used in risk mapping
These policies appear in the Module Workflow Policies section of the Policy Designer Overview page.
Policies used to Calculate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis

This topic provides a list of Policies used by each family in RBI 581 to calculate an RBI 581 Risk Analysis.
If you want to design a policy, you must be a member of the following Security Groups:
• MI Policy Designer
-and-
• MI RBI Calculation Policy Designer
If you want to view a policy, you must be a member of the following Security Groups:
• MI Policy Viewer
-and-
• MI RBI Calculation Policy Viewer
Family: RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation

The following table provides a list of Policies that are used by RBI 581 Cracking Damage Evaluation.
Degradation Mechanism Policy
581-Sulfide Stress Cracking RBI 581 Calculate Environmental Severity
581-HIC/SOHIC-H2S
581-HIC/SOHIC-H2S RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - HIC/SOHIC H2S
581-Alkaline Carbonate Stress Corrosion Cracking RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - Alkaline
581-Amine Cracking RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - Amine Cracking
581-Caustic Cracking RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - Caustic
581-Chloride Stress Corrosion Cracking RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - CISCC
581-HIC/SOHIC-HF RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - HIC/SOHIC HF
581-Hydrogen Stress Cracking RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - HSC HF
581-HIC/SOHIC-HF

581-Polythionic Acid Cracking RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - PASCC
581-Sulfide Stress Cracking RBI 581 Calculated Susceptibility - SSC
Family: RBI 581 External Cracking Damage Evaluation

The following table provides a list of Policies that are used by RBI 581 External Cracking Damage
Evaluation.
581-Austenitic Component Cracking Under Insulation RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - Austenitic CUI
581-Austenitic Component Atmospheric Cracking RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - Austenitic
Family: RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage Evaluation

The following table provides a list of Policies that are used by RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Damage
Evaluation.
581-Piping Mechanical Fatigue RBI 581 Mechanical Fatigue Pipe Damage Evaluation
Family: RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation

The following table provides a list of Policies that are used by RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Evaluation.
581-Amine Corrosion RBI 581 Amine Corrosion Rate
581-Acid Sour Water Corrosion RBI 581 Acid Sour Corrosion Rate
581-Alkaline Sour Water Corrosion RBI 581 Alkaline Sour Water Corrosion Rate
581-Atmospheric Tank Bottom Corrosion RBI 581 AST Bottom Corrosion Rate
RBI 581 Damage Factor - AST Bottom Thinning
581-Cooling Water Corrosion RBI 581 Cooling Water Corrosion Rate Estimation
581-Soil Side Corrosion RBI 581 Soil Side Corrosion Rate Calculation
581-High Temperature H2/H2S Corrosion RBI 581 H2-H2S Corrosion Rate
581-Sulfuric Acid Corrosion RBI 581 H2SO4 Corrosion Rate
581-Hydrochloric Acid Corrosion RBI 581 HCL Corrosion Rate
581-High Temperature Oxidation RBI 581 HT Oxidation Corrosion Rate
581-Hydrofluoric Acid Corrosion RBI 581 Hydrofluoric Acid Corrosion Rate
581-High Temperature Sulfidic and Naphthenic Acid Corrosion RBI 581 Sulfidic and Naphthenic Corrosion Rate

Policies used to Generate Recommendations
Policies used in Risk Mapping

This following policies are used in risk mapping in RBI 581:
• 581-DEF-RISK_MAPPING-OPERATIONS
• 581-DEF-RISK_MAPPING-SAFETY
If you want to design a policy, you must be a member of the following Security Groups:
• MI Policy Designer
-and-
• RBI Risk Mapping Policy Designer
If you want to view a policy, you must be a member of the following Security Groups:
• MI Policy Viewer
-and-
• RBI Risk Mapping Policy Viewer
Policies and Fields Used to Calculate Corrosion Rate

Policies and Fields Used to Calculate Susceptibility

Catalog Items
Queries Folder
The Catalog folder \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Risk Based Inspection -
581\Queries contains the following items.

Item Name Behavior and Usage
Active Analyses for Evergreening - 581 Returns a list of the RBI 581 Risk Analysis records for RBI
Components linked to RBI assets that satisfy the following
conditions:
• Are related to the given Functional Location or Process Unit

key.
• Are in the active state.
• Have an evergreening Batch ID.
Analyses Created For Evergreening - 581 Returns a list of the RBI 581 Risk Analysis records for RBI
conditions:

key.
• Are in the Created state.
• Have an evergreening Batch ID.
Important: Do not modify the following columns: Analysis ID,

Component, Asset ID, Analysis Entity Key, and Risk
Category. Modifying these columns may affect the Calculate
functionality during the evergreening process.
Analyses Ready for Evergreening -581 Returns a list of the RBI 581 Risk Analysis records for RBI
conditions:

key.
• Have not been evergreened.
• Have not been calculated in the last five years.
Important: Do not modify the ENTY_KEY column. Modifying

this column may affect the duplicate functionality during the
evergreening process.
Analyses Ready for Evergreening for Unit - 581 Returns a list of the RBI 581 Risk Analysis records for RBI
conditions:

key.
• Have not been evergreened.
Important: Do not modify the ENTY_KEY column. Modifying

this column may affect the duplicate functionality during the
evergreening process.
Asset Corrosion Analysis More Current than All Analyses Returns a list of all the assets linked to a Functional Location
that have a TM Asset Corrosion Analysis more current than the
active RBI analysis in the component. This query is used when
both RBI 580 and RBI 581 licenses are active.

Asset Corrosion Analysis More Current Than RBI 581 Analyses Returns a list of all the assets linked to a Functional Location
that have a TM Asset Corrosion Analysis more current than the
active RBI analysis in the component.
Asset Counts for Units Returns a list of the count of assets that contain RBI data and
linked to Functional Locations hierarchically.
Assets with No Recommendations Returns a list of all the assets linked to a Functional Location
that have no RBI Recommendations and have at least one
component with a Risk Completed analysis.
Important: Do not modify the Asset Entity Key field. Modifying

this field may affect the generate recommendation
functionality.
Assets with No Recommendations (581 Only) Returns a list of all assets linked to a Functional Location that
have no RBI Recommendations and have at least one
component with a Risk Completed analysis. This query will be
used if you do not have an active RBI 580 license.
Important: Do not modify the Asset Entity Key field. Modifying

this field may affect the generate recommendation
functionality.
Criticality Consequence Evaluation None.
Current Risk Returns a list of the current rolled-up risk for each asset linked
to a Functional Location.
Current Risk Overview Returns a list of the highest Risk Category for each asset linked
to a Functional Location and gives a count.
Export RBI Components by Asset Returns a list of the Equipment records that are linked to active
RBI Components and Equipment records that are not linked to
at least one RBI Component.
Inspections More Current Than All Analysis Returns a list of all the assets linked to a Functional Location
that have Inspections more current than the active RBI analysis
in the component. This query is used when both Risk Based
Inspection and RBI 581 licenses are active.
Inspections More Current Than RBI 581 Analysis Returns a list of all the assets linked to a Functional Location
that have Inspections more current than the active RBI analysis
in the component.
Invalid Inspections for Non-Intrusive Requirement Met None.
Manage Inspection Groups None.
Manage RBI Components None.
Manage RBI System None.
Maximum Internal Corrosion Rate Returns a list of the calculated maximum internal corrosion rate
for an Internal Corrosion DME.
Past Risk Returns a list of the past rolled-up risk for each asset under a
Functional Location.

Past Risk Overview Returns a list of the highest Risk Category for each asset Under
a Functional Location and gives a count.
PRD Consequence Evaluation None.
Process Unit Query Returns a list of the underlying Process Units for the selected
level of the asset hierarchy.
RBI Asset Risk Query None.
RBI Asset Risk Sub Query None.
RBI Assets for a Functional Location Returns a list of all the assets linked to a Functional Location.
RBI Components for an Asset Returns a list of all the RBI Components for a given asset.
RBI Corrosion Loops for a Functional Location Returns a list of all the Corrosion Loops linked to a given
Functional Location.
RBI DM Query None.
RBI Flexible Configurations Returns a list of all the flexible calculation records.
RBI Flexible Validation Records Returns all flexible validation records.
RBI Overview Filter Parameters None.
RBI Pipeline Consequence Evaluation None.
Recommendations by Asset Returns a list of the RBI Recommendation records related to the
selected asset.
Review Analyses by Asset 580 Returns a list of all the RBI Criticality Analysis records not in an
Archived state for the Equipment or Functional Location record
for which you accessed the RBI asset.
Review Analyses by Asset 581 Returns a list of all the RBI 581 Risk Analysis records that are
calculated in the Created state for the Equipment or Functional
Location record for which you accessed the RBI asset.
Review Analysis by Corrosion Loop 581 Returns a list of all the RBI 581 Risk Analysis records that are
calculated in Created state for the Corrosion Loop record for
which you accessed the RBI asset.
Select Protected Assets Returns a list of the Equipment records in the Select Protected
Equipment window.
Select Protected RBI Components Returns a list of the RBI Components in the Select Protected
Equipment window.
Select RBI Components Returns a list of the RBI Components that are:
• Linked to Equipment records.

• Not linked to a Corrosion Loop record.
Select Unit for Grouping Returns a list of all the Functional Location records that:
• Represent a unit.
• Are linked to an Corrosion Loop record that is associated
with RBI Components.

Unlinked Corrosion Loops Returns a list of all the Corrosion Loops that are not linked to a
Unit.
Valid Inspections for Non-Intrusive Requirement Met None.
View all Recommendations Returns a list of all the recommendations for a selected Unit.
View Protected RBI Components Returns a list of all the Protected RBI Components for a selected
Unit.
Policy Queries folder Contains queries that are used by RBI Strategy Mapping Groups
when you generate RBI Recommendations records.
Inspection Plan Queries

The Catalog folder \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Compliance\Queries
contains the following queries used in the Inspection Plan workflow.

Query Behavior and Usage
Compliance Recommendations by Plan Displays Recommendations based on the Inspection Plan.
The following columns in the query must be used, and the

aliases must contain the following values.
Column Alias
[MI_COMP_RECOMM].ENTY_ID AND REC_ENTY_ID

[MI_RBIRECOM].ENTY_ID
[MI_COMP_RECOMM].ENTY_KEY REC_ENTY_KEY
AND [MI_RBIRECOM].ENTY_KEY
[MI_TASKINSP].[MI_TASK_ID] Task ID
a."SUCC_ENTY_KEY" Linked Actions
[MI_TASKINSP].ENTY_KEY TASK KEY
{MIR_RBICRAN}.PRED_ENTY_KEY Comp Key
Note: For Compliance

Recommendations, the column
must be set to NULL. For RBI
Consolidated Recommendations,
the column must be set to 0.
PRED_ENTY_KEY Analysis Key
Note: For Compliance

Recommendations, the column
must be set to NULL. For RBI
Consolidated Recommendations,
the column must be set to 0.
MI_SM_STATES.SMST_ID STATE_ID
[MI_COMP_RECOMM].FMLY_KEY FMLY_KEY
AND [MI_RBIRECOM].FMLY_KEY
[MI_RBIRECOM]. NonRecurring?
[MI_RBIRECOM_NONRE_FLG]
Important: \\Public\Meridium\Modules
\Inspection\Compliance\Queries
\Compliance Superseded
Recommendation Counts is a subquery and must
not be removed from the parent query. In this subquery, the
SUCC_ENTY_KEY column is required, and the alias must not be
modified.
Compliance Recommendations to Supersede Displays Recommendations for a given entity keys. This query is
used to select the master Recommended Action while
superseding Compliance Recommendations in the
Recommendation section of the Inspection Plan page.
Important: The [MI_RBIRECOM].ENTY_KEY column must not be

removed, and the alias REC_ENTY_KEY must not be modified.

Compliance Superseded Recommendations Displays a list of Consolidated and Superseded

Recommendations. This query is used to access the linked
actions in the Inspection Plan page.
Note: The [MI_RBIRECOM].ENTY_KEY column must not be

removed, and the alias REC_ENTY_KEY must not be modified.
Inspection Tasks for Asset Displays the Inspection Tasks for an asset. This query is used to
access the Existing Tasks in the Inspection Plan page.
Important: In the WHERE criteria, the ID of the parameter

must be ASSET_ENTY_KEY.
Compliance Superseded Recommendation Counts Returns the count of Consolidated and Superseded
Recommendations. This query is used in the Recommendation
section of the Inspection Plan page.
Inspection Tasks Available to Implement Displays the Inspection Tasks available to implement for a
Compliance Recommendation. This query is used to access the
Inspection tasks after selecting the Implement button in the
Inspection Plan page.
Recommended Actions by Selected Plans Displays unimplemented actions from a given Inspection Plan.
This query is used in the Inspection Plan page. The following
columns in the query must be used, and the aliases must not be
changed.
Column Alias
[MI_COMP_RECOMM].ENTY_ID AND REC_ENTY_ID

[MI_RBIRECOM].ENTY_ID
Important: In the WHERE clause, the ID of the parameter must

be ENTY_KEYS.
All Inspection Plans for Unit Returns all Inspection Plans for the selected location in the
hierarchy. This query is used to access all the Inspection plans in
the Inspection Plan Management page.
Active Recommendations of Plans for Unit Returns all active recommendations for Inspection Plans for the
selected location in the hierarchy. This query is used to view
active recommendations in the Inspection Plan Management
page.

Inspection Plan Revisions Displays the Inspection Plan Revisions for a given Inspection
Plan. This query is used to retrieve the revisions for an
Inspection Plan.
Important:
• The column [MI_INSP_PLAN_REV].

[MI_INSP_PLAN_REV_REVI_DATE_D] must not be removed
and its alias must not be changed.
• In the WHERE clause, the ID of the parameter must be
PLAN_ENTY_KEY.
Compliance Recommendation Revisions for Inspection Plan Displays the Recommendation Revision records for a given
Inspection Plan Revision. This query is used in the Inspection
Plan page to view the revisions for a Recommendation.
Important:
• The column [MI_COMP_REC_REV].[MI_REC_ID] must not be

removed and its alias must not be changed.
• In the WHERE clause, the ID of the parameter must be
PLAN_REV_ENTY_KEY.
Reports Folder

Chapter
16
Release Notes
Topics:
• Fourth Quarter of 2019

• Third Quarter of 2019
• Second Quarter of 2019
• First Quarter of 2019
• Third Quarter of 2018

Fourth Quarter of 2019
Risk Based Inspection (RBI)
This topic provides a list of product changes released for this module on the specified dates.
RBI 580
Release Date: December 13, 2019
Table 1: Resolved Issues
The following issues, which existed in one or more previous versions, have been resolved.
Description Tracking ID
Previously, if an RBI Criticality Analysis contained a Chloride Stress Corrosion Cracking (CI SCC) or DE121801
Hydrogen Stress Cracking (HSC) - Hydrofluoric Acid Degradation Mechanism, the value in the
output fields were incorrectly calculated. This issue has been resolved.
Release Date: November 8, 2019
Previously, when calculating an RBI Criticality Analysis, the value in the Estimated Half Life field in DE119934
the Criticality Ext. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval. family was set incorrectly if you had defined UOM
conversion set for any field used for the calculation of estimated half-life. This issue has been
resolved.
RBI 581
Release Date: December 13, 2019
Previously, when the UOM conversion set was assigned to you, while calculating an RBI 581 Risk DE121779
Analysis, the Risk Category field was calculated incorrectly. In addition, the output fields were
calculated incorrectly for any of the following conditions:
• The component type was Storage Tank or Storage Tank Bottom.

• The analysis contained a Brittle Fracture damage mechanism evaluation.
This issue has been resolved.

Release Date: November 8, 2019
Previously, when you calculated an RBI 581 Risk Analysis on a Storage Tank component that had DE121326
a toxic mixture, the calculation failed. This issue has been resolved.
Third Quarter of 2019

Risk Based Inspection (RBI)
This topic provides a list of product changes released for this module on the dates listed below.
RBI 580 and RBI 581
Release Date: September 27, 2019
Table 5: Enhancements and New Features
The following enhancements and new features have been added.

Security Users who were members of the MI RBI Analyst Security Group are now automatically US360378
assigned the MI Inspection Plan Approver Role.
To enhance usability when superseding RBI Recommendations, the Completion Comments box US358589
has now been added to the RBI Recommendation datasheet.
You can now re-promote an asset from Risk Based Inspection (RBI) to Asset Strategy Manager US353336
(ASM) when the asset has been previously promoted to ASM and the resulting actions have been
consolidated on the Asset Strategy. To facilitate this enhancement, any consolidated actions on
the Asset Strategy will now be unlinked during the promotion of an asset.
To enhance usability and readability, the Process Unit navigation in the RBI 581 Inventory US348279
Groups workspace has been updated to display the Functional Location Entity ID instead of the
Functional Location ID.

To enhance performance, the queries used in the Risk Based Inspection Overview page, which US343930
referenced MI_ENTITIES directly, now reference the Equipment family. To facilitate this
enhancement, the following queries have been updated:
Query Path
RBI Assets for a Functional Location Public\Meridium\Modules\Risk Based Inspection

\Queries\
Asset Counts for Units Public\Meridium\Modules\Risk Based Inspection

\Queries\
Analyses Ready For Evergreening – 580 Public\Meridium\Modules\Risk Based Inspection

\Queries\
Analyses Ready For Evergreening - 581 Public\Meridium\Modules\Risk Based Inspection –

581\Queries\
You can now implement RBI recommendations that belong to an Inspection Plan in: US335134
• Asset Strategy Management.

• Inspection Plan as Inspection Task.
To facilitate this enhancement, a new option, Implement Recommended Actions to Tasks in

ASM, has been added to the Global Preferences section of the RBI Admin Preferences page.
The following issues that existed in one or more previous versions have been resolved.
Previously, for a Criticality RBI Component - Exchanger Bundle, when you copied an RBI Criticality DE117340
Analysis or created a What-If Analysis from an RBI Criticality Analysis, and then calculated the
analysis, the Final Phase and Final Phase Shell Side fields in the related Criticality Consequence
Evaluation record were not populated. This issue has been resolved.
Previously, the value in the Desired Interval field in an Inspection Task was recalculated when the DE117062
related RBI Recommendation was either deleted or transitioned to the Archived state. This issue
has been resolved.
Previously, when calculating inventory for the Criticality RBI Component – Cylindrical Shell DE100794
component that contained the value Storage Tank in the Component Type field, an error
occurred. This issue has been resolved. Now, the Calculated Inventory field is populated with the
correct inventory value.
Previously, when you attempted to finalize risk of multiple analyses that belonged to multiple DE95713
Assets or Corrosion Loops, the operation failed completely when there were multiple analyses
that belonged to a single component. This issue has been resolved. Now, in this scenario, the
analyses that belong to different components are updated to Risk Completed and an error
message appears to indicate the number of failed analyses.
Previously, you could unexpectedly modify unmitigated risk values on Failure Risks with a source DE83069
of RBI in Asset Strategy Manager (ASM). This issue has been resolved.

Release Date: July 26, 2019
Description Tracking ID(s)
Previously, when you applied a Criticality RBI Component – Cylindrical Shell component that DE113179
contained the value Storage Tank in the Component Type box, an error message appeared. This
issue has been resolved.
RBI 580

To enhance usability of the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 580 Data Loader, the following values are US366675
now updated in the Interface Log record generated by the data loader:
• Number of Record Processed: This value is incremented by one for each asset processed by
the data loader.
• Number of Records Rejected: This value is incremented by one for each RBI Criticality
Analysis record that encounters an error when processed by the data loader, thus resulting in
the record not being created or updated.
• Number of Records Created: This value is incremented by one for each RBI Criticality Analysis
record that is created.
• Number of Records Updated: This value is incremented by one for each existing RBI Criticality
Analysis record that is updated.
To enhance usability, in the RBI Recommendation, the value in the RBI Recommendation US353694
Methodology field has been changed from Criticality Calculator to RBI 580.

To enhance usability when using a UOM conversion set, the values within numeric fields are US352458
rounded off according to the type of the numeric field as follows:
Numeric Field Type Number of Decimal Places
Pressure, Temperature, Stress, Length, Diameter, Area, 2

Mass, Percent, Age, Cost, Risk
Thickness, Corrosion Rate, Damage Factor 4
Probability of Failure • Exponential if value is less than 1
• 8 decimal places if value is greater than 1
This change is applicable to the fields from the following families:
• All RBI Component Families

• RBI Criticality Analysis
• RBI Consequence Evaluation
• Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval.
• Criticality Ext. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval.
• RBI Degradation Mechanisms
The properties of the following representative fluids that are valid for RBI Criticality Analysis have US349921
been updated as per the API 581, 3rd Edition, Addendum 1 specification:
• C13-16 (Diesel)
• C17-25 (Gas Oil)
• C25+ (Resid)
• C5
• Chlorine
• CO
• EO
• H2
• H2O (Water)
• H2S
• HCl
• HF
• MEOH (Methanol)
• NH3
• Phosgene
• Steam

Previously, if the Override Minimum Required Thickness check box was selected for an RBI DE117296
Criticality Analysis, the value specified in the Specified Tmin box was not considered while
calculating the Estimated Half-Life for the Criticality Calculator External Corrosion Degradation
Mechanism Evaluation. This issue has been resolved.
Previously, in the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 580 Data Loader template, in the DE111087
Consequence_Evaluation worksheet, the Consequence field contained the default value RBI. Due
to this, an error occurred when importing data using the data loader. Now, the default value in
the Consequence field has been changed to RBI Consequence.
Note: The error message that appears when importing data using the Risk Based Inspection
(RBI) 580 Data Loader that contains an invalid value in the Consequence field has now been
updated to include the invalid value and the associated Analysis ID.
Previously, in Criticality Calculator RBI Components, the value in the Calculated Inventory field DE107865
was rounded off to the nearest whole number. Due to this behavior, if the value in the Calculated
Inventory field was less than or equal to 0.5, the value was rounded off to 0, which resulted in
incorrect calculations. This issue has been resolved. Now, the calculated inventory field displays
up to two decimal values.
A similar change has been made to the Inventory field in the Criticality Consequence Evaluation
and Criticality Calculator RBI Components.
Previously, the Material Grade boxes in the records of the following families contained incorrect DE96435
values:
• Piping Stress
• RBI Components
• RBI Criticality Analysis
This issue has been resolved. Now, the correct values appear in the Material Grade boxes, as
specified in the following table.
Design Code Code Year Material Material Grade Material Grade

Specification (Incorrect Value) (Correct Value)
B31.3 2014 A234 WFB WPB
B31.1 2014 B366/B622 A value that begins A value that begins

with NS with N/A

with NS with N/A
Previously, in an RBI Criticality Analysis for a Heat Exchanger Bundle component, the values in DE94111
the following drop-down list boxes were not translated:
• Flammable Leak Type

• Toxic Leak Type
Previously, when creating a What-If Analysis, the Long Term Avg. Corr. Rate, Short Term Avg. Corr. DE86408
Rate, and Controlling Corrosion Rate fields in the Criticality Calculator Internal Corrosion
Degradation Mechanism were not populated with the calculated values from the Thickness
Monitoring module. This issue has been resolved.

RBI 581

To enhance usability of the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader, the following values are US366675
now updated in the Interface Log record generated by the data loader:
• Number of Record Processed: This value is incremented by one for each asset processed by
the data loader.
• Number of Records Rejected: This value is incremented by one for each RBI 581 Risk Analysis
record that encounters an error when processed by the data loader, thus resulting in the
record not being created or updated.
• Number of Records Created: This value is incremented by one for each RBI 581 Risk Analysis
record that is created.
• Number of Records Updated: This value is incremented by one for each existing RBI 581 Risk
Analysis record that is updated.
To enhance usability, in the RBI Recommendation, the value in the RBI Recommendation US353694
Methodology field has been changed from RBI 581 Recommendation to RBI 581.
To enhance usability when using a UOM conversion set, the values within numeric fields are US352458
rounded off according to the type of the numeric field as follows:
Numeric Field Type Number of Decimal Places
Pressure, Temperature, Stress, Length, Diameter, Area, 2

Volume, Mass, Velocity, Percent, Age, Cost, Risk
Thickness, Corrosion Rate, Damage Factor 4
Strength Ratio 8
Probability of Failure • Exponential if value is less than 1
• 8 decimal places if value is greater than 1
This change is applicable to the fields from the following families:
• All RBI Component Families

• All RBI 581 Degradation Mechanism Evaluation Families
• RBI Degradation Mechanisms

The properties of the following representative fluids that are valid for RBI 581 Risk Analysis have US349921
been updated as per the API 581 3rd Edition, Addendum 1 specification:
• Acid
• EO
• HCl
• HF
• NH3
• Steam
You can now generate recommendations irrespective of the value in the Inspection Will Mitigate US343660
field. To facilitate this enhancement, the Inspection Will Mitigate check has been removed from
the following module workflow policies:
• RBI 581 External Damage Inspection Recommendation
• RBI 581 Env Cracking Insp Recommendation
• RBI 581 Tank Bottom Insp Recommendation
• RBI 581 Tank Shell Ext Corrosion Recommendation
• RBI 581 Tank Shell Int Corrosion Recommendation
• RBI 581 Thinning and Lining Insp Recommendation
Previously, in an RBI 581 Analysis, when the Representative Fluid field was changed to a fluid with DE112859
ambient state other than Liquid or Gas, the Release Fluid Phase field was not cleared. This issue
has been resolved.
Previously, in the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581 Data Loader template, in the DE111087
RBI_581_Consequence worksheet, the Consequence field contained the default value RBI. Due to
this, an error occurred when importing data using the data loader. Now, the default value in the
Consequence field has been changed to RBI Consequence.
Note: The error message that appears when importing data using the Risk Based Inspection
(RBI) 581 Data Loader that contains an invalid value in the Consequence field has now been
updated to include the invalid value and the associated Analysis ID.
Previously, in an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, if you selected a fluid in the Representative Fluid box DE103262
that did not have a value in any of the following tables, the analysis calculation failed:
• Personnel Injury Flammable Consequence Equation Constants table (Table 4.9/4.9M, API 581
3rd edition)
• Component Damage Flammable Consequence Equation Constants table (Table 4.8/4.8M ,
API 581 3rd edition)
This issue has been resolved. Now, in this scenario, the analysis calculation proceeds considering
the constant values as 0.

Previously, the Material Grade boxes in the records of the following families contained incorrect DE96435
values:
• Piping Stress
• RBI Components
This issue has been resolved. Now, the correct values appear in the Material Grade boxes, as
specified in the following table.
Design Code Code Year Material Material Grade Material Grade

Specification (Incorrect Value) (Correct Value)
B31.3 2014 A234 WFB WPB

with NS with N/A

with NS with N/A
Previously, if the Insulated check box was selected, you could not generate RBI DE82239
Recommendations for the RBI 581 Risk Analyses with the following degradation mechanisms:

Previously, in an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, if you selected a Toxic fluid in the Representative Fluid US337384
field, the application did not calculate the Weighted Component Damage Consequence and
Weighted Personnel Injury Consequence even if the fluid had a value in the following tables:
• Personnel Injury Flammable Consequence Equation Constants table (Table 4.9/4.9M, API 581
3rd edition)
• Component Damage Flammable Consequence Equation Constants table (Table 4.8/4.8M, API
581 3rd edition)
Now, the application calculates the Weighted Component Damage Consequence and Weighted
Personnel Injury Consequence for any fluid selected in the Representative Fluid field.
Release Date: July 26, 2019

Note Tracking ID(s)
Previously, the formula for calculating the Expected Metal Loss Fraction (Art) for components with DE113180
or without cladding or weld overlay did not adhere to API RBI 3rd Edition Addendum 1. This issue
has been resolved.
Previously, irrespective of the Unit of Measure (UOM) Conversion Set configured for your user DE113033
account, the Consequence of Failure and Risk Values on the RBI 581 ISO-Risk Plot appeared in
imperial units. This issue has been resolved.
Second Quarter of 2019

Risk Based Inspection
RBI 580
Release Date: June 7, 2019
Note Tracking ID(s)
Previously, in the Criticality Consequence Evaluation datasheet, two required fields for Heat DE109171
Exchanger Bundles, Flammable Leak Type and Toxic Leak Type, did not have the Not Applicable
(N/A) option in their respective drop-down list boxes. This issue has been resolved.
Additionally, the following validation changes have been made:
• The Flammable Leak Type field is required irrespective of the governing representative fluid
type.
• The Toxic Leak Type field is required in the following scenarios:
◦ If the Governing or Leaking fluid is toxic.

◦ If the Governing or Leaking fluid contains a toxic mixture.
RBI 581
Release Date: June 7, 2019
Note Tracking ID(s)
Previously, you could not create a Quantitative (581) analysis if the logged in user culture was DE109168
Russian. This issue has been resolved.

First Quarter of 2019
RBI 580 and RBI 581
Release Date: March 25, 2019
Note Tracking ID(s)
Previously, when you were using a Risk Matrix other than DE104014
Default or Standard Practice Risk Matrix, the categories defined
in the MI_RISK_CATEGORY System Code Table had to be
capitalized to correctly map RBI risk values. This issue has been
resolved. Now, the values do not have to be capitalized.

Note Tracking ID(s)
To enhance usability, the datasheet content for the following families has been reorganized: • US326323
• RBI 580 and RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation • US313293
• RBI 580 and RBI 581 Degradation Mechanism Evaluation • US313292
• RBI 580 and RBI 581 Risk Analysis • US312832
• RBI Component Cylindrical Shell • US312671
• RBI Component Exchanger Bundle • US312669
• RBI Component Exchanger Header • US312668
• RBI Component Exchanger Tube • US310210
• RBI Component Piping • US310209
• RBI Component PRD Relief Valve • US310208
• RBI Component PRD Rupture Disk • US310206
• RBI Component Pump Compressor Casing • US307738
• RBI Component Tank Bottom • US303329
• RBI Degradation Mechanism • US302445

• US229757
When viewing an analysis in the RBI module, you can now make changes to the analysis only if it US304996
is in the Created state. When you change the state of the analysis to any other state, the analysis
and related records cannot be modified, and the Save button ( ) is not available.
Note:
The following fields in the Degradation Mechanism family are no longer editable:
• Mitigated Risk
• Mitigated Financial Risk
You can now use a utility to generate Risk Assessment records for active RBI Criticality Analyses US272821
and RBI 581 Risk Analyses that do not have Risk Assessment records. Also, for the active RBI
Criticality Analyses, the utility will calculate and set Half-Life for any related Ext. Corr. Deg. Mech
Evaluations where the value is blank.
After the utility is executed, the RBI 580 and RBI 581 analyses can be promoted to ASM, and RBI
Recommendations can be generated for the active RBI 580 analyses with Ext. Corr. Deg. Mech
Evaluations.
To reflect the changes in Addendum-1 of API-581 3rd Edition, the Component Damage and US322083
Personal Injury Area calculations for Type-1 flammable fluids have been modified as follows:
• The Consequence Area is determined based on the combination of Release Type and if the
Operating Temperature is greater than the Auto Ignition Temperature.
• The Blending and the Autoignition Temperature factors are not considered in the calculations
for Type-1 flammable fluids.

Note Tracking ID(s)
You can now promote an Asset to Asset Strategy Management if all the RBI Components within US272476
the Asset contain an RBI Analysis in any of the following states:
• Pending Approval
• Approved
• Implemented
You can now show or hide the analyses that are in the Archived state in the Component F38674
Overview page. To facilitate this enhancement, a new option, Hide Archived Analyses has been
added to the Component Overview page.
Note Tracking ID(s)
Previously, when you were using a Risk Matrix other than Default or Standard Practice Risk DE103968
Matrix, the categories defined in the MI_RISK_CATEGORY System Code Table had to be
capitalized to correctly map RBI risk values. This issue has been resolved. Now, the values do not
have to be capitalized.
Previously, if the Asset Hierarchy was configured to use the Equipment Has Equipment DE103536
relationship, the Asset Hierarchy navigation links could not differentiate between a parent
Equipment and a child Equipment. This issue has been resolved.
Previously, in an RBI Consequence Evaluation, in the Design Details section, the Consequence DE94112
field was not translated. This issue has been resolved. Now, the Consequence field is populated
by the MI_CONSEQUENCE_TYPES System Code Table, which is translated to the appropriate
culture setting.
Previously, when you attempted to select an RBI Component from the Asset Details page, an DE90981
error occurred. This issue has been resolved.
Previously, in an RBI Component or RBI Analysis, in the Design Details section, the Stress Lookup DE90270
Table field was not translated. This issue has been resolved. Now, the Stress Lookup Table field is
populated by the MI_STRESS_LOOKUP_TABLE System Code Table, which is translated to the
appropriate culture setting.
Previously, in an Oracle database, when you calculated multiple assets in bulk that had more DE88531
than 500 collective analyses, a timeout error occurred. This issue has been resolved.
Previously, the allowable stress and flow stress values for a Pressure Vessel component were DE87370
populated incorrectly if you used the following combination of values:
• Stress Lookup Table: Pressure Vessels

• Base Material Construction Code: ASME VIII DIV 1
• Base Material Code Year: 2010
• Base Material Spec: SA-387
• Base Material Grade: Class 1 or Class 2 (for example, 11-CL2)

Note Tracking ID(s)
Previously, if a component had an analysis in the Approved state and, in the same component, DE92905
you changed the status of another analysis to make it active, the previously active analysis was
not moved to the Archived state automatically. This issue has been resolved.
Previously, if your culture setting had a culture other than English, and you accessed the Risk US310483
Based Inspection Overview page, the following elements were not translated to the language
based on your culture setting:
• Names of the widgets

• Column names in the widgets


Note Tracking ID(s)
You can now configure the calculation of RBI Criticality Analysis as per your requirement without F38674
modifying the baseline rules. You can configure the calculation in one or more of the following
steps:
• During analysis validation.

• During validation and calculation of consequence evaluation (CE).
• During validation and calculation of degradation mechanism evaluation (DME).
• During roll-up of CoF values to Degradation Mechanism (DM) records.
• During roll-up of PoF values to Analysis.
To facilitate this enhancement, following changes have been made:
• The RBI 580 Flexible Calculation Preferences workspace has been added in RBI
Application Settings to configure the flexible calculation, validation, and output preferences.
• The RBI Overview Preferences workspace has been added in RBI Application Settings to
configure the RBI Component Overview, Corrosion Loop Overview, Asset Overview,
and Process Unit Overview pages.
• The RBI Overview What-If Display Preference option has been added to RBI Overview
Preferences workspace to enable the display of most recent What-If analysis risk on each
component in the Asset and Corrosion Loop overview tables.
• The None option has been added to the RBI Overview Graph Preference drop-down list
box to disable the display of any type of graphs.
• The following families have been renamed:
Old Name New Name
RBI Custom DM Evaluation Configuration RBI Flexible Calculation Configuration
RBI Custom DM Evaluation Configuration Details RBI Flexible Calculation Configuration Details
RBI Custom DM Validation Configuration RBI Flexible Calculation Validation
RBI Custom DM Validation Configuration Details RBI Flexible Calculation Validation Details
• Two new fields, Action and Policy Link, have been added to the following families:
◦ RBI Flexible Calculation Configuration

◦ RBI Flexible Calculation Validation
• The Degradation Mechanism Evaluation Methodology field has been renamed Action Family
in the following families:
◦ RBI Flexible Calculation Configuration

◦ RBI Flexible Calculation Validation
• The following fields have been added to the RBI Consequence Evaluation family:
◦ Flexible Calculation Used

◦ Flexible Calculation Policies Used
• The following queries have been modified to add the Action field and remove the Analysis
Family field:
◦ RBI Flexible Configurations

◦ RBI Flexible Validation Records
© 2020 General Electric Company•The following System Code Tables have been added: 569
◦ MI_CONF_CALC_ACTIONS: Lists the flexible calculation actions.
◦ MI_CONF_VAL_ACTIONS: Lists the flexible validation actions.
Note Tracking ID(s)
Previously, when you calculated an RBI Criticality Analysis for a Heat Exchanger Bundle DE94278
component, the following incorrect validations were performed:
• The values in the Operating Pressure and Operating Temperature fields that were mapped
from the shell side values on the RBI component were compared with the values in the
Design Pressure and Design Temperature fields, respectively, which were mapped from the
channel side values from the component.
• The values in the Tube Operating Press Channel and Tube Operating Temp Channel fields
were not compared with the design values.
These issues have been resolved. Now, the following validations are performed:
• The values in the Operating Pressure and Operating Temperature fields that are mapped to
the shell side values on the RBI Component are not compared with the design values.
• The values in the Tube Operating Press Channel and Tube Operating Temp Channel fields are
compared with the values in the Design Pressure and Design Temperature fields,
respectively.
Previously, in an RBI Consequence Evaluation, the Consequence field was not translated. This DE94112
issue has been resolved. The Consequence field now displays the system code description of the
MI_CONSEQUENCE_TYPES system code table and is translated to the appropriate culture setting.
Previously, in an RBI Component or RBI analysis, the Stress Lookup Table field was not translated. DE90270
This issue has been resolved. Now, the Stress Lookup Table is populated with the
MI_STRESS_LOOKUP_TABLE system code table description, which is translated to the appropriate
culture setting.
Previously, the information on the valid values for the Selected Corrosion Rate field was incorrect DE98980
in the Data Loaders section of the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 580 user documentation. This
issue has been resolved.

Note Tracking ID(s)
The following RBI 581 DM calculations are no longer dependent on the R Server: • US304830
• 581-Amine Corrosion • US309020
• 581-High Temperature Sulfidic and Naphthenic Acid Corrosion
• 581-Piping Mechanical Fatigue
The following policies have been modified, and R Server scripts have been removed:
• RBI 581 Acid Sour Corrosion Rate

• RBI 581 Alkaline Sour Water Corrosion Rate
• RBI 581 AST Bottom Corrosion Rate
• RBI 581 Calculate Susceptibility - Austenitic CUI
• RBI 581 Cooling Water Corrosion Rate Estimation
• RBI 581 Soil Side Corrosion Rate Calculation
Note Tracking ID(s)
Previously, the fluid type of the following representative fluids was incorrectly marked as DE101410
Reactive instead of Flammable:
• DEE
• EG
This issue has been resolved. Now, the fluid type of these fluids is marked as Flammable.
Previously, in an RBI 581 Risk Analysis, if the time specified in the RBI Date field was later than the DE83090
time specified in the Plan Date field, the Target Inspection Date field was updated incorrectly
when you calculated the analysis. This issue has been resolved.
Note: This issue was applicable to both the main RBI 581 Risk Analysis and the What-if Analysis.

Table 22: Obsolete Features
Note Tracking ID(s)
The following R Scripts have been removed from RBI 581 policies: • US304830
• Determine Acid Sour Velocity Factor • US309020
• Alkaline Sour Water Adjusted Corrosion Rate
• Soil Side Corrosion Rate Calculations when Coating Present is NO
• Soil Side Corrosion Rate Calculations
• Determine Soil Multiply factor
• Final Tank Bottom Corrosion Rate
• Determine Final Corrosion Soil
• Austenitic CUI Calculate Susceptibility
• Calculate Cooling Water Corrosion Rate
• Calculate Corrosion Rate Sea Water
• Calculate RSI
• Calculate Velocity Adj Factor
Also, the RBI 581 Calculate Environmental Severity HIC-H2S policy has been deactivated.
Third Quarter of 2018

Note Tracking ID(s)
You can now link RBI Components to TML Groups using a data loader. To facilitate this US274082
enhancement, a new data loader, RBI Components To TML Groups Relationship, has been added.
You can now link multiple RBI Components to a TML Group. To facilitate this enhancement, the US274081
TML Group to RBI Component cardinality has been modified to Many to Many in the Mapped to
RBI Component relationship family.
You can now generate recommendations from the Active section of the RBI Bulk Evergreening US274079
workspace.
The No Recommendations section in the Risk Based Inspection Overview page now displays US273998
assets that have at least one component with a Risk Completed analysis with no
recommendations. Also, recommendations are now generated for components that have no
recommendations.
When you automatically consolidate recommendations, pre-existing recommendations are now US273998
consolidated with the new recommendations that are being generated.

Note Tracking ID(s)
The Total Damage Factor calculation has been enhanced to adhere to Addendum 1 of the API RBI US273472
581 specification. The Total Damage Factor calculation now takes the sum of the external
damage factor and internal damage factor for the following scenarios:
• External Damage is localized and Internal Damage is general.

• Internal Damage is localized and External Damage is general.
Previously, the Total Damage Factor calculation only considered the maximum of the external
and internal damage factor.
The following fields in the RBI 581 Consequence Evaluation family are now populated upon US273472
calculation with the values from API RBI 3rd Edition Addendum 1 when the component type is
not Storage Tank or Tank Bottom:
• Release Hole Diameter (Large)

• Release Hole Diameter (Medium)
• Release Hole Diameter (Rupture)
• Release Hole Diameter (Small)
The Leak Duration Max calculation now adheres to API RBI 3rd Edition Addendum 1. As a result, US273472
the values in the following fields may change upon calculation:
• Release Mass (Large)

• Release Mass (Medium)
• Release Mass (Rupture)
• Release Mass (Small)
When an inspection is linked to the Degradation Mechanism Evaluation (DME), the Last Known US273157
Inspection Date field in RBI 581 Damage Mechanism Evaluation records is now populated by the
date in the Completion Date. If more than one inspection is linked to the DME, the Last Known
Inspection Date field uses the latest Completion Date of all linked inspections. If all inspections
are unlinked from the DME, the Last Known Inspection Date field is blank. Also, if the Inspection
Auto-Selection preference is enabled, the date uses the most recent date from all inspections
linked during analysis creation.
To enhance usability, in the Unit Summary page, when viewing an RBI Component that is linked US269097
to a Corrosion Loop, you can now use the More button ( ) to access the RBI component in the
Asset Summary page. Additionally, if you are viewing the RBI Component from the Asset
Summary page, you can use the More button ( ) to access the RBI Component in the Unit
Summary page if the RBI Component is linked to a Corrosion Loop.
RBI Analysis has been enhanced to use linear interpolation to look up the values in the following US266658
fields:
• Allowable Stress based on the value in the Design Temperature field.

• Flow Stress based on the value in the Yield Strength and Tensile Strength fields.
To facilitate this enhancement, the Use Interpolation for Stress Reference Tables check box
has been added in the Global Preferences page to enable or disable the linear interpolation for
piping and pressure vessel components.

Note Tracking ID(s)
Previously, when calculating an analysis on a Storage Tank Bottom component with a 581 DE87817
Thinning Damage Mechanism while using metric units, the value in the Expected Metal Loss
Fraction (Art) field was incorrect. This value also affected the values in the Base Damage Factor
and Final Damage Factor fields. This issue has been resolved.
Previously, if you had the RBI 581 license but not the Risk Based Inspection license, you could not DE86846
access the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) Corrosion Loop data loader. This issue has been resolved.
Previously, in the Risk Based Inspection module, if you used a family (parent or child) other than DE84510
the baseline Functional Location family to denote a functional location, the Asset Summary
page appeared as if the functional location were an asset. This issue has been resolved. Now, the
Risk Based Inspection Overview page appears as expected.
Previously, in the Asset Hierarchy Configuration page, if you used a family (parent or child) DE84510
other than the baseline Functional Location family to denote a functional location, in the
Integrity section, an incorrect hyperlink appeared, behaving as if the functional location were an
asset. Also, the number of linked records in the Asset Hierarchy page was incorrect. This issue
has been resolved.
Previously, when you created an analysis where the value in the Design Temperature field was DE84129
zero and the Stress Lookup Table was Piping or Pressure Vessel, the Allowable Stress field was
blank, although the other stress input fields contained valid values. This issue has been resolved.
Previously, in the RBI Asset Summary and RBI Unit Summary pages, when you tried to delete DE82415
an RBI component that had related records linked to it, the Delete button ( ) was disabled.
This issue has been resolved. Now, the Delete button ( ) is enabled, and, if you try to delete a
component with related records, an error message appears, stating that you cannot.
Previously, when you accessed the No Recommendations section in the Risk Based DE82358
Inspection Overview page, an error occurred in the following scenarios:
• You had an active RBI 580 license but not an RBI 581 license.
• You had an active RBI 581 license but not an RBI 580 license.
Previously, when calculating an RBI 581 analysis that has a Ferritic Component Atmospheric DE82230
Corrosion degradation mechanism, if the value in the Selected Corrosion Rate field was set to
Estimated and the value in the Base Material Estimated Rate field was blank, an invalid error
message appeared, stating that the Field Base Material Calculated Corrosion Rate was required.
This issue has been resolved. The field caption for the MI_RBDEMEEV_BM_EST_RT_N field is now
Estimated Rate.
Previously, when viewing the Inspection History for a DM that was related to an RBI Analysis, if DE82226
you tried to unlink a locked Inspection from the DM, an error occurred. This issue has been
resolved.

Note Tracking ID(s)
Previously, you could not promote an asset to ASM although you were a member of the MI DE81525
Mechanical Integrity Power role. This issue has been resolved. To facilitate this fix, the MI ASM
Analyst security group has been added to the MI Mechanical Integrity Power role.
Previously, you could calculate an analysis only if the Design Temperature of the component was DE81272
greater than or equal to the Operating Temperature. The behavior was the same for both positive
and negative values in the temperature fields. This issue has been resolved. Now, if the value in
Design Temperature field is less than zero, you can calculate the analysis with any value in the
Operating Temperature field. Similarly, you could calculate an analysis only if the Design Pressure
was greater than or equal to the Operating Pressure and Operating Pressure was greater than or
equal to zero. However, an appropriate message was not displayed if the validation failed. This
issue has been resolved. Now, you cannot calculate the analysis with a negative value either in
the Design Pressure or in the Operating Pressure field, and an appropriate message is displayed if
the validation fails.

Risk Based Inspection RBI 581

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Risk Based Inspection RBI 581

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Risk Based Inspection RBI 581

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581

© 2020 General Electric Company

Chapter 3: Corrosion Loops 21

Chapter 4: RBI Components 30

ii Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581

Chapter 5: RBI Analyses 46

Chapter 6: RBI Bulk Evergreening 581 74

Chapter 7: RBI 581 ISO Risk Plot 86

Chapter 8: Degradation Mechanisms 97

Chapter 9: RBI Recommendations 115

iv Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581

Chapter 10: Inspection Plans 136

Chapter 11: ASM Integration 148

Chapter 12: Admin 155

Chapter 13: Data Loaders 184

Chapter 14: Deployment 327

Chapter 15: Reference 337

Chapter 16: Release Notes 554

vi Risk Based Inspection (RBI) 581

© 2020 General Electric Company vii

• Overview of the Risk Based

© 2020 General Electric Company 1

Overview of the RBI 581 Methodology

About RBI Methodologies

The RBI 581 Methodology

The RBI 580 Methodology

2 © 2020 General Electric Company

Access the Risk Based Inspection Overview Page

a. In the main navigation bar, select .

© 2020 General Electric Company 3

Access the Unit Summary Workspace

4 © 2020 General Electric Company

© 2020 General Electric Company 5

6 © 2020 General Electric Company

© 2020 General Electric Company 7

© 2020 General Electric Company 9

1. Define Process Unit on page 10

Define Process Unit

10 © 2020 General Electric Company

Corrosion Loop Needed?

Define Corrosion Loop

Identify Potential Degradation Mechanisms (PDMs)

Identify RBI Component

Define Static Data for RBI Component

Link RBI Component to Corrosion Loop

© 2020 General Electric Company 11

Validate PDMs Inherited from Corrosion Loop

Identify Additional PDMs Specific to RBI Component

Associate RBI Component with Inspection Profile

Perform RBI Analysis

Identify PDMs with RBI Component

Perform an RBI Analysis

12 © 2020 General Electric Company

Create RBI Analysis

Review Operational and Work History

Review Corrosion Data

© 2020 General Electric Company 13

Review Inspection History

Evaluate Consequences and Probability of Failure